Henry v. Clarksdale Municipal Separate School District Record on Appeal Vol. II
Public Court Documents
January 1, 1966
Cite this item
-
Brief Collection, LDF Court Filings. Henry v. Clarksdale Municipal Separate School District Record on Appeal Vol. II, 1966. 694dd211-b89a-ee11-be36-6045bdeb8873. LDF Archives, Thurgood Marshall Institute. https://ldfrecollection.org/archives/archives-search/archives-item/97d2074c-562e-4a17-83ec-e0d247370fd3/henry-v-clarksdale-municipal-separate-school-district-record-on-appeal-vol-ii. Accessed November 23, 2025.
Copied!
I s f T W £ y
I n th e
v yA ,
$nitri> Slates Court irf Appeals
F oe th e F if t h Circ u it
No. 23255
E ebeoca E. H en r y , et al.,
-v-
Appellants,
T h e Clarksdale M un icipal S eparate S chool
D istr ic t , et al.,
Appellees.
A PPE A L FR O M T H E U N IT E D ST A T E S D IST R IC T CO U RT
FO R T H E N O R T H E R N D IST R IC T OP M IS S IS S IP P I
RECORD ON A PPEA L
Volume I I —-Pages 400 to End
J ack Greenberg
Derrick A. B e l l , J r.
10 Columbus Circle
New York, New York 10019
H enry M. A ronson
538% N. Farish Street
Jackson, Mississippi
R. J ess B rown
125% N. Farisli Street
Jackson, Mississippi
Attorneys fo r Appellants
I N D E X
Complaint ...................................._........................... 2
Answer of Clarksdale Municipal Separate School Dis
trict, et al......................... ................................................. 23
Order for Preliminary Injunction ................................ 20
Submission of Plan for Immediate Start Towards
Desegregation, etc............................ ................................ 25
Plaintiffs’ Objections to Desegregation Plans, etc...... 46
Resolution of Board of Trustees of Clarksdale Mu
nicipal Separate School District, etc. ........................ 50
Order ......... ....................... ................................................... 03
Plaintiffs’ Motion for Further Injunctive R e lie f___ 65
Stipulation ...... .......................................................... 0g
Memorandum Opinion ...... .................................... ............ 71
Order for Permanent Injunction ................. ............... m
Order Amending Order for Permanent Injunction__ 119
Plaintiffs’ Motion to Amend Findings and Judgment 120
Memorandum and Order...... .......................... .................. 126
Defendants’ Revised Plan for Elementary Attendance
Zones, Petition, etc. .................................................. 127
Plaintiffs’ Objections to Defendants’ Revised Plan,
etc- -----................. -........-........- ...... ............................ 136
Memorandum Opinion _________ .... 141
Order ..... ............................................................... ................ 14g
Notice of Appeal ......................... ............. 150
PAGE
Designation of Record on Appeal ___________ _____ 150
Interrogatories (First Set) ......... .................................... 151
Answers to Plaintiffs’ Interrogatories (First Set) .... 155
Interrogatories (Second Set) .................. ....................... 175
Answers to Plaintiffs’ Interrogatories (Second Set) 179
Interrogatories (Third Set) ...................... ..................... 187
Answers to Plaintiffs’ Interrogatories (Third Set) .... 192
Objections to Interrogatories .......................................... 197
Order Sustaining, in Part, Objections to Interroga
tories ....................................... .......................................... 198
Further Answer to Interrogatory Numbered 2 ......... 199
Transcript of Hearing dated August 19, 1964 . 200
Oral Decision . 307
Transcript of Hearing dated April 8, 1965 ...... 311
Transcript of Hearing dated April 9, 1965 ... 484
Transcript of Hearing dated November 15, 1965 . 651
T estim ony
Plaintiffs’ W itnesses:
Ignatius Sermnes Luckett—
Direct ....... .......................................................... 312
Hudson F. Bell, J r .—
Direct ....... ...... ..................................................... 352
Cross ................. ........ .......................... ............... 383
Redirect ........ .............. ...................................... 396
ii
PAGE
I l l
Aaron H en ry -
Direct .... ..............
Cross ....................
Reginald Neuwien—
Direct ....— ........
Cross ...... ..............
Redirect ...............
Recross ................
Myron Lieberman—
Direct -------- -----
Cross .....................
William T. Wilkins—
Direct ..................
Cross __________
Gyeelle Tynes—
Direct .............—
Cross ..... ..............
Redirect ..... .........
Recross _______
Defendants’ W itnesses:
Gyeelle Tynes—
Direct ........ .........
Cross _______ _
Redirect ..... ........
Charles Longino—
Direct ..................
Cross ....... ............
Redirect ............. .
Recross ________
.... 424
.... 443
.... 452
..... 485
517, 530
.... 525
PAGE
531
551
583
601
602
613
645
646
201,651
.262, 680
.... 301
400
409
420
422
IV
E xh ibits
Offered Printed
P a g e P a g e
Plaintiffs’ E xhibits:
8— Map ................... ..........................-.........359,365
9— Decree ..............-.............. ...................360, 363
Defendants’ E xhibits:
1 to 18—Pictures ......... ........................... 387
19 to 23—Pictures ....... ...................— .. 389
24— Map ........... ....................................... 405 771
25— Map ................................ ......................... 409 773
26— Plan ................... ..........................- .......... 613 775
Clarksdale School District Composite Map (Filed by
the Board on August 10, 1964) .................... ........... 795
* Omitted.
Volume II
400
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
C harles Lon gin o—fo r D efendants— D irect
—151—
Charles L ostgiho, a witness called by and in behalf of
the defendants, having been first duly sworn, testified as
fo llow s:
Direct Examination by Mr. Duckett:
Q. Is this Mr. Charles Longino! A. Yes, sir.
Q. Where do you reside, Mr. Longino? A. 924 Oak-
hurst, Clarksdale.
Q. What’s your occupation? A. Beal estate broker.
Q. Are you a member of the Clarksdale Planning Com
mission? A. Yes, sir.
Q. Are you presently its Chairman? A. Yes, sir.
Q. Were you a member of the Comission back in May
of 1959 when the contract with Michael Baker, Jr ., In
corporated was made by the City of Clarksdale? A. I
was.
Q. Where you a member of the Commission back in May
of 1961 when the contract with Michael Baker was made
by the Mississippi Agricultural and Industrial Board?
—152—
A. Yes, sir.
Q. What sort of urork does Michael Baker do, among
other things? A. Well, they’re city planners and con
sulting engineers.
Q. Did the contract referred to call for the preparation
of a comprehensive city plan for the City of Clarksdale?
A. Yes, sir.
Q. Why was such a comprehensive city plan desired,
sir? A. Well, there were several reasons. Primarily for
401
our use with the urban renewal programs and for the
ordinary or orderly growth of the City of Clarksdale for
a 25-year period.
Q. Was such a comprehensive city plan prepared by
Michael Baker! A. Yes, sir.
Q. Is this a copy of the same, Mr. Longino! A. That’s
my copy.
Q. It is a copy? A. Yes, sir.
Q. When was it delivered by Michael Baker? A. Nine-
—1 5 3 -
teen sixty-two?
Q. What date in 1962? A. June the 8th, 1962 is the
cover letter.
Q. Does the cover letter refer to the dates of the con
tracts as May 5, 1959 and April 1, 1961? A. Yes, sir.
City of Clarksdale—May 5th, ’59; and the A and I Board
—April the 1st, ’61.
Q. Mr. Longino, is a part of the comprehensive plan
devoted to a study of the city housing? A. Yes, sir.
Q. Does it include a study of the problem housing areas
and a designation of those areas? A. Yes, sir.
Q. Does it include a suggested housing program? A.
Yes, sir.
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
C harles L ongino— fo r D efen dan ts— D irect
Mr. Bell: Excuse me.
I think this is Mr. Luckett’s witness.
So, if you wouldn’t lead the witness, we would
appreciate it.
The Court: Don’t lead your witness, Mr. Luckett.
402
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
Charles Longino—for Defendants—Direct
By Mr. Lu ckett:
Q. Well, we have an index to the plan, do we not?
—154—
A. Yes, sir.
Q. And under “Housing” is shown the different parts
of it, isn’t it? A. Yes, sir.
Q. Would you read those parts in the table of contents
under the Chapter V? A. Well, Chapter V, Section I I is:
“A Suggested Housing Program
“Public Understanding and Cooperation
“Tools of the Program—Codes and Ordinances
“Neighboring Analyses for Problem Areas
“Treatment of Substandard Housing
“Conserving Satisfactory Housing
“Improvements Through Urban Renewal
“Administration of the Urban Renewal Program
“Housing Families Displaced by Urban Renewal
Action.”
Q. Will you turn to Page 53 of the plan and tell the
Court what appears at that page of the plan? A. Page 53
—155—
is a map of the City of Clarksdale showing the priorities
for neighborhood analyses.
Q. Does it designate certain areas in the City of Clarks
dale by number? A. Yes, sir.
Q. Now, if you look on Page 52, are those areas de
scribed? A. Yes, sir.
They are described as Areas I through X III, I believe.
Q. Now, will you read the paragraph that’s denominated
“Neighborhood Analyses for Problem Areas” on Page 52?
403
A. “The City should initiate a series of detailed studies
of their problem housing areas to determine the cause
of blighted conditions, the remedial steps necessary to
remove existing blight and the course of action necessary
to prevent its recurrence. To assist the city in preparing
these studies, suggested priorities for neighborhood anal
yses are illustrated by Figure V-2. These problem areas,
listed in the order of priority for treatment, are as fol
lows
—156—
Q. And it goes through every one, on through all the
numbers,— A. Right.
Q. —does it not! A. Yes, sir.
Q. I f you will turn to Page 56, does it have a part
there beginning with the words “Improvements Through
Urban Renewal” ! A. Yes, sir, and three or four para
graphs under that general head.
Q. Well, the last paragraph under that heading there
—does that include the recommendation that was made
by the comprehensive city planners to the City of Clarks-
dale or to the Planning Commission! A. Yes, sir.
Q. What is that sentence! A. It says:
“Without question, Clarksdale badly needs urban
renewal for the areas set forth previously on the
‘Priorities for Neighborhood Analyses’ map (Figure
V-2).”
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
C harles Lon gin o—fo r D efen dan ts—D irect
Q. All right, sir.
Right above that does it specify what is to be done under
—157—
the urban renewal process! A. Yes, sir.
404
“The urban renewal process, where federal assist
ance is solicited, consists of the following general
procedures”—and lists nine of them.
Q. Well, the first one is a matter—
What is the first step! A. “Designation of a specific
area for urban renewal.”
Q. Was thereafter that done by the City Planning Com
mission? A. Yes, sir.
Q. Did that include Problem Area 1 and Problem Area
II? A. Yes, sir.
Q. Now, let’s be certain we’ve got that exactly right.
A. Actually, we worked with them on both areas. We only
got started on Area I.
Q. Does it include all of Area I and part of Area II?
A. I believe there is part of Area I I on this; yes, sir.
—158—
These are two maps drawn by Michael Baker. This was
the land use map of the area for urban renewal, and this
is the project conditions map of the area for urban renewal,
showing the conditions of the dwellings and businesses and
so forth in that area of urban renewal.
That’s just the location map showing that area specifi
cally.
Q. Is this, what I am showing you now, a location map
showing the location of the Clarksdale urban renewal proj
ect? A. Yes, sir.
Mr. Luckett: May I introduce this in evidence,
your Honor?
Mr. Bell: I have no objection.
The Court: You may. Let it be received and
marked.
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
C harles L on g in o— fo r D efendants— D irect
405
The Deputy Clerk: This is Defendants’ Exhibit 24.
(The map referred to, being a map bearing the
legend “Clarksdale Urban Renewal Project
Location Map”, was marked and received in
evidence as Defendants’ Exhibit 24.)
—159—
By Mr. L u ckett:
Q. Now, will yon refer back to the neighborhood analyses
for problem areas—that’s the map on Page 53 and the
listing on 52—and tell the Court if there is listed there
the problem areas in the order of their priority for treat
ment? A. Yes.
Area I was the area that—on the map was the area that
we actually started work with the urban renewal group,
and is in this, and a portion of Area I I was included in our
first urban renewal attempt.
Q. Was that the area that was first recommended for
treatment under the urban renewal program? A. Yes, sir.
And I might add that—
Q. "Was everything necessary to be done—was it done in
order to qualify for the urban renewal funds and for the
purchase of the property in that area and the demolition of
those houses? A. We had a complete plan.
Q. Was the plan approved by the federal agency which
has to do with urban renewal projects? A. Yes, sir.
—160—
Q. Well, are you familiar with the property that we’ve
been talking to as the Tuxedo Park area? A. Very much.
Q. Was it included in the Area Number I as given as the
most critical problem area in the City of Clarksdale? A.
It was.
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1985
C harles L on g in o—fo r D efen dan ts— D irect
406
Q. Was it included in the urban renewal project which
called for the demolition of those houses'? A. It was.
Q. Well, the property that’s just north of the jail, which
the county has purchased in connection with the jail im
provements—are you familiar with the location of those
properties? A. Yes, sir.
Q. Were those properties located in Area Number I, the
most critical area? A. Yes, sir.
Q. Was it also included in the project for urban renewal?
A. Yes, sir.
Q. Are you familiar with the property across from the
jail purchased by the city? A. Yes, sir.
—161—
Q. Is that also included in the urban renewal project?
A. It is.
Q. That’s in the Critical Area Number II, is it not? A.
I believe that was in Critical Area II, but was included in
the urban renewal project?
Q. Yes, sir.
Now, there have been some purchases made by the city in
what we call the Fairland-Edgefield section of the town; is
that right, sir? A. Yes, sir.
Q. Now, was that property in the Critical Area Number
II? A. Number II.
Q. Was that included in the urban renewal project that
was first submitted? A. No, sir.
Q. Was it scheduled for submission in the second urban
renewal project? A. Yes, sir.
Q. For how long did the City Planning Commission work
on this project, Mr. Longino? A. We started this work
—1 6 2 -
back in 1958. In fact, this map on Page 53 of the book was
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965
C harles L on g in o—fo r D efen dan ts—D irect
407
actually drawn in ’59 and is so shown here, and we worked
on it continuously until we were stopped.
Q. You were stopped by legislation? A. By legislation.
Q. All right, sir.
Was I on that Board at the same time? A. Yes, sir.
Q. Was everything done that you know of that could have
been done by the Planning Commission to bring about the
cleaning up of these areas by urban renewal? A. Every
thing possible.
Q. Had any lawsuit been filed against the City School
Board at that time ? A. I don’t think so; no.
Q. In the discussions that were had up there were any
racial considerations given to these matters? A. No.
Q. Did these areas that have been designated for urban
renewal treatment also include white residences and busi
nesses? A. Businesses; commercial; yes.
—163—
Q. Were plans made for rehousing the people who would
be displaced by that project? A. Very definitely.
Q. What were those plans? A. There were two public
housing areas in mind. I think the architects actually drew
some plans. A group of realtors were employed to actually
appraise and did appraise and even attempted to start pur
chasing just about the time the Legislature stopped us.
Q. That’s property on which a public housing develop
ment was to be— A. Built.
Q. —constructed? A. Bight.
Q. Outside of the Tuxedo Park area, Mr. Longino, what
is the relationship of these properties we’ve been talking
about with respect to the central business district of the
City of Clarksdale? A. Well, other than Tuxedo Park,
there was—the main reason for the urban renewal program
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
C harles Longino— fo r D efen dan ts—D irect
408
was that these problem areas, as we called them, were within
the boundaries of what we would like to have used as the
central business district.
—164—
Q. Is the location of this particular Federal Building here
in the central business district of the town, Mr. Longino!
A. Yes, sir.
Q. Do you know about the condemnation that was car
ried out by the federal government in order to acquire
property here for the location of this building? A. Yes,
sir.
I was one of the realtors that worked on it.
Q. Were a number of residences purchased and demol
ished at that time? A. Four or five, if I remember right.
Q. Whites or Negroes living in them? A. All whites, I
believe.
Q. All right, sir. A. There may have been—
I ’ve forgotten, but I think it was all white.
Q. Within a block here don’t we have a Methodist Edu
cational Building? A. Yes, sir.
Q. Have some buildings been bought down there and
demolished within the last three or four years ? A. I think
they bought three buildings to convert into a playground.
—165—
Q. You are a member of the Baptist Church, aren’t you?
A. Yes, sir.
Q. Your church is in the central business district, isn’t it?
A. Yes, sir.
Q. Has your church bought some property in the central
business district and is it not in the process of destroying
the houses? A. Yes, sir, and I want to buy a couple more
if I can.
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
C harles L ongino—fo r D efen dan ts— D irect
409
Mr. Luckett: All right. Yon can take the witness.
Excuse me before yon do that.
May I introduce this urban renewal—
The Witness: There are two different maps here.
This is the project conditions map.
Mr. Luckett: I would like to introduce the project
conditions map under the urban renewal project,
which has been identified by Mr. Longino, as Exhibit
Number 25 to defendants’ testimony.
The Court: You’ve seen this, haven’t you?
—166—
Mr. Bell: Yes.
The Court: All right. Let it be received and
marked.
(The map referred to, being a map bearing the
legend “Clarksdale Urban Renewal Project—
Project Conditions Map”, was marked and re
ceived in evidence as Defendants’ Exhibit 25.)
The Witness: Here’s the other one, Mr. Luckett,
the land use map, which was the same area of dif
ferent—
Mr. Bell: Your Honor, Mr. Aronson will handle
the cross examination.
Cross Examination by Mr. Aronson:
Q. Mr. Longino, you said that—you commented in part
during your testimony—you were working with them dur
ing your consideration of these problem areas. Who is the
“them” you referred to? A. Michael Baker was—they had
sent a man in here to work with us in preparing this urban
renewal program, and also the group from Atlanta, the
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965
C harles Lon gin o—fo r D efendants— C ross
410
Housing and Home group, that were going to put this
—167—
through for us.
Q. When were they last here? A. I don’t remember
when they were last here. It has been a year or so ago.
Q. Did they participate with your planning group in the
deannesation of certain areas that we’ve talked about and
in the purchase of properties in certain areas that we talked
about? A. You mean did they when they were actually
purchased?
No. The plans were made to purchase them —
Q. Did they— A. —and we actually paid money for
appraisals and so forth, but legislation stopped our urban
renewal program.
Q. Did they advise you with respect to deannexation or
A. I don’t understand your question exactly.
Q. Certain parts of the city—
The city boundary was changed— A. Yes.
Q. —last July? A. Right.
Q Did this Baker group advise you with respect to
- 1 6 8 -
changing the city’s boundaries? A. We discussed the fact
that our city limits did need revising with Michael Baker;
yes.
Q. So, I take it that one of their manners in upgrading
the city is just to lop off parts that they don’t like; is that
so? A. Well, I don’t know—
Q. They advised you to get rid of a certain part of the
city that was substandard; so, this plan for progress or
growth of Clarksdale in part was pursuant to a plan where
you actually shrunk the city rather than expanded it?
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1968
C harles Lon gin o—fo r D efendants— C ross
411
Is that not true? A. Well, I don’t think the city was ac
tually shrunk. It was some taken in and some left out.
Q. The fact remains that part of the land area of
Coahoma County that was once the City of Clarksdale, after
you went through the deannexation proceedings, was no
longer a part of Clarksdale; is that right? A. Yeah, and I
think you will find in the history of the City of Clarksdale—
I can point out several areas that have been in and out of
the city limits on one or more than one occasion.
I have some property out here on Spruce Street, 40 acres,
—169—
that has been in and out of the city limits three, four or
five different times. We have it back in. There’s certain
time we take some out, bring some back in, for specific
reasons.
Q. What are some of the reasons that lead you to take
it out and bring it back in ? A. Oh, there are many reasons.
The fact that an area cannot be serviced economically by
utilities would be a real reason for taking it out of the city
limits until it could be serviced by utilities.
Q. Well, could you briefly summarize for us the consider
ations that would lead towards knocking a part of the land
area out of the city, then bringing it back in,— A. All
right.
Q. —and then knocking it back out again? A. Let’s take
this piece of property over here on Spruce. It is unde
veloped property. It lay within an area that should be taken
into the city limits. So, the city took it in. The man that
was farming the area fussed completely about the fact that
it would be taxed as city property rather than county prop
erty. So, he finally prevailed on the city to either give him
full utilities out there or take him out of the city limits and
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
C harles Longino— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
412
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
C harles Longino— fo r D efendants— C ross
—170—
get out from under city taxes, and that was done about
three different times.
That’s the reason for taking it in and out—for taxation
purposes.
Q. All right. I see.
So, in effect, then, this was negotiations between a farmer
and the city? A. That specific one was; yes.
Mr. Aronson: May I see the photographs, please?
By Mr. Aronson-.
Q. Does this area of the city that we are talking about
that was owned by the farmer have a common name?
Is this the Tuxedo Park area? A. No. No.
This was an area called—I don’t know that it has a com
mon name. I t ’s property owned by the Bobo estate. I said
it was unimproved property.
Q. This has always been unimproved property? A.
That’s right.
Q. Let me now direct your attention to the area called
Tuxedo Park. A. Tuxedo Park. Right.
—171—
Q. I will show you Defendants’ Exhibits Number 19, 20,
21, 22 and 23. Are those reasonably familiar to you? A.
Yes. I made many trips down there. Yes.
Q. Now, as I understand the history of Tuxedo Park with
respect to Clarksdale, this was an area where there was
some testimony to the effect that there was a bad plight or
plight of polio. There was an epidemic or at least several
cases of polio in 1949 that followed from runoff of sewage.
413
Are you familiar with this? A. No; I ’m not familiar with
that.
Mr. Luckett: If the Court please, to keep the rec
ord straight, I didn’t say that. There has been no
body ever able to trace that polio to its source. I
simply said my daughter was down there and sub
jected to those unhealthy hazards. I didn’t say any
body could pinpoint it, and I was the only person
who was interested in that particular feature of the
matter. So, that’s a peculiar personal reason I had
in my interest in Tuxedo Park.
Mr. Aronson: I see.
Thank you.
By Mr. Aronson:
Q. Would you please tell the Court the considerations
that led to the purchase of the homes in the Tuxedo Park
—1 7 2 -
area? A. Well, completely to get rid of the type property
that you see there.
Q. And why was Tuxedo Park chosen as opposed to other
areas, other homes, within what is the Baker survey?
I take it this is part of the Baker survey? A. Eight.
Q. Area Number I? A. Number I ; right.
Mr. Aronson: I wonder if we could have the map,
please, that indicates this Area Number I.
The Witness: Here it is.
Mr. Aronson: I believe we have a more detailed
map, which is Defendants’ Exhibit 24 or 25.
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
C harles Lon gin o— fo r D efendants— C ross
414
H ea rin g o f A p r il 8, 1965
Charles Longino—for Defendants—Cross
By Mr. Aronson:
Q. I show you Defendants’ Exhibit Number 25 and most
particularly the area which is denominated “Urban Renewal
Project”. A. Right.
Q. Now, do the lines that show on this map parallel ex
actly the lines that are shown in this survey? A. No.
Area I was designated Problem Area Number I ; Area
—173—
II was designated Problem Area Number II, and so forth
and so on.
Then, when we got into the actual urban renewal, we took,
I think, all of Area I with a small portion of Area I I to con
form to this pattern.
Q. Now, referring still to Area Number I, how much of
the housing in Area Number I remains, if any? A. You
mean on a percentage basis or—
Q. Any basis that you’re able to testify to—number of
homes; percentage. A. I don’t even know how many
houses were bought in the over-all deal, and there were
about 31 parcels of land in the Tuxedo Park and six or eight
parcels, a parcel being one ownership tract of land—all but
probably 25 per cent or less were bought.
Q. Now, Tuxedo Park, the phrase “Tuxedo Park”, and
the phrase “Problem Area Number I ” are not synonymous,
are they? A. No.
Q. So, you have just commented about 31 or 2 parcels in
Tuxedo Park? A. Right.
Q. I direct your attention to Problem Area Number 1
—174—
as a whole,— A. Right.
Q. —and I would ask that you tell the Court what per
centage of the total home or land area, total number of
415
homes or land area, in Problem Area Number 1, including
Tuxedo Park and including the rest—what percentage of or
how many homes have you purchased and what percentage
remains unpurchased or how many homes remain unpur
chased.
Put it in either terms you are best able to. A. Well, of
course, you have got a difference in terms there, in land
area and number of homes.
Some of the homes in the area were located on very large
lots; some of the commercial properties were on large lots,
and you take an area like Tuxedo Park—many homes were
on small lots.
Number of homes, I would say, purchased—80 per cent
or better; land area—I don’t know.
Q. Now, the 20 per cent remaining homes—are they still
inhabited, to the best of your knowledge? A. I think some
of them are. I—
Q. Would they be inhabited by white persons or by per
sons of the Negro race? A. In this specific area?
—175—
Q. Yes. A. In Problem Area Number I?
I think there’s all whites.
There’s just three or four houses left.
Q. What considerations led you to select the homes that
you did for purchase and/or to condemn them— A.
Well—
Q. —as opposed to the homes that you did not purchase
or condemn? A. Well, the difference in the condition of
the homes.
There was one thirty-five-thousand-dollar home in this
area that’s in perfect condition.
The homes that were bought—all were in a very dilapi
dated condition. The ones that were not bought were not.
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
C harles L on g in o—fo r D efendants— C ross
416
Q. Is it your testimony that all of the homes that were
purchased fall into the census definition of the word “dilapi
dated” ?
And I refer you to Page 48 under the heading “Dilapida
tion and Sanitary Facilities”. A. I think if you look at that
condition map we had every home that was purchased is
so designated on that map.
— 176—
You see, in the black is the deficient structures, and those
were the homes.
Q. Now, we’re referring now to Defendants’ Exhibit
Number 25.
Is the area on Defendants’ Exhibit Number 25 which is
outlined by alternate dots and dashes the area we have been
referring to as Problem Area Number I? A. No. This is
urban renewal area.
There’s a difference in this, as you brought out while
ago, in this and Problem Area Number I, to a slight degree.
Q. Which is to say it includes a very small part of what
was Problem Area Number II? A. Eight.
Q. I f we may talk in general terms for a moment, Prob
lem Area Number I and the urban renewal tract area are
the same for all practical purposes? A. Basically the
same.
Q. Okay. A. Right.
Q. Now, again going to time periods, no annexation or de
annexation and no condemnation went on prior to last Ju ly ;
is that right? A. You’ve got the dates better than—
— 177—
I don’t know that that date is exactly right.
Q, Was it sometime last summer? A. When, you mean,
the actual tearing down and so forth occurred?
Q. Or the actual transfer of property, transfer of the
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
C harles L on oin o— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
417
title where you purchased properties, or the actual—- A.
I assume that’s about when it was; yes.
Q. Now, referring specifically to this area and more par
ticularly to the blocks which you have pointed out to me as
being dilapidated, the legend of the map indicates they’re
deficient structures. A. Eight.
Q. Is that precisely synonymous with “dilapidated” in
census terms? A. In my way of thinking.
Q. And is your way of thinking the same as the Census
Bureau? A. I don’t know thah
Q. I mean: If you don’t know,— A. No; I don’t.
Q. —just say that. A. I don’t.
—178—
Q. You show here where you purchased and where you
haven’t purchased? A. On this map?
No.
Q. Well, you show me this as—
You show here as being deficient structures. A. Eight.
Q. What brought us to this map—we were talking about
the number of homes you had purchased and those you
hadn’t purchased— A. Eight.
Q. —and what led you to purchase the ones you did—
A. Eight.
Q. —and not to purchase the ones you didn’t. A. Eight.
Q. You indicated there is a small pocket left of homes
and your testimony was that they were occupied by white
persons.
Let me ask you this: How do you know they’re occupied
by white persons? A. Well, my office is only one block
away. I go by it pretty regular.
—179—
Q. And you know who lives in every house? A. I think
I do in that area; yes.
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1966
C harles Lon gin o— fo r D efendants— Cross
418
Q. How many homes are we talking about! A. Five or
six.
Q. Do they have children! A. Actually, I doubt there’s
a child in the ownership, the homes that are owned. I think
there are some children in the area in probably some rental
housing.
Q. There are rental houses and there are owned houses!
A. Yes.
Q. Now, would you say the condition of these homes runs
the scale from very good to rather poor! A. Well, you
see, why I brought you to this map was the ones that are
deficient structures were the ones that were bought; the
ones that are white or standard structures are the ones we
haven’t purchased, as I understand.
Q. Oh. A. See, that’s why I brought you to this map.
You asked why these were bought specifically.
Q. Is every home in this area indicated by a little box!
A. Every home or business or commercial enterprise.
— 180—
Q. In other words, every structure on the land in this
area is indicated by a box! A. That is the reason for this
map.
Q. I see.
Now, could you point to where the remaining pocket of
homes is at this point, the ones that are a block from your
office! A. Right in here.
Q. This area here! A. Right.
Q. Is this one of the houses! A. I think so.
Q. Is this one! A. I ’m not sure whether those proper
ties have been torn down or not, to be real honest.
Those were the small rental units that I referred to.
Q. Are some of them still there, do you think! A. I
think so.
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
C harles Lon gin o— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
419
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
Charles Longino—for Defendants—Cross
Q. All right.
Mr. Aronson: Your Honor, would it be permissible
to mark on this map to show which area we’re talk
ing about, because it’s going to become very relevant
at this point?
— 181—
The Court: All right.
By Mr. Aronson:
Q. I redirect your attention now to an area which I am
going to circle and mark with an X on Defendants’ Exhibit
Number 25, and I specifically direct your attention, sir, to
the homes that you say—some of which are still existing
and some of them are owned and some of them are rented,
to the best of your knowledge. A. Right.
Q. I further would like to ask you: Going back up here
to the more northerly part of the map, to one, two, three,
four, five standard structures,— A. Yes.
Q. —are they all still there? A. Yes.
Q. Okay. A. You see, these—I think these are homes,
and this is industrial and commercial.
Q. All right.
Now, I direct your attention to the southern part of the
map marked—well, there are several markings of “C”. A.
That is commercial.
—182—
Q. I take it this is commercial? A. Right.
Q. And are these still all existing? A. Yes.
Q. All right.
Now, I bring you further to an area which I am going to
circle and mark with a Y, and I note from the legend of
your map these are deficient structures.
420
Are these all taken down? A. Yes, sir.
That was the area for the jail.
Q. I see.
Do you recall the race of the persons that occupied those
homes?
Let me ask you specifically: Were these homes occupied
by Negroes? A. I think all of them were. There may be
—there was a very mixed area there.
Mr. Aronson: Your Honor, I have no further
questions.
The Court: Anything further with this witness?
—183—
Redirect Examination by Mr. Luckett:
Q. There were some additional homes on there that were
purchased other than the Tuxedo Park purchases, Mr.
Longino. A. Were what?
Q. We have referred, of course, to the Tuxedo Park pur
chases and the purchases that were made across from the
jail and the purchases north of the jail. As a matter of
fact, we’ll say that there was a residence right there. A.
Yes.
Q. Do you know what we call that house? A. That’s the
Ada Chapman house.
Q. Has that been purchased by the City of Clarksdale?
A. Yes.
Q. What’s that particular structure right there? A.
That’s the American Legion Hut.
Q. Has that been purchased by the City of Clarksdale?
A. It has.
Q. Do you know wdiy they purchased that, Mr. Longino?
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965
C harles Longino—fo r D efendants— R ed irect
421
A. For—our plan is for a new bridge across here in the
future and for an approach to that bridge.
Q. In other words, Court Street couldn’t have gone
—184—
through there without the purchase of that property? A.
Right.
Q. So, actually, there are one, two, three residences that
we know of left there in that particular area? A. Those
three are left; yes.
Q. As private ownerships? A. Right.
Q. But one of these houses is occupied; isn’t that right,
sir? A. Yes.
Q. Is that or is it not occupied?
Is that Joe—Joe— A. Bill Ellis’s.
Q. Does Bill Ellis live there?
He doesn’t live there? A. No; he doesn’t live there.
That’s his office.
There is a home back here.
Q. Is it occupied? A. I drive by these, and I know they
are.
This I don’t know. It’s back behind Bill’s office. I think
it is occupied. I think—
Q. With that possible exception, there are not over three
other homes there that are left that are occupied that
—185—
you know of? A. Three or four; yes.
Q. That you are positive? A. Right.
Mr. Luckett: That’s all.
The Court: Anything further with this witness?
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965
C harles L ongino— f o r D efendants—-R ed irect
422
Recross Examination by Mr. Aronson:
Q. I redirect your attention to the area circled and
marked “X ”.
Your testimony not three minutes ago was you live one
block or work one block from these areas,— A. Right.
Q. —from this area, that you know the homes are pres
ently occupied and that they’re occupied by Negroes. A.
No.
Mr. Luckett: No.
The Witness: No.
Mr. Luckett: He didn’t—
The Witness: No, sir.
The Court: I didn’t so understand his testimony,
Mr. Aronson.
Mr. Aronson: Excuse me. I am sorry.
— 186—
By Mr. Aronson:
Q. Would you review your testimony with respect to the
houses that are circled and marked “X ”? A. That’s an
area that I think—
As I said, this is the street I go down.
Q. I see. A. These houses I know are occupied.
That’s why I told Mr. Luckett I wasn’t sure of this.
These homes—I think one of them has been torn down
and the others possibly are rental units.
Q. All right.
I ’m going to mark the three that you’re certain of as
A, B— A. Now, this property may be vacant now. The
lady that owned it died in the last—just a short time ago.
It may be vacant—part of it, anyway. It ’s a duplex house.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965
C harles Lon gin o— fo r D efendants— R ecross
423
Q. I ’ll mark that D so as not to conflict with the C or
commercial legend.
Now, your testimony is that that house which we marked
or which you referred to as a duplex marked “D” may or
may not be occupied—-the person recently died; you’re cer
tain that the properties designated now on this map as
—187—
“A” and “B ”—and we’re still on Defendants’ Exhibit 25—
are occupied and that they’re occupied by white persons!
A. Yes.
Q. All right.
Now, this area that’s circled and marked with an X —
what—
Mr. Aronson: I wonder if we might review. I
think the testimony was clear on this, your Honor,
at the time. I wonder if we might ask the Reporter
to go back—
The Court: Ask him about it and let’s see what he
says now.
Mr. Aronson: All right.
By Mr. Aronson:
Q. I direct your attention to an area which is circled
and marked “X ”— A. All right.
Q. —and which, according to the legend of this map,
shows that it has four deficient structures and two stand
ard structures. A. Yes.
Q. What is your present knowledge with respect to the
occupancy of these homes! A. Well, they are occupied by
—1 8 8 -
whites, if they are all occupied, and that’s what I testified
before.
B e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1966
C harles L ongino— fo r D efen dan ts—R ecro ss
424
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
Aaron Henry—for Plaintiffs—Direct
Q. And if they’re occupied is it—
You have no specific knowledge. What is your best
guess'? Do you think they’re occupied? A. Yes.
Q. And do you think they have children or there are
some children? A. Yes; I think there are.
Mr. Aronson: Your Honor, may I confer with
counsel for one short moment?
The Court: You may.
Mr. Aronson: Thank you.
Your Honor, we have no further questions.
The Court: Anything further with this witness?
Mr. Luckett: No, sir.
The Court: You may stand down.
May he be excused?
Mr. Aronson: I don’t envision further use of Mr.
Longino.
The Court: Mr. Luckett?
Mr. Luckett: No, sir.
The Court: You are excused, Mr. Longino.
Will you call your next witness for the plaintiffs?
—189—
Mr. Bell: Yes.
Aaron Henry.
A aron H en ry , a plaintiff, called by and in behalf of the
plaintiffs and in his own behalf, having been first duly
sworn, testified as fo llow s:
Direct Examination by Mr. Bell:
Q. Your name and residence? A. My name is Aaron
Henry. I live at 636 Page Street, Clarksdale, Mississippi.
425
Q. How long have you lived in Clarksdale? A. I ’ve
lived in Coahoma County all my life. I was born in Coa
homa County.
Q. That would be a period of how many years! A.
Forty-two.
Q. What line of work are you in! A. I ’m a pharmacist.
Q. How long? A. Since 1950.
Q. Are you plaintiff in this case? A. Yes.
—190—
Q. Are you otherwise involved in the civil rights move
ment? A. Yes.
I ’m President of the local branch of Y A A CP and also
President of the State Conference of NAACP.
Q. Would you briefly review your efforts to desegregate
the Clarksdale public schools? A. Yes.
At the passage of the Supreme Court decision in 1954,
in the month of May, the branch worked toward getting
the local School Board to comply with what had become
the law of the land. We filed a petition in August of 1954
with 454 heads of families, and to this date the School
Board has not answered this petition, requesting it to
comply with the Supreme Court’s decision of ’54 and to be
gin a method of desegregating the public schools.
This took place in ’54 and we had not heard from it in
August of nineteen sixty—
Q. Well, do you have any indication that the first peti
tion was received by the Board; and, if so, what was that
indication? A. Well, yes. They never replied to us. How
ever, the fact that the petition was filed—a story was car-
—191—
ried in the Clarksdale Press Register and the names of all
of the persons who signed the petition were likewise car-
B e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
A aron H en ry—-for P la in tiffs— D irect
426
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
A aron. H en ry—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
ried, and their addresses, in the Clarksdale Press Register,
notifying the public this had been done and these were the
people who were doing it.
Q. Was there any result or any occurrence after the
names were printed? A. Yes.
Several of the persons who signed the petition found it
necessary, because of various pressures and intimidations,
to withdraw their names.
Many of the persons had their—had credit denied to
them at the banks because they had signed this particular
petition.
Several persons were—
Mr. Luckett: If the Court please, unless he knows
that of his own knowledge, I object to it.
By Mr. B ell:
Q. Do you know this of your own knowledge, Dr. Henry?
A. Y es; I know it of my own knowledge. People have told
me—
Mr. Luckett: It is hearsay, if your Honor please,
and I object.
— 192—
The Court: The objection is sustained.
You may testify about what you know of your own
knowledge, not what someone else told you.
By Mr. Bell:
Q. Did you make any follow-up in such a fashion on re
ports of this nature that you would have personal knowl
edge of some of these situations you’re telling us about?
427
A. Well, the only knowledge I would have would he reports
that were filed in my office by persons who were so vic
timized and, of course, the Court has ruled out—
Q. I ask you whether, if there were such reports, they
were made at your request as head of the branch. A. Yes;
they were made at my request.
I advised any person that was intimidated in any way
because of participating in this action to so report.
Q. And did you receive such reports? A. Yes, sir.
Q. Was there another immediate effort or was there not
another immediate effort made to contact the School Board?
A. No.
We didn’t make another effort to contact the School
—1 9 3 -
Board until close to the time of the school term in 1963,
I think it was.
Q. Well, then, let me ask you whether there was a tend
ency on the part of the community to become more or less
active as far as pushing for school desegregation after the
first petition was printed in the newspaper. A. Yes, sir;
there was.
Q. Was what? A. There was less activity and action by
the Negro citizens of the community to push for school
desegregation after the petition was filed in 1954 and the
names appeared in the newspaper and the experiences that
people had because of it.
Q. What did you do then? A. Well, we—
Q. What was the next action that wTas taken? A. The
next action, the next official action, that was taken—we
filed another petitinn in 1963 with the parents of 25 chil
dren, I believe, that were involved, and this was done in
the form of a petition. We again petitioned the School
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965
A aron H en ry—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
428
Board to acquiesce to the Supreme Court’s decision of 1954
and begin a plan of desegregation of the public schools, and
this petition had no reply either except it was—it became
—194—
a newspaper article and the names of the parents and the
children that were involved here were likewise published.
Q. And am I correct that then this suit was filed after
that petition was filed! A. Well, after the petition was
filed—and we asked for a reply within a specific amount
of time, and, as I recall, no reply came from the Board, and
then through my office we petitioned the Legal Defense
Fund of the National Association for the Advancement of
Colored People, NAACP, to institute a suit in our behalf
to desegregate the public schools.
Q. Well, now, in addition to your efforts to desegregate
the public schools, have you or have you not been involved
in any other desegregation efforts in the Clarksdale area;
and, if so, what is the present status of those efforts as
to other facilities! A. Well, yes. The local branch has
filed suit against the city and the county to desegregate
the courtrooms, to desegregate the rest rooms in the court
rooms, to desegregate the public parks, the playgrounds,
the swimming pools, the hospitals, the library. That was
taken in the name of J . D. Rayford and H. Y. Hackett, and
—195—
after the passage of the Supreme Court—after the passage
of the Civil Rights Bill of 1964, the local branch participated
in an effort to desegregate privately owned public facilities.
Q. Can you give us the current status of these efforts!
What has been changed, if anything! A. The motion
that was filed by Hackett and Rayford—this particular case
has not been resolved. It’s in this Court.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 196S
A aron H en ry—-for P la in tiffs—D irect
429
Q. What case was that? A. That’s Hackett and Rayford
versus Coahoma—
Q. I mean: Involving what? A. Involving the desegre
gation of the courtrooms, rest rooms in courtrooms, play
grounds, swimming pools, parks, hospitals and the library.
Q. Can you tell us whether there has been any change?
Have any of these facilities been, in fact, desegregated?
A. Yes.
The Carnegie Public Library has desegregated. Of
course, they have taken all the chairs out.
Mr. Luckett: If the Court please,—
Mr. Maynard: If the Court please,—
—196—
Mr. Luckett : —we object—
Mr. Maynard: —we object.
Mr. Luckett: —to any testimony—
Mr. Maynard: This has nothing to do with the
question—
The Court: Wait just a minute. One at a time,
gentlemen.
Mr. Maynard: I thought I was first, but go ahead.
Mr. Luckett: Go ahead.
On behalf of the City School Board, we object to
any testimony about the desegregation or the situa
tion with reference to courtrooms, either in the
county or the city, or the library or the hospital or
what-not. We don’t think it’s pertinent to this par
ticular problem as to how we have drawn the school
lines of the City of Clarksdale and whether we have
taken race into consideration.
The Court: Mr. Bell.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965
A aron H en ry—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
430
Mr. Bell: As you know, your Honor—
Mr. Maynard: Wait just one moment.
Mr. B ell: All right.
Mr. Maynard: On behalf of the City of Clarks-
dale, we object, your Honor, to bringing in through
this person the city’s integration question with refer-
—197—
ence to the City Hall, the library and the various
other city facilities. We see that it has nothing to
do with the question now before the Court.
The Court: What bearing does that have on this
case, Mr. Bell?
Mr. Bell: This, your Honor: Not only are we con
cerned with the aspect of the plan bearing on the
zone lines; we are also concerned with the aspect of
the plan concerning the speed and, as the courts have
said many times, each case has to be decided on its
own facts with reference to such matters as the speed
at which the plan should continue, and in this regard
generally the other community situation is observed
to determine what kind of progress has been made
in desegregating other facilities.
We’re in an area where all public facilities have
been desegregated except the schools. Perhaps a dif
ferent standard as far as speed is required than in
an area where absolutely nothing has been desegre
gated and the schools are the first thing, and for that
reason I think it’s helpful to have some background
—and I wasn’t going to dwell on it—as to just where
we are in Clarksdale today.
The Court: I frankly can’t see how this has any
bearing on this case.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
C olloquy
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
Colloquy
—198—
Mr. Bell: Well, the only justification for going at
a grade a year rather than desegregating the schools
entirely is that going at this slow pace there’s better
able to be an adjustment by the community, by the
schools, as to what is going on. We always disagree
with this, but nevertheless we wind up with it each
time.
Now, by—
The Court: You actually, according to that the
ory, are trying to get into the record of this case
evidence that would tend to slow down the pace of
desegregation of schools, aren’t you?
Mr. B ell: Not over-all, your Honor. I think if
you will let me tie it up we’ll show that the situation
in Clarksdale is such that unless all grades are or
dered desegregated—the situation is such that at
least all pupils in all grades who seek desegregated
educations should be able to get them and, as I say,
I think that very shortly—
The Court: What the status of these other facili
ties might be or might have been with respect to
desegregation or segregation would not, I can assure
you, have any bearing on my disposition of this case
or the speed by which the system will be required to
desegregate.
—199—
Mr. Bell: Well, I would like to, unless you’re go
ing to sustain the objection to it, get in the record
the facts as to the present status of desegregation,
if I may.
The Court: You still haven’t convinced me that it
has any relevance.
432
I ’d like for you to try again, because I don’t want
to foreclose you. I want you to make a perfectly ade
quate record.
Mr. Bell: Well, I think that what we’re going to
try to do here is to show that the desegregation of
any public facilities in the City of Clarksdale has not
come easy, that those who have sought to obtain
desegregation of these facilities have not had an easy
time, and that this will bear on this particular plan
in regards to possible alternatives to the plan as it
is presently drawn. In other words, if this plan is
not going to be approved and we can show the zone
lines as drawn by the Board cannot be the sole basis
on which desegregation is obtained, then we turn to
the question as to how persons seeking desegregated
educations are to obtain them, and if we follow some
of the current precedents it would be on the basis of,
“Well, we’ll allow those in a certain number of grades
to obtain desegregated educations upon request,” and
— 200—
the thrust of a part of this testimony that we’re try
ing to put on now is to the effect that in the area of
Clarksdale the number of such persons is likely to
be very small based on (1) the general condition of
Negroes in the community and (2) the pressures
generally placed on those who seek to make change
in this particular area, civil rights.
The Court: I frankly can’t see how it has any
bearing on the issues in this case and the problems
that will be placed in the lap of this Court when this
hearing is concluded, but you may go ahead and
develop your record.
H ea rin g o f A p r il 8, 1966
C olloquy
433
But let’s get on to—
Mr. B ell: All right, your Honor.
The question you were answering was what was
the status, which facilities are open, and I think you
were talking about or starting to talk about the
courtrooms.
The "Witness: Yes.
The courtrooms, both city and county, are now
desegregated. Negroes can sit anywhere they want
to in the courtrooms. Of course, the rest rooms in
the courthouse are still segregated.
The—
By Mr. B ell:
Q. How about the pools? A. The pools are closed. No-
— 201-
body can use them.
Q. You told us— A. The pools were closed last year.
I don’t know whether they will be open this year or not.
The Court: What is this you are talking about?
The Witness: Public playgrounds; swimming
pools.
The Court: Swimming pools?
The Witness: Yes, sir.
By Mr. Bell:
Q. How about the hospital?
You were about to tell us something about that. A. Yes.
The waiting room at the hospital has been desegregated,
except they moved the chairs out and nobody is able to sit
down while they are waiting in the hospital.
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965
A aron H en ry— fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
434
Q. I ’ll ask you whether or not, Dr. Henry, you come in
contact both in your drugstore and in your civil rights ac
tivity with a sizable percentage of the Negroes in the
Clarksdale community. A. Yes, sir.
Q. Are you familiar with the type of work they do, the
type of jobs they hold? A. Yes, sir.
A great majority of the people who live, Negro people
— 202—
who live, in the community of Clarksdale are pretty much
agrarian employed. They’re day laborers in the plantation,
in the farm system.
A great majority of the people who live in Coahoma
County live out in the rural area, and hence they are em
ployed in the area of farming.
Q. How about—A. Some are employed, however, in the
industrial plants.
The Cooper Tire and Rubber Company has Negroes em
ployed. American Hardware, Stephens-Adamson and the
new Tarizan plant all have some Negroes employed.
But, by and large, the great majority of the Negroes who
are employed are employed either in the service industry as
maids, in the homes, or as laborers or as farm workers.
Q. Tell us, if you know, from your own knowledge, the
average salaries that these people make in these different
lines of work.
Mr. Duckett: If the Court please, I just submit
that’s going much too far afield and I can’t see why
we should have to take—
The Court: I ’m concerned—
Mr. Duckett: —that sort of record on—
R e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
A aron H en ry— fo r P la in tiffs—-Direct
—203—
435
The Court: I ’m concerned, Mr. Bell, with the
length of time we are spending on this case already.
The morning’s activity developed rather slowly, it
seemed to me.
Mr. Bell: Yes, your Honor, and there are only a
few questions along this line. I promise I ’m not go
ing to take a long period of time. It ’s just a quick
summary.
The Court: How much more evidence do you an
ticipate that you have?
Mr. Bell: After this witness,—I have only 10 or
12 more questions for him—-I have two expert wit
nesses, whose testimony would probably take per
haps 30 minutes apiece, and then I, of course, would
have to put on the Superintendent again in view of
the problems we had on the deposition and review
that material, plus a few questions of the Chairman
of the Board, and that would be our case.
The Court: What does the income of people have
to do—
Mr. B ell: It gets back—
The Court: —with whether they will be permitted
to attend a desegregated school or not?
Mr. Bell: Well, the problem is that we want to
show here or to prepare here—of course, it’s not go-
—204—
ing to have any relevance if this Court is going to
find that the plan of the Board is proper and meets
all of the requirements, and that’s it—
The Court: I don’t know what I ’m going to find.
Mr. Bell: That’s correct, and we don’t know either,
and it’s for that reason that we’re trying to prepare
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
C olloquy
436
the record in such a way that we’re able to argue to
the Court (1) that the Clarksdale Board should be
required to draw up a new set of zones and assign
everyone according to those zones, but a group of
fairly drawn zones, and that because of the status of
Negroes in this community that providing them as
an alternative to the plan that the Board has sub
mitted with the type of desegregation plan which has
been approved in other sections will not be providing
them with a desegregation plan at all because their
status in the community as far as the economic sit
uation and all is concerned is just so poor and the
opposition to desegregation generally is so great that
there will be no choice and there will in all likeli
hood, based on everything we know, be no desegrega
tion. So, while it may seem far afield, it’s very, very
vital to our case to establish—and we’re doing this
all over because of the problems that we have with
this freedom of choice type of plan that the courts
— 205-
over our objections have been approving—that in
many areas, particularly in a small community,—
sometimes in large residential, large urban communi
ties the situation is a little better, but in a small com
munity such as Clarksdale—where the Negroes par
ticularly have just come in from the farms, only a
few of them have jobs earning any kind of money
at all, that their status is just very, very tenuous
and that they do not have the kind of economic or
any other kind of background, organization or what
have you that would enable them to, with propriety,
exercise a freedom of choice to go to a desegregated
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
Colloquy
437
school if this is the kind of desegregation plan that
is approved.
So, it kind of leads into the argument that we
would make at the end of the testimony: (1) That
the Board has maintained all along that they are
opposed to transfers, that they want to assign people
because this is the orderly way, and we are in agree
ment that this is the way it should be done. However,
we don’t think that the lines they have drawn here
are effective either in meeting the requirements of
the Supreme Court as far as desegregation is con
cerned or of meeting the requirements as far as edu
cational standards for drawing zones are concerned.
Now, assuming we are able to convince you of this,
—206—
we are arguing that or will argue that the Board
should be required to draw a new set of zones that
do meet the constitutional standards and do meet
the constitutional standards, and the reason we’re
arguing they should have to be required to file this
new set of zones is because the freedom of choice
type of operation that has been approved in other
areas will not bring about desegregation here.
The Court: Timewise, I think we will gain by
letting you go ahead. You may do so.
Mr. Bell: I was asking you, if you know, if you
could give us a little idea what Negroes actually earn
per week or per day and some of the types of work.
The Witness: Well, the salaries range greatly.
In the better paid positions of school teachers and
factory workers, from four to $5,000 a year, and per
haps less or more; but the great bulk of the people
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965
C olloquy
438
employed in the service industries earn from fifteen
to $20 a week as maids and as cooks and this type
of thing, and the day laborers in actually the area of
employment where a majority of our people are em
ployed—this work finds itself available only during
cotton picking and cotton chopping. Of course,
cotton chopping starts about perhaps the middle of
April or mavbe the first of May and lasts maybe
—207—
through June. I think last year they paid two to
three dollars a day for this particular kind of work,
and, of course, all people who go to the fields make
the same money. Cotton picking starts about the
middle of August and perhaps lasts through Novem
ber or to November, and they pay from two to three
dollars per hundred for picking the cotton, and, of
course, the average person would earn about, say,
anywhere from three to nine dollars a day, depend
ing on the amount he would pick.
By Mr. B ell:
Q. Now, we’ve had a lot of discussion about housing con
ditions in the City of Clarksdale. Would you just give us
a quick summary of the nature and location of Negro hous
ing in the City of Clarksdale? A. Well, we have a method
of designating houses a little bit different than the technical
terms the Court has been using. We have an area called
the upper brickyard where the Negroes live, the brickyard,
the roundyard and Riverton.
Q. Now, where are these locations? A. I can come
down to the map and show you.
The Court: You may step down.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
A aron H enry— fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
439
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965
A aron H en ry—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
—208—
By Mr. Bell:
Q. Now, you are looking at a copy of the map that was
introduced in the earlier trial which shows the City of
Clarksdale and all of the school zones on the map, and I
point to the Illinois Central Railroad track that bisects
the town and ask you whether Negroes live generally to the
north of that line— A. To the south.
Q. -—or to the south. A. To the south; yes.
Q. Now, in terms of the various zones that are the ele
mentary zones that are written in brown crayon, would you
indicate these various locations where most of the Negroes
live? A. Yes.
This beginning here is what we call the upper brickyard.
Negroes live in this area.
Q. Now, would that be in Zone E-l-A? A. That’s in
Zone E-l-A.
Also, Negroes live in what is called the brickyard area.
This is in Zone E-l-A and Zone E-l-B.
This—
—209—
Q. Okay. A. In both.
Q. Yes. A. This, the brickyard, is divided into both of
these areas.
Q. I see. A. And in what we call the roundvard area,
which is Thirteenth—well, really, it begins up at 61 high
way and it takes in Eighth—rather, it takes in Tenth,
Eleventh, Twelfth, Thirteenth and all the way through
Eighteenth Street, where the new Booker Washington, the
new George—no—-Booker T. Washington School is down
here, because this is Zone E-2-A.
And there are Negroes who live in the Riverton area,
which is Zone E-2-B.
440
Q. Now, tell us a little bit about the nature of the hous
ing for Negroes in all of these areas. A. Well, it ranges
from very poor to pretty good.
There are several areas in what we call the downtown
area, which is this area here, that has houses—
Of course, I ’m referring to along the Ashton line. Of
course, Commerce runs perpendicular to Ashton, just off
Fourth Street.
Q. This is in the eastern end of Zone E-2-B ; is that
—210—
correct? A. No.
E-2-A.
Q. Oh, in E-2-A. A. E-2-A.
Q. I see. A. There is another area in E-2-A—that’s just
behind the First Baptist Church—that’s called Oil Mill Al
ley, which is just as dilapidated as anything they have in
Tuxedo Junction or other communities that have been con
demned.
Q. Is this the Tuxedo Park"? A. Park. Yes.
Q. Are you familiar with the houses located in that area?
A. Yes.
Q. Are you also familiar with the houses located out along
northeast Second that were deannexed? A. Yes.
Q. Now, indicate whether or not, in your opinion, some
of the housing in these areas that you are mentioning now
was of equal— A. In my opinion, equally poor, the only
— 211-
difference being that these houses have plumbing inside and
the ones that were testified today had no inside plumbing.
Q. Now, before you retake the stand, I will ask you if
you are familiar at all with some of the areas north of
the Illinois Central tracks which are designated here in the
R e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
A aron H en ry—fo r P la in tiffs—-D irect
441
eelmentary zones as E-3-A, E-4-A, A-4-B and E-4-C and
ask you whether or not you know any Negroes who are liv
ing in those areas at the present time. A. I don’t know
of any. That does not say exactly they are not, but I am
not familiar with any Negroes living in those areas.
Q. Do you know whether or not, looking at particularly
Zone E-4-B and E-4-C—do you know whether or not Ne
groes have sought to move into those areas at all! A. I
doubt it. I don’t know, but I feel almost positive no Negroes
have tried to move into those areas.
Q. Now, what would be the basis of that? A. Well, the
mores, the customs of segregation in housing, that whites,
white people, live in one area, the Negroes live in another.
Q. Do you know of any laws or anything that require
Negroes to live in one section or another? A. No; I don’t
know of a law, of ourse.
—212—
I would feel that most of us believe that there are laws
that would prevent Negroes from living there. I don’t
know.
Well, this is—the segregation laws of the state have been
of such a nature that they have kept Negroes and whites
separated as such, so that we would feel that there are, if
there are not.
I have heard testimony today there were not. Maybe in
tegrated housing will be one of our new projects of the
NAACP.
Q. Okay.
I ’ll ask you the basis for your own participation in the
school desegregation suit, Dr. Henry. A. Well, my daugh
ter, Rebecca, is growing up, and it is my feeling that the
educational qualifications in what has been classified as the
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965
A aron H en ry—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
442
white school system offers advantages over what is the
Negro school system, and I think that this follows through
the entire segregated school system of the state, that the
facilities for Negroes are inferior to those for whites.
Q. I ask yon also whether or not you are familiar with
the Jackson desegregation plan, which is generally referred
— 213—
to as a freedom of choice plan. A. Yes; I ’m familiar
with it.
Q.Now, based on your knowledge of the situation, par
ticularly as far as Negroes are concerned in the City of
Clarksdale, would you indicate whether or not a similar
type of plan would bring about a great deal or a little
desegregation in the Clarksdale area! A. Not not; not
with the present set of conditions under which we operate.
Q. Would you explain your answer on that! A. Yes.
In the Jackson community there are factors that are not
present here. Number 1, you have a larger community and
a larger number of Negroes that could possibly participate.
You have a higher medium income of the Negro com
munity in Jackson than you have here.
There are these factors, too:
You have a Chamber of Commerce in Jackson that
have appealed to the community to accept the desegre
gation of the schools, as citizens ought, because this is
the law of the land.
We have a woman’s group, who are a group of in
terested citizens outside the Chamber of Commerce,
— 214—
called the Save Our Schools Committee that is working
toward acceptance of desegregation in public schools
without difficulty.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965
A aron H en ry— fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
443
We have none of those factors going for ns here.
The business community has not taken a stand as far
as school desegregation is concerned for compliance of
the law. We have no citizens unit organized particu
larly among the responsible white citizens to help pro
mote an acceptance of the law, and these are two
factors that I think would be very necessary before we
could have any kind of results with a public—rather,
with a freedom of choice plan that is in vogue in Jack-
son now.
Mr. Bell: Just one second, please.
No further questions.
The Court: Reserve your cross examination until
after the noon recess.
Court is in recess until 20 minutes of four.
(Thereupon, at 3:21 p. m., a 19-minute recess was
taken.)
The Court: You may be seated.
— 215-
Cross Examination by Mr. Luckett:
Q. Dr. Henry, I ’m confused about these statements. The
last statement you made, as I understood it, was that if
freedom of choice were given to the children of Clarksdale
to attend any school in the school district there would be
very few Negro children who would attend, we’ll say,
schools north of the railroad. A. Would be very few
Negro children; yes.
Q. That’s right.
And yet you said in the beginning of your testimony in
1955 a petition was filed bearing five hundred and some
odd names— A. No.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
A aron H en ry—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
444
Q. —for the desegregation— A. Four hundred and
fifty-four.
Q. —454 names for the desegregation of the school sys
tem.
The Court: I understood him to say that it was in
1954.
The Witness: Fifty-four.
Mr. Luckett: Fifty-five.
The Court: Fifty-four, wasn’t it?
—216—
The Witness: It might have been ’54. Fifty-four
or ’55,
Mr. Luckett: I think I have a copy of it.
It was August the 1st, 1955.
By Mr. Luckett:
Q. I take it those people wanted to have desegregated
school facilities here in Clarksdale? A. Yes, but the reac
tion of the community was so adverse it caused many people
to fall out.
Q. And you don’t think they are of the same opinion at
this present time? A. I think they are of the same opin
ion, but the intimidations and economic reprisals we have
been subjected to have caused many people not to continue.
Q. I see.
You are, as you told the Court, the father of one of the
plaintiffs in the lawsuit? A. Yes, sir.
Q. Does your child go to a public school? A. No. She
goes to a parochial school.
Q. Has she always gone to a private school? A. Yes.
Q. I take it, then, you don’t question the right of any
- 2 1 7 -
parent to send his child to a private school ?
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965
A aron H en ry—fo r Plaintiff's— C ross
445
Mr. Bell: Well, I don’t know—
What is the relevance of that?
I think—
The Court: Now, counsel, it is customary in this
Court if you have an objection to state it to the
Court and not make remarks to counsel.
Mr. Bell: I ’m sorry, your Honor.
I was trying to say I object to the question as not
relevant.
The Court: The objection is overruled.
The Witness: No; I don’t question that right.
By Mr. Luckett:
Q. You’ve also told about some substandard housing
south of the railroad track,—I think in Commerce Alley or
some place like that, which is substandard and probably un
fit, really— A. Sure.
Q. —for human habitation, is it not? A. That’s true,
but it’s still there.
Q. Don’t you think it ought to be condemned and done
away with? A. Yes.
—218—
Q. So, you agree with slum clearance in theory, do you
not? A. Yes.
I object to it when it is done to extract citizens of one
race from one particular section of town.
Q. Well, in theory, though, you do approve of the con
demnation of unfit dwellings? A. Yes, in theory.
Q. Did you— A. However, the practice—the reason for
which it is done many times could alter that.
Q. I see.
It all depends upon where the unfit habitation is—if it’s
in a white neighborhood, you are not in favor of having it
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
A aron H en ry—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
446
condemned; but if it is in the Negro neighborhood you are
in favor of having it condemned? A. No. That is not the
issue.
The issue here appears to me to be the housing that was
removed—
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
A aron H en ry— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
The Court: Now, he didn’t ask you about the is
sue. He asked you about your views.
The Witness: There are circumstances that alter
cases, and the circumstances that are involved here
—219—
would cause me to think differently, one way one
time and another way another time.
Q. Had these houses in Tuxedo Park been south of the
railroad track, you would have had no objection whatso
ever to their destruction? A. No.
Q. Is that right? A. That’s right.
Q. Do you question the right of Mr. Kantor to sell his
property to whomsoever he chooses?
The Court: Now, wTho is this, Mr. Luckett?
Mr. Luckett: He’s an owner of one of the pieces
of property and one of the witnesses summoned by
the plaintiff.
The Witness: Well—
Mr. Luckett: I don’t know which particular prop
erty, but some particular property that was involved
in one of these purchases that are being criticized.
The Witness: I think there are times when a per
son owns public property, a public business—that
there are situations where he may not choose his
customers, that he must sell to anybody, that he may
not be discriminatory in that regard.
447
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
A aron H en ry—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
—220—
By Mr. Luckett:
Q. Insofar1 as this particular house is concerned, it was
rented to Negro tenants in the City of Clarksdale—and we
have no law about open occupancy in this state that I know
of.
Do you question Mr. Kantor’s right to sell that property
to whomsoever he chooses? A. Well, I don’t know about
the law you mentioned, whether we have an open occupancy
law or not. I ’m not sure.
Q. But do you question his right to sell his house? A.
Yes.
Q. You do? A. Yes.
Q. On what ground? A. On the theory that a man may
not discriminate in disposing of property in many instances
where this is legal and, of course, there are some instances
where there is a moral question.
I do think in the disposition of property that one should
not be able to discriminate because of race or color to whom
he sells it or to whom he does not sell it. If he puts it on
the market, he should sell it to whomsoever wishes to pur
chase it. Therefore, I do believe there are times when a
- 221-
man may not sell his property to a person of his choice.
Q. Well, in this particular instance it was sold to the
City of Clarksdale.
Do you question his right to sell it to the City of Clarks
dale?
The City of Clarksdale doesn’t have a race.
Mr. Bell: I don’t think—
Excuse me, your Honor.
448
I object.
I don’t think there’s any testimony on direct re
garding Dr. Henry’s disagreement with the right of
any real estate person to sell the property to the City
of Clarksdale.
I think—I ’m a little confused, and I think the wit
ness in his responses may be somewhat confused also.
The Court: We’ve opened up an awfully wide field
at your insistence.
Mr. B e ll: All right, your Honor.
The Court: Therefore, the objection is overruled.
The Witness: No. I think selling it to the city is
all right.
—222—
By Mr. Puckett:
Q. Do you think the county had the right to buy the
property next to the jail? A. Yeah.
Q. Suppose I told you that there were Negroes living in
this area right in here. Would you be surprised? A.
What’s the street designations?
Q, Well, it’s on School Street.
Do you know where School Street is? A. Yes. I t ’s in the
Hillcrest area.
Q. You’d be surprised? A. No. I suppose there are
some.
Frankly, I was surprised to see where some Negroes are
living on Cypress Street, and I ’m not too sure of their
grade levels, but they are assigned to Myrtle Hall School
and Cypress is in the heart of Oakhurst.
Q. Are they in the first or second grade? A. I ’m not
sure, but I know they are not assigned to the school nearest
their home.
R e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965
A aron H en ry— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
449
Q. Do you understand the plan requires any assignment
other than the first or second graders? A. No; I don’t
understand the plan does.
Of course, you are speaking generally about where Ne-
—223—
groes live and I don’t think the Negroes you are talking
about are first or second graders.
Q. Well, I just asked you—
You told your attorney on direct examination that no
Negroes lived in this section of town. A. I object to your
use of the word “niggers”.
Q. I didn’t say “niggers”. I said “Negroes”. A. Well,
I ’m sorry.
Q. I never used that word, neither before 1954 or since.
A. Well, it sounded like you were saying “nigger”.
Q. Well, you have put those phonetics on that. I did not.
A. All right.
Q. Does that clear it up? A. Would you repeat the ques
tion?
Q. I understood you to tell your attorney that no Ne
groes— A. Thank you.
Q. —lived in that section of Clarksdale. A. I didn’t say
definitely. I said I would be surprised to learn if they were.
Q. All right.
—2 2 4 -
Do you know that some Negroes live in this section of
Clarksdale known as Zone E-3-A? A. I suppose they are.
There were Negroes living in each zone in the first and
second grade when the plan was presented to the Court, but
by the time school opened they had all be moved out. So,
the fact Negroes live there now has no bearing on where
they will be when it comes down to the time to go to school.
Q. I am talking about as of today.
B e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
A aron H en ry—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
450
Do yon know Negroes do live in this particular zone? A.
There probably are, Mr. Luckett, Negroes living there, but
what’s going to be the question when the school desegrega
tion plan—
The Court: Now’ we’ve had enough of this. Let’s
don’t have any more arguments between counsel and
the witness.
Answer the questions, and if you want to explain
you’ll be given an opportunity to.
By Mr. Lu ckett:
Q. Now, Riverton is what we call a mixed neighborhood,
is it not? A. Yes.
—225—
Q. At least half of the area over there is occupied by
dwellings where white people live? A. That’s right.
Q. And about half of the area, although a great propor
tion, is occupied by dwellings where Negroes live? A. Yes.
Q. They live there in peace and harmony, do they not?
A. Well, it depends on what you mean by “peace”.
Q. Well, that’s semantics. I thought everybody knew
what “peace and harmony” meant.
Well, this Zone E-l-A, that is, upon the southeasterly
part of town, is what you’d call a mixed area, is it not? A.
What are the street designations?
Q. Well, there are any number of streets in there. A.
If you could name a few, I ’d know the neighborhood you are
talking about.
Q. Well, part of it is Cooper Tire and Rubber Company.
A. I know where that is ; yes.
Q. But that is a mixed neighborhood, is it not? A. Yes.
B e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
A aron H en ry—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
451
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
A aron H en ry—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
— 226—
Q. As a matter of fact, there are mixed neighborhoods
all throughout this southerly part of Clarksdale, are there
not? A. To some degree. To a minor degree.
Q. Is it not the position of the plaintiffs in this case that
the key to meaningful desegregation is a nondiscriminatory
drafting of uniracial school zone lines?
Mr. Bell: Now, we object to that.
The Witness: I ’m not going to get trapped into
that one. I don’t know.
Mr. Bell: We object to that question as being a
legal issue for the Court to resolve. The witness
wouldn’t know.
The Court: The objection is sustained.
By Mr. Luckett:
Q. Well, are you familiar with the complaint in the case?
A. I ’m familiar with the complaint that the school system in
Clarksdale is segregated and we’re trying to desegregate
it, if that’s what you mean.
Q. Are you familiar with the complaint that you filed on
behalf of your child and others in this particular ease that
we’re hearing today? A. Yes.
— 227—
Q. Don’t you know that your prayer is for the drawing
of these unified zone lines?
Mr. B ell: Now, we make the same objection, your
Honor.
I don’t think he has to be intimately familiar with
the—
452
The Court: The objection is sustained.
The Court knows, of course, that the complaint was
drawn by the attorneys and not by this witness.
Mr. Luckett: That’s all, your Honor.
The Court: Anything further with this witness?
Mr. Bell: No further questions, your Honor.
The Court: You may stand down.
The Witness: Thank you.
The Court: Will you call your next witness,
please?
Mr. Bell: Reginald Neuwien.
He’s in the plaintiffs’ witness room.
The Court: How do you spell this witness’s name,
Mr. Bell?
Mr. B ell: I believe it’s N-e-u-w-i-e-n.
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8 , 196S
R eg in a ld N euw ien— fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
—228—
R eginald Neu w ien , a w itness called by and in behalf of
the plaintiffs, having been first duly sworn, testified as
fo llow s:
Direct Examination by Mr. B e ll :
Q. Would you state your full name, please? A. Regi
nald Neuwien.
Q. Would you spell the last name? A. N-e-u-w-i-e-n.
Q. Your residence, Mr. Neuwien? A. I live at 2000 East
Jefferson Boulevard, South Bend, Indiana.
Q. What is your occupation? A. My occupation is edu
cational research.
At the present time I ’m the director of a study of the
Catholic schools in the United States, based at the Univer
sity of Notre Dame.
Q. What is your background in education?
453
What experience in this field have you had—jobs, other
surveys and so forth! A. I ’ve been in public education for
36 years, and the last 13 years of my work directly in the
public schools.
1 was Superintendent of the Public Schools in Stamford,
—229—
Connecticut, and following that I worked at the Educational
Research Council of Greater Cleveland in Cleveland, Ohio,
and I have been for three years m my present position.
In the Educational Research Council my work was Direc
tor of Administrative Research, and in a strong fashion I
worked as adviser to school superintendents, and I com
pleted 15 school system surveys of the schools in the
northern Ohio area.
Q. What did these surveys involve!
What was the nature of your work there, just briefly!
A. There were two types of surveys. The first type was a
study of the future needs of an individual school system,
and these in our jargon are referred to as projection stud
ies. They were done for a future 10-year period in terms
of the financing, building and staffing needs of the school
systems, and then an expansion of that same kind of work
is referred to as an evaluative approach to survey, and this
was evaluating the quality of the educational program and
the effectiveness of the school operation.
Q. Would you indicate whether or not the work you did
—230—
and have just described is similar to the work that you have
been requested by the plaintiffs to do with regard to the
Clarksdale school system! A. I think that the same kinds
of skills are necessary.
Q. How about your current work! Would you just give
us a brief summary of the work in which you are presently
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
R eg in ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
454
involved and indicate whether or not there are also con
nections between that work and the work yon have been
asked to do by the plaintiffs? A. The survey or study of
Catholic education, which is the title of the program for
which I am now the director at the university, is an attempt
to get fundamental statistical data about each of the Catho
lic elementary and secondary schools in the United States.
There are approximately 13,000 elementary schools and
some 2400 secondary schools, and they are located in 145
diocese covering the entire country, and in this work we are
doing a national survey which will produce a profile of these
schools, what they are and whom they serve and who staffs
them and the kind of training and background the staff
people have; and then we also have done depth studies in
13 of the 145 diocese where we have gone in and visited
—231—
with the schools and conducted a large number of activities
which are really evaluative in character.
Q. Do you supervise a staff of some sort in this work!
A. Yes. I have a full-time staff, which has changed because
I needed specialists at various times. I didn’t need—I had
at one time four sociologists, and we didn’t need four soci
ologists for three years. So, the staff has changed, and
there have been as many as 10 full-time people, and then
we use specialists for special problems.
Q. What will be the results of this study?
Will there be a book— A. Yes.
Q. —or any kind of publication? A. We’re getting
ready for our first publication now7. We hope we’re going to
publish in the middle of June.
Q. Now, would you review for the Court the background
and the preparation that you have made as far as the
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 19GB
R egin ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
455
Clarksdale school system is concerned for the testimony
we’re asking you to give today? A. Well, I was—while I
worked in Cleveland at the Educational Eesearch Council
one of my associates there, who was Director of Basic Ee
search, is Dr. Myron Lieberman, who is now at Ehode
—2 3 2 -
Island State College, and he approached me . some two
months ago—more than that probably—and wondered if I
would be willing to consider rendering this kind of service
here, and I was then approached by your organization, and
I accepted the opportunity and I came here early in Febru
ary and spent one day, which had been preceded by a study
of the first interrogatory results, and also preceded by a
study of the maps of the Clarksdale school district with
school identifications and other information that was made
available through your office, and then I spent a day here
viewing the Clarksdale schools from the outside and getting-
some idea of the location and the relationships of these
schools one to another, and so that it was not just a matter
of reading about what went on, and then I have had the
results of the second interrogatory and I have spent time
and study on them, for about a total of 60 work hours is my
rough estimate.
Q. Would you give us an idea of what familiarity you
have developed with the Board’s program, particularly as
it relates to the school zone lines and the general desegrega
tion plan that was submitted, as a result of study and ob
servations that you have made? A. Well, I mean the first
opportunity for a judgment that I had was in terms of the
- 2 3 3 -
plan which was originally proposed and drawn up in the
form of the new district lines, and then also the fact that
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965
R eg in ald N euwien— fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
456
while the new district lines were drawn the program, in
order to effect desegregation, was not effective, and the
study also indicated that there would be a possibility, it
seemed, from the information and knowledge that I have
been able to gain, which has some limitation certainly, hut
nevertheless against that kind of a background it seemed,
that some maybe rethinking of the redistricting or a redis
tricting plan might prove more effective in its results.
Q. Well, now, in reaching these conclusions, would you
make reference in some detail to the various facts and data
that you reviewed with reference to zone lines, how they
were drawn, and feeling free to come to the map where we
have all of the school zone lines located? A. Well, I would
point out that, first of all, there are certain general princi
ples which I would believe, from my own experience and
from my own activity, might have an effect on an original
districting of any school district, whether it were redistrict
ing or whether it were a projection into the future, and
some of the basic principles are that in dividing the school
district there would have to be clearer and basic informa-
-—234—
tion, which I would assume would be in the hands of the
School Board and the school administration, about the total,
over-all population, what the kind of mobility there is exist
ing in the community, movement in and out, the migration,
in-migration, what the birth rates are and have been in the
past, so projections could be made about how many young
sters are going to be available for school five years or six
years from now, and these would be population studies.
Then some of the other basic principles are that in—for
example, that in the location of the school—I mean such as
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
R eg in ald N euw ien— f o r P la in tiffs -—D irect
457
a school located in E-2-A—that means it’s what I would re
fer to as a perimeter location, so that—
Q. How would you define that? A. Well, it’s on the edge
of the school district, so that its service value has to extend
a great distance away from a school in order to effectively
use the capacity of the school. In other words, it does not
draw from—if we were to organize a district and indicate
it by a complete circle, a school which is a perimeter school
—it would be on the—cutting across the diameter of the
circle.
Q. Let me ask you whether or not your comments now are
indicating that there would be additional problems in draw-
—235—
ing zone lines given the fact that the schools are already
in definite locations and can’t be moved. A. I mean this
makes any kind of redistricting that much more difficult.
Q. Could you review where the schools are presently lo
cated in the Clarksdale system and comment on why they
were located there, as far as you can see, based on the study
you have made? A. Well, no place in the study that I have
made could I determine why the schools were actually
placed where they were. I mean I could only relate them to
what seems to be the district which they’re aimed at serv
ing, and, for example, the Oliver School, which is in Zone
E-l-A, serves a district again working up away from the
school, and this is pretty close to a perimeter school as far
as the school district boundaries are concerned.
Q. But it becomes—is this correct—a perimeter school
by reason of the way the zone lines are presently drawn?
Is that correct? A. That’s correct. However, in this
particular instance, as in the other, Booker T. Washington
School, in 2-A, they’re there, and the placement of the
school is on the perimeter, and there isn’t much that can
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1985
R eg in a ld N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
458
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
R eg in ald N em vien—f o r P la in tiffs— D irect
— 236—
be done about these isolated instances of redrawing a dis
trict line in order to get the school nearer to the youngsters,
and, so, this is an accomplished fact.
Q. You were telling us about, I guess, some of the criteria
that would be involved or some of the facts that you would
have to gather for drawing school zone lines.
Would you indicate, assuming you have all the informa
tion, the criteria that are generally accepted in determin
ing where school zone lines should be drawn? A. I
wouldn’t mind doing that, but it doesn’t seem to me this
would be, you know, particularly helpful at this point, be
cause I mean we have now an accomplished fact, and that
is the location of schools.
Q. Well, I ’m—• A. So, there might be some re-evalua
tion of the district lines to accomplish the purpose which
was set out and attempted in this drawing of district lines.
Q. I ’m thinking in terms of criteria for zoning a system
where, as here, there’s a requirement that there be new
zones and where, as here, the schools are already in their
present locations. A. I think it would just be a review of
the district lines drawn as they are here in these new ele-
— 237—
mentary districts and then making some attempt to mini
mize the location of the schools by redrawing lines based on
good population studies.
Now, I don’t have the background of specific population
studies in this particular community. I mean all I could
indicate would be that there might be some investigation
of other district lines than these and the basis for that be
ing that this redistricting didn’t seem to effect its purpose.
Q. Well, let me ask you this: Starting just from an edu
459
cational standpoint, would you tell the Court whether or
not in your review and study of these zone lines you found
that they did or did not meet the generally accepted criteria
for school zone lines? A. Well, I think the criteria again
would have to he altered within the circumstances with
which you are dealing, and the criteria of locating schools
or drawing districts so that the schools can best serve the
pupil population, so that, if we’re talking about general
principles, the general principles here have not been met.
Q. In what regards have they not been met? A. Well,
for example, the greater number of the youngsters going
—238—
to this school are—
Q. Which school zone is that? A. This is E-2-A, and
that’s Booker T. Washington School location, and the dis
trict runs from this line all the way down to the school, and,
so, it draws its entire enrollment from a northerly direction.
Now, ideally, without taking into account the existing land
usage, ideally, if this were to be the district, the school
would be located as close to the center of the district as
possible to make the travel time of youngsters as short as
possible in getting to the school.
Q. Would that be also true as to Zone E-l-A, for example,
or— A. Yes. The same principle would work here.
I mean if this is an evenly—we have a land usage here
which is very obvious and that a school could not be located
in that area, but if the school is to serve this entire area,
and this is a heavily populated area, the school would be
better placed at some place closer to the center of the total
district as the district is designed or subdistrict is designed.
Q. Let’s go on across and look at Zones E-4-B and E-4-C
- 2 3 9 -
over to the northwest part of the city. A. Well—
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965
R eg in a ld N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
460
Q. I will ask yon to tell us whether you have made a
study of those zones and indicate whether they come close
to meeting good standards or fall— A. Yes.
Q. —far from meeting good standards. A. For exam
ple, Heidelberg is located somewhat toward the center of
Zone E-4-B.
Kirkpatrick is slightly off center, but it’s closer to the
center than either of the two previous existing schools.
Q. How about other criteria!
Certainly isn’t it so that the location of the school in the
zone would be one factor, but would not be the sole factor?
How about meeting other factors or criteria of school
zone lines? A. Well, again we get back to the original
location of the school, the necessity of a school being orig
inally erected and it would have to serve that population.
This would be related to the size of the school. How big
does the school get? I mean: How is it planned? Is it an
expandable unit?
—240—
Q. What do your facts show as to the utilization of the
Heidelberg and Kirkpatrick Schools in relation to one an
other? Is one more or less crowded— A. No.
Q. —or are they about the same or what? A. These two
schools are about equally populated.
The average class size or the average enrollment in each
of the four schools—Kirkpatrick and Heidelberg and Oak-
hurst and Clark come to an average enrollment in each of
these schools per room of 25 plus, I think, one tenth.
Q. Do you recall whether these were schools serving
white children or Negro children? A. Yes. These are
schools which were indicated originally as white schools.
Q. Now, is it correct or not that you indicate the school
B e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
R egin ald N euw ien—f o r P la in tiffs— D irect
461
in E-4-B, which is Heidelberg, I believe, and E-4-C, which
is— A. Kirkpatrick.
Q. —Kirkpatrick, are pretty well balanced as far as
meeting the generally accepted criteria for drawing zone
lines between schools? A. Yes; location of school and
serving a population and having sufficient room at the
- 2 4 1 -
present time to accommodate the youngsters within a rea
sonable class size.
Q. Let’s go back across the map to Zone E-l-C, which is
the Eliza Clark School, and Zone E-l-B , Avhich is the Myrtle
Hall School, and ask you to make a comparison of how
well balanced those schools are one with another and
whether that reflects to you anything concerning the pro
priety in educational terms of drawing the line in that loca
tion. A. Well, let’s start with E-l-B, the Hall School. In
terms of what I said earlier, it meets the location criteria
well if this is to be the district.
Q. And why would that be? A. Because it’s located—
if this is to be the district served, then the school is located
so it is as close as you could get it to the largest number of
people if we have some even distribution of population.
Q. I see. A. Now, it happens that—whether this map is
up to date as far as land usage is concerned I have no idea,
but if this white area indicates that this is not used and
occupied land, occupied by housing, then we have a small
number of potential young people here in this part of the
district. If this then is an expandable and potentially or
might become occupied by housing, then this becomes even
- 2 4 2 -
more centrally located.
Q. How about again the question of how Avell balanced
is the Zone E-l-B with the adjoining zone, E-l-C? A. You
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
R eg in ald N euw ien— fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
462
could say almost the same thing about the location of the
Clark School within this district as drawn here. It is close
to the center, but off center. In other words, it would be
concentrically located, hut nevertheless it is a better exam
ple of school location than Booker T. Washington or the
Oliver School.
Q. Well, now, how about the balance as far as school
utilization between the Myrtle Hall and Eliza Clark
Schools? A. Well, as I remember, the Clark School has a
total of seven existing classrooms, six of which are in opera
tion and one is not in use, and the average class size there
is close to 25. I think it’s slightly less than 25 in each of
the six classrooms in use.
At Myrtle Hall—there are three buildings at Myrtle
Hall, an annex and a second building and the original build
ing, numbered 1, 2 and 3, in the information that I have,
and there are six unoccupied classrooms in that total build
ing, and I don’t remember whether it’s 15 or a total of 16
rooms, but it might be 18 rooms, and the total class size,
the average class size, in Myrtle Hall is about 34-point-
—2 4 3 -
something, just slightly under 35.
Q. As opposed to what average in Eliza Clark? A. Just
slightly under 25 in Clark.
Q. What does this tell you as you are observing or try
ing to determine the validity of the school zone lines be
tween those two schools? A. Well, there are certain fac
tors, educational factors, facility factors, which tend to
identify the potential level of quality education, quality in
struction, quality outcomes from instruction, and one of
these is related to class size, and a differentiation of as
much as 10 pupils per room between two schools would be
an index which would indicate that there might be greater
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 196S
R eg in ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
463
H ea r in g o f A p r il S, 1965
Reginald Neuwien—fo r Plaintiffs—Direct
potential, strongly might be greater potential, in the smaller
class size school for success with youngsters than in the
school with large class size.
Q. I ask you whether or not, Mr. Neuwien, you have had
occasion during your on-site study here to actually see this
eastern zone of the Eliza Clark School, the zone line divid
ing it from the Myrtle Hall School zone, which is Wilson
Avenue, and— A. Yes. I can—
Q. —report what you recall about that zone line and
— 244—
your observation as to its propriety. A. Well, I mean I
don’t know about the propriety, but other than the fact
that this—there is no natural barrier here between the two
school districts as we would have to some degree a nat
ural barrier in the matter of a railroad, a spur line.
This is a roadway, and the youngsters who live on this
side of the street, of the roadway, may attend this school
and the ones who live here attend this school.
Q. Now, let’s— A. This is a perfectly normal situation,
to have some boundary line which is identified by a street
or whatever.
There are other factors in this school situation.
Q. Let’s go into some of those factors.
First of all, you said the children living on this side.
Would you tell us whether or not it’s correct that the
houses located on the eastern side of Wilson Avenue are
occupied by Negroes and the houses on the western side
within the Clark zone are occupied by whites? A. That’s
true, and this is the dividing line between the two districts.
This is a Negro school, and this is a white school.
— 245—
Q. Well, from a standpoint of educational considerations,
—well, from all standpoints—would you be able to find any
464
justification for drawing the line in this area, pupil popula
tion, school utilization, school location and what have you?
Can you find any justification for drawing this line with
the exception of a desire to include within the Clark zone
all white children living in this area and to include within
the Hall School all Negro children living in that area? A.
I can see no advantage to be gained by the line being drawn
at that particular point to accomplish any desirable edu
cational outcome. As a matter of fact, again with some
knowledge, but not complete knowledge, of all the factors
that are necessary in order to effectively draw school
boundaries, there might be consideration given after study,
and careful study, to work away to some degree from these
long districts that operate on a north-south axis and there
might be some cutting across the school districts and re-
districting the population in order to more effectively use
the school facilities and to equalize the educational class
load which teachers face, and this could be done in terms
—246—
of the actual available population,—
Q. Is it— A. —which again I don’t have census data
on how many youngsters are in this particular part of
this particular school district, but this can be determined.
Q. And is it your response, then, based on the informa
tion available to you and your study of this material, that
there would be educational advantages in drawing some
of these lines in an east-west direction rather than in a
northerly-southerly direction as they’re presently drawn?
A. Yes.
I mean: I f we want to go after this same example, that
if it were possible in this reallocation of the territory, if
in that reallocation the school size or the class size could
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965
R eg in a ld N euwien— fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
465
be lowered in this school and—I don’t believe in loading
in a high class size in one building to equalize in the other
building, but if these could be equalized then there would
be an educational advantage,—
Q. Now, you are probably familiar— A. —plus the
fact—
Q. —with the fact that— A. —plus the fact that this
- 247-
school has six vacant rooms and this one has one. There’s
a total of seven vacant rooms between these two schools,
and better equalization might be made of that space by
again a redistricting.
Q. Well, you will recall, I believe, that a new elementary
school was opened just within the last few months in the
Riverton area. A. Yes.
Q. Would you discuss the site of that school with regard
to what you have been telling us about the adjoining-
schools! A. Well, I mean this same concept might be
moved further to the west and possibly include the River
ton district as well, because now Riverton is at the edge
of the developed population area, and this is just by view
ing the land. I mean this land is available, but it is not
now developed for housing.
But under the present condition Riverton and Clark
and Hall and Booker T. Washington and to some degree
maybe Oliver may be considered in a complete reshuffle
of district lines in order to more equitably distribute the
student population.
Q. Can I safely conclude from your testimony that it
— 248—
is your opinion that as the lines are presently drawn they
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
R eg in ald N euw ien— fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
466
are poor from the standpoint of educational criteria and
good educational—
Mr. Lnckett: I object to leading the witness and
summarizing his testimony into an argument, if
the Court please.
The Court: The objection is sustained.
By Mr. B ell:
Q. Let me just rephrase the question and ask you how
you would categorize the zones you have been discussing
from the standpoint of good educational administration.
Do they meet the standards or do they not? A. From the
background that I tried to develop earlier, I would say
I think these areas could be more effectively districted in
order to meet, I think, better levels of educational op
portunity.
Q. I ask you whether or not—
Well, let’s go into the high school zoning. Let’s discuss
the high school zoning.
J-2-A and S-2-A serve the whole of Clarksdale above
the Illinois Central Railroad tracks.
S-l-A and J-l-A serve junior and senior high school
students who reside in the whole of Clarksdale located
—249—
below the Illinois Central Railroad tracks.
Would you make some comments on the advisability of
those zones with regard to where the schools are located
and other applicable factors? A. Well, we have a variable
in the senior high school location because the senior high
school serving Area J-2-A is, as I understand it, now a
R e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 196S
R eginald N euw ien— fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
467
temporary and terminable measure and will not continue.
So, we’ll have to think about the fact of the junior high
school location being here, which it is.
Q. Now, you’re pointing to the site on the map of the
Bobo and— A. And the annex.
Q. And Dorr? A. And the Door buildings.
And, so, this is the secondary school facility which
would, I believe, be considered in any consideration of
the secondary school district because the secondary school
—the senior high school area or senior high school stu
dents will have to be relocated from their present location
in the joint city-county senior high school.
Q. How about the Negro high school situation? A. It
is located near the Oliver School. Higgins School is lo-
—250—
cated here, and again, I mean, in terms of the total popula
tion—I mean the total population spreads all the way
across here and down to here, and that population then
must move to as far away from the center of population
as there is within the city.
Q. Well, then, would you say that the zone line that
separates the two high school zones for the city is a valid
and defensible line from the standpoint of education or
educational administration or does it have failings? A.
The only thing I would indicate is that the Higgins School
is again located about as far away from the total popula
tion which it is designed to serve as you can get it, and
from an administrative point of view that location, and
the other consideration, is not effective.
Q. How about— A. This school, the junior high school
—if this is to be the district, it is more closely related to
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
R eg in a ld N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
468
the center of population because here it is ; but the other
school, which is presently being used cooperatively, is
also over here, and it is in the same condition as Higgins
as far as being away from the population is concerned.
Q. You understand, of course, the zone line runs down
along the Illinois Central Railroad track through its whole
— 251-
entry of the city, and it is my understanding from time
to time that railroad tracks are used as school zone lines.
Would there be any justification for making exceptions
to that in this case or is that completely justifiable? A. I
don’t think that a railroad just automatically becomes a
stated district line. I mean it might be—if it’s a high bar
rier and if there are no crossings or underpasses, it might
be just a barrier which can’t be penetrated and then it
might become the reason for organizing it as a district
boundary.
Q. Have you actually traveled along the route of that
railroad and does it or does it not make up this type of
barrier—it’s not penetrable? A. With the frequency of
overpasses and, you know, underpasses, primarily, and
then marked and cared-for crossings—I mean it does not
seem to be a barrier, and then in terms of the information
which was made available in the second interrogatory,
where the total number of youngsters who cross the rail
road tracks, either the spur line or the Illinois Central, is
a rather high number in terms of the total enrollment in
the total schools—I can’t remember—I have on my desk,
— 252—
but I can’t remember—the total number, but it was a large
number of young people who cross the tracks, and I would
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965
R eg in a ld N euw ien— f o r P la in tiffs— D irect
469
say that it evidently does not seem to be a barrier, and
because of the piercings and underpasses and/or guarded
crossings, with the exception of this part of that spur,
it would seem to me—
Q. You are pointing to part of the track down at the
bottom of the Zone E-2-A and E-l-B? A. And E-l-B,
where the crossings from—I don’t know what street—
about one third of the distance down this track there
are unguarded crossings, unmarked crossings, but the rest
of it seems to work effectively. As far as a hazard is
concerned, it does not seem to be a hazard in this com
munity.
Q. Well, then, would it be possible to divide the zones
between the Higgins School and, let us say, either the
Clarksdale-Coahoma or the Dorr and Bobo High School
facilities in such a way as to increase the efficiency from
the standpoint of educational administration; and, if so,
how could that be done? A. This is based on the actual
numbers of young people from the elementary identified
zones who live in the elementary identified zones, who
attend secondary schools, who are in the secondary school
—2 5 3 -
level, and the total number of youngsters that we started
with.
The total, over-all population could be served by a dis
trict line coming down that way.
Q. Now, let’s say where. A. Well, let’s not follow—
let’s stay on this side of the river, come down this way.
Q. A line that would go generally from the north to
the south direction,— A. Diagonally.
Q. —somewhat east— A. Of the river.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
R eg in a ld N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
470
Q. —of the Sunflower River? A. Sunflower.
Q. It would run from the north down to the south!
A. This would satisfy, according to the number of young
sters who are now in secondary schools—I mean this would
give an equal segment of the population to each side of
that dividing line.
Now, there would have to be a lot of other considerations
made,—
Q. Yes. A. —but this would be a starting point, if
this were to be considered, because, I mean, it does divide
—254—
the population.
Q. And, in your opinion, would a line drawn generally
in this direction overcome some of the handicaps that
you discussed as regards the line as it is presently drawn?
A. I f we consider the occupied school, secondary school,
the joint county-city school, yes; it would bring the popu
lation closer to the school service center. In other words,
this population would be closer to this school and this
population now is close to that school; this population
would be closer up here than it is going across in this
direction; this population certainly would be closer to
Higgins than it would be to the school on the extreme
western boundary, across the boundary.
Q. In your opinion, as you observe the way the lines
have been drawn in this plan, or is it your opinion that
the desire to maintain as much racial segregation as pos
sible was the primary consideration in drawing these
lines as they are presently drawn? A. Well, my only
observation there would be that this boundary would make
this segregation effective.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
R egin ald N euwien— fo r P la in tiff s— D irect
471
Q. Not only the east-west boundary we just discussed,
but in view of all the boundary lines for both elementary
and junior and senior high schools? A. I mean again—
—255—
I mean the railroad tracks—when it becomes—when the
railroad tracks become a part of the boundary, either of
the elementary or the secondary boundary, by reason of
the fact that this population here is primarily white and
this population here is primarily Negro, I mean it cer
tainly makes it an effective segregation of the population.
Q. Well, then, could you answer the question fairly
directly, and then give any further support that you
would want to, as to in your opinion whether or not the
primary concern in drawing the zone lines as they are
presently drawn was to preserve a maximum amount of
segregation in the schools? A. I would rather state that
differently, and that is that if reconsideration were given
to the district lines in order to promote a desegregation
of the schools that it can be more effectively done than is
exhibited here.
Q. Well, are you unable to answer the question as I
asked it, Mr. Neuwien? A. Yes, because I would have to
interpret, you know, what the purpose was in the minds of
people.
Q. Well— A. I ’m talking about the outcome.
—256—
Q. Well, let me ask you this: Based on the way the lines
are drawn and the results from the way they are drawn,
with reference to the line such as the one in Eliza Clark,
such as the east-west line down the railroad track here,
such as the southerly line, southern boundary line, of the
Eliza Clark zone, would it be your opinion that one of the
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965
R eg in a ld N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
472
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8 f 1965
Reginald Neuwien—for Plaintiffs—Direct
major, if not the major, factors in drawing these lines in
this manner was to maintain segregation of schools? A.
Well, I mean from my point of view I would still make my
proposal, whether it was effective in maintaining segrega
tion of the schools.
Q. Your answer is that it was effective for this purpose,
whether this was the purpose or not? A. Yes, because I
don’t want to interpret the purpose.
Q. All right.
Would you return to the witness chair, please?
I have a few more questions.
I would like you to discuss just a bit: Considering the
lines as they are and having the result that they do, with
the Negroes being contained in the Higgins Junior and
Senior High School and the elementary schools being the
Riverton and Booker T. Washington and Myrtle Hall and
—257—
Oliver, from an educational standpoint, the quality educa
tion you are speaking of, what is happening to the Negro
pupils in the schools ? What is happening to them in terms
of pupil class average when compared with the whites, the
teacher-pupil enrollment and some of these other figures?
A. Well, as I said earlier, in this matter of class size with
in individual schools and within the two schools dealt with
as groups, Negro and white, as the two separate groups,
there is a very definite difference in what is a basic factor
in terms of control of quality education.
In the Clark School the average class size, room enroll
ment, is 27.1 and in Heidelberg it’s 24.5; in Kirkpatrick
it’s 25.5, and 23.6 in Oakhurst; in Booker T. Washington
it’s 37.0; in Oliver it’s 34.3 and in Myrtle Hall it’s 35.8;
in Riverton it’s 34.3.
473
Then the average enrollments in each of those two groups
is 25.1 for Clark, Heidelberg and Kirkpatrick and Oak-
hurst considered as a total group, and 35.3 for Booker T.
Washington, Oliver and Myrtle Hall and Riverton consid
ered as a group.
The Court: I didn’t quite understand that. Was
that enrollment of—
—258—
The Witness: This is—
The Court: —average daily attendance?
The Witness: No; no. This is actual classroom
enrollment, not average attendance, because for de
termining a class size I think most of us would—
most educators would agree that—-I mean whether
the child is present or not, you know, has nothing
to do with how big the class is. I mean if he’s absent
today that’s what gets reflected in average daily
attendance.
The Court: That’s the reason I asked you the
question. I understood you to be talking about daily
attendance.
The Witness: No. I am sorry. I mean actual
enrollment, the number of youngsters who are reg
istered in an individual classroom, and this is the
way this was reported in the information that came
in in the interrogatory material.
The Court: All right.
The Witness: So, we have this as one differential
which is effective in relationship to quality educa
tion.
The second factor that is related to quality edu
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
R eg in a ld N euw ien—-for P la in tiffs—D irect
474
cation is the financial factor, and the financial factor
is made up primarily of the total salaries paid, and
—259—
the budget figures which I had the opportunity to
review, I mean, indicated that they didn’t deviate
in percentage breakdown from normal budget dis
tribution. Somewheres between 70 and 75, 78 per
cent of normal budgets as evaluative, whether they’re
effective or not, with whatever kind of money they
have, has this kind of a breakdown, 75-25, with 75
being for salaries and 25 per cent being for other
expenditures of operation.
I ’m talking about purely operational budgets.
And, so, the two factors, these two major break
downs, within a budget, the amount of salaries that
are paid and also the way in which these teachers
are implemented for their instructions, instructional
supplies and equipment and the kinds of lighting
and all the rest of the facilities within a school, also
affect the quality of education, and the example that
I have used on many occasions is that a very good
teacher can do a very good job working under very,
very poor conditions, but then this very good teacher
working under ideal conditions we would assume
could do a very much better job.
So, these factors, then, enter the picture along
with class size, and in the average per pupil expendi
ture which was in the 1964-’65 school budget, again
which I had the opportunity to review, for the four
—260—
elementary schools which are called the Negro
schools the per pupil expenditure, total operation,
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
R egin ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
475
was $202.62, and then for salary only this was
$136,—
I ’ll drop the cents’ figure—
Mr. Bell: All right.
The Witness: —out of here.
—and the other operational costs were $66, totaling
two hundred and two, a hundred and thirty-six per
pupil for teacher salaries, instructional salaries.
By Mr. B e ll :
Q. Which schools? White or Negro? A. These are the
Negro schools.
And then in the corresponding group of schools, the
other four schools,—-
Q. These are the white schools? A. That’s right.
•—the total operational expenditure per pupil was $295 as
opposed to the $202 that I just indicated for the Negro
schools, and for teacher salaries only the salary figure in
the white schools, white children’s schools, is $212 per
pupil as opposed to $136 in the Negro schools, which is a
difference, plus difference, of $76 per pupil on salary ex
penditures.
—261—
The other operational costs in the elementary schools,
white schools, is $83 as opposed to $66 in the Negro schools,
which is a differential, plus differential, in favor of the
white schools of $17.
Now, at the junior-senior high school level combined,
because this is the way the budget was proposed, in the
Negro schools the total expenditure for all operations per
pupil was $292; for salaries only it was $221, and the other
operational expenditures beyond salaries was $71.
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
R eg in a ld N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
476
Now, in the white secondary schools the total operational
cost per pupil was $424 as opposed to $292 in the Negro
schools. The salary figure in the white schools was $300
per pupil as opposed to $221 per pupil in the Negro schools,
which is a differential plus in favor of the white schools
of $79, and the other expenditures in the white schools
$124 per pupil as opposed to seventy-one in the Negro
schools, which is a fifty-two-dollar differential.
Q. Could you tie that disparity into education?
I hear—I had it in another school suit-—the statement
made, “Well, sure, they paid the white teachers more, but
they were harder to get into the school system and there
—262—
were plenty of Negro teachers and it was a matter of sup
ply and demand and it didn’t make any difference to the
students.”
Would that be true or is there a correlation in education
or the lack of education that the Negro children are get
ting that is reflected in the disparity between the amount
spent on Negro children per child and the amount spent
on white children per pupil? A. Well, I mean, the exam
ple you gave in identifying the question is really a part
of the answer actually, and that, however—in other words,
if there is a large group of people eligible and available
for teaching and you can get them easily for less money,
this might be the thing to do; but again what’s being bought
for the young people is the opportunity not just to have a
nursemaid to take care of them, but it’s to provide an
instructional program, and, so, you just don’t go out and
hire the first 10 people you meet. You hire them to work
as classroom teachers. There comes the matter of selec
tivity, and, so, you can get lots of workers to do lots of
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1966
R eg in a ld Neuwien-—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
477
kinds of tilings, but in order to get the best people you
have to be willing to pay for it, and this is related in
terms of teachers, too, and, so, if a quality educational
program is desired, you have to pay teachers at least as
—2 6 3 -
well as other competitive areas where they might have an
opportunity to teach and you have to be in a position to
attract the top that you can get with the kind of money
you have to spend, and, so, there is a relationship between
how much money is spent and the kind of education that
you get for young people.
Q. Would you also just briefly relate again to quality edu
cation the disparity in the number of pupils in the average
class in Negro schools as compared to white schools and—
I think you may have said something about the number
—just teachers that are available in the white schools as
compared to the Negro schools? A. Well, the, I mean,
class size—I mean the best example and simplest example
—not that it has to be simple, but the best example—is
that we hope that the teacher who is working in a class
room with young people has something to give to these
children, and in order to get the most from a teacher we
have to make it possible for that teacher to get through
to each youngster, to be able to know and understand the
needs of individual children, and it doesn’t mean that there
is individual instruction so that each teacher works indi
vidually with each child every day in the room, but it’s
getting to know the children, so that, to make it ridiculous,
—264—
because there is a break point, a teacher working with 75
in a first grade certainly could not be expected to promote
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965
R eg in a ld N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
478
a developmental reading program as effectively as an
equally qualified teacher working with 30.
Q. To a less extent, would it also be true that a teacher
working with 35 would have, all things considered, less
success than one who was working with 25 on the same
basis? A. That’s the basis upon which we operate, and
we have enough evidence to prove that this is true.
Q. Well, how— A. Now, there have been some experi
mental programs and research programs which have dis
agreed with this, hut the majority of the research indicates
that reasonable class size—this doesn’t mean you have to
get down to 15, but reasonable class size—promotes quality
or more effective instruction.
Q. Well, could you just summarize again your sugges
tions as to how the Clarksdale system could be zoned in
order to balance these educational opportunities that you
were discussing? A. I would think, starting with the ele
mentary school district lines, that with all of the informa-
—265—
tion that is available and which can be obtained in terms
of population, population location, what the potential of
growth is and when it’s going to come, and then locating
the young* people specifically so that they can be dealt
with, that the districts could be completely reexamined,
and my outlook would be that—I mean I would not want
to tinker—it would not be my approach to tinker—with
what exists. I mean I would like to start from scratch,
and I would think this would probably be most effective,
in taking the total population and trying to find out, with
the other fixed factors, which are the schools, because—
I mean there’s, not much that can be done about them, and
taking these fixed factors and the population and trying
to find out how can the youngsters be served best with
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
R eg in a ld Neuivien— fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
479
the existing facilities, and then also what are the future
needs for additional school facilities, and then pretty much
the same thing should he done or ought to he done with
the secondary school district approach.
Q. Then if these suggestions were followed and the
zones drawn up to give a better balance, just as pupils
per class and all of the other factors you have discussed,
would there be the possibility of a greater amount of, well,
desegregation than is presently possible or less!
— 266—
What would your feeling be on that? A. Yes; I would
think so, because I think if this were done to best serve
the population, the total population, and if the district lines
were drawn on that basis, without any regard for the color
of the children, then I think that the other purpose which
you mentioned—I mean the desegregation of schools—
would be better accomplished. Of course, you wouldn’t—
I mean better accomplished would not mean very much,
because this didn’t accomplish any. I mean it came out
zero for a lot of your fortuitous circumstances.
Q. You wouldn’t be drawing any zone lines purely with
the idea of accomplishing desegregation, would you? A.
No. No. I would—no. No; I don’t think so, because I think
then you would have some leaning over backward, too,
from my point of view, because I think that the purposes
of schools are to serve the needs of youngsters, all of the
youngsters, and to best serve them, and I think this is the
basis for it.
I think that, if there comes to be a judgment where a
judgment can be made one way or another and effectively
meet the physical qualifications of closeness to the school
for pupils and this kind of thing, and travel time and
H ea r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965
R eg in a ld N em vien—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
480
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965
R eg in ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
— 267—
hazardous conditions and so forth, and if desegregation
can be served by making one of two judgments, then I
would think that this would be desirable; but I don’t think
that this should be the basic purpose when we’re talking
about all kids.
Q. How about the faculty being assigned on the basis of
zones?
Do you have any opinion, particularly with regard to
what you have been saying about selection of faculty and
getting the best faculty, as to how faculties should be
assigned in the schools to better this educational thing
that you’re talking about? A. Well, I mean it’s my ex
perience as well as my feeling that the atmosphere within
a school, the atmosphere within which the youngster meets
the teacher and is fostered in its educational program, is
almost completely affected by the teachers with whom this
youngster works, and, so, I mean I feel very strongly that
these teachers should be the very best, not just the ones
we can get very easily or get cheaper or so on, but they
should be the best teachers that we can afford in what
ever the situation is, because some communities can afford
more money than others, but I also believe that in this
success in the educational venture that a youngster—I mean
— 268—
he has to feel that he belongs in the situation where he is,
and I would think no matter how effective someone effected
a desegregation of schools, if this were the prime purpose,
and if this only meant moving young people from one
school district to another so that there were some white
children and some Negro children in each of the schools or
in most of the schools where it would be somewhat natural
481
to be able to get them, and if this did not affect faculty
placement, I mean, I would think this program would lose
a great deal of its effectiveness, because I think that in
either case—I mean youngsters to some degree, and I ’m
thinking particularly about the elementary youngster,
would feel somewhat out of place in this new and strange
environment.
Q. And how could you cure this problem as a part of
the— A. I would think by some distribution of faculty
as well as pupils.
Q. Would this be on the basis of race or could you do
it on the basis of merit and which teacher was best for
the job! A. Well, this is the way I would try to approach
it—on the basis we need a certain number of first grade
—2 6 9 -
teachers in any system, and how can we get them best and
how can we assign them to the situations where they can
do the best, and, so, regardless—I mean I wouldn’t want
to see half of the faculty, by dictum, Negro in an ele
mentary school and the other half white. I think this
would be silly, because I don’t think this would affect any
thing; but I don’t think they shouldn’t be there in some
kind of a situation because of their difference in color, and
I ’m not talking about the teachers’ treatment. I ’m talking
about what’s going to happen to the youngsters. That’s my
interest.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8, 1965
R eg in a ld N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
Mr. Bell: Just a second, please.
No further questions, your Honor.
The Witness: Could I just make one addition?
I mean it’s a follow-up and something that I
wanted to have the opportunity—
482
The Court: Go right ahead.
The Witness: Is this all right!
The Court: Go right ahead.
The Witness: Okay, sir.
This is something I just have as information, and
I don’t know the background, but I think it’s indica
tive of this matter we’re talking about, youngsters
—270—
and the educational program for them.
There’s an additional difference, and in Heidel
berg School, for example, there are 15 assigned
teachers and there are only 14 occupied rooms, and
in the Oakhurst School there are 17 assigned teach
ers and only 13 occupied rooms, and in the case of
the Oakhurst School—I mean it is noted that these
teachers spend part time in Oakhurst and part time
in some other schools. Now, I don’t know, but I
kind of surmise that these might be what I think of
as itinerant supervisors working in the field of art,
music or whatever, but this is not identified; but,
nevertheless, there are these five teachers, which
happens to be 10 per cent of the total number of
teachers beyond the total number of classroom as
signed teachers, and then also in the Kirkpatrick
School there is a small class size of 13 which is
identified as a class for mentally retarded. Now,
there’s no comparable situation in the Negro schools.
So, this is what I mean by the attempt to serve
the needs of all young people.
So, I mean this was the additional thing that
seemed important to me.
The Court: All right.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965
R eg in a ld N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
483
You may reserve your cross examination until in
—271—
the morning.
Court is adjourned until 9 o’clock tomorrow morn
ing.
(Thereupon, at 4:57 p. m., the Court adjourned
until 9 a. m., Friday, April 9, 1965.)
B e a r in g o f A p r il 8 , 1965
R eg in a ld N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
484
Hearing of April 9, 1965
# * # * *
•272-
Proceedings had and evidence taken in the above-en
titled cause on the 9th day of April, 1965, at 9 a. m., in
the United States District Court for the Northern District
of Mississippi, Delta Division, at Clarksdale, Mississippi,
before the Honorable Claude P. Clayton, United States
District Judge.
—273—
A ppea r a n c es :
For the Plaintiffs:
Derrick A. Bell, Jr ., Esquire,
10 Columbus Circle,
New York, New York 10019.
For the Defendants:
Semmes Luckett, Esquire,
121 Yazoo Avenue,
Clarksdale, Mississippi 38614.
For the Board of Education
of Coahoma County, Mississippi:
William H. Maynard, Esquire,
Stevens Building,
Clarksdale, Mississippi.
# * # * #
—275—
The Court: You may be seated.
You may resume the stand.
You may cross-examine, Mr. Luckett.
Mr. Luckett: Thank you, sir.
485
R eginald Neu w ien , a witness, called by and in behalf
of the plaintiffs, resumed the stand and, having been
previously duly sworn, testified further as follows:
Cross Examination by Mr. Luckett:
Q. Mr. Neuwien, I will read you a definition of “deseg
regation” and I ’m going to ask you if you agree with it:
Desegregation means the assignment of students to pub
lic schools and within such schools without regard to their
race, color, religion or national origin.
Do you agree with that definition— A. Yeah.
Q. —of “desegregation”? A. Yeah.
—276—
Q. Well, you realize, of course, that doesn’t necessarily
mean any mixing of the races, do you not, sir! A. That’s
correct.
Q. That if all children in any particular district or
zone who are otherwise entitled to go to a school are
given permission to go to that school that that is a deseg
regated school, is it not, sir? A. I think there might be
some question about that statement, in my opinion.
Q. In what respect, Mr. Neuwien? A. It would depend
to a degree on the kind of approach made to the district
ing within the district.
Q. Well, if we say that we have a perfectly legitimate
and rational boundary line for a particular zone,—I don’t
suppose you can find any fault with the zone, we’ll say,
for the Heidelberg School—and if everyone, if every
elementary child in Zone E-4-B, is permitted to go to
that school without regard to his race, color or national
origin, is that not a desegregated school? A. That would—
R e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R eg in ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
486
You’re using a particular school district!
Q. Yes. I ’m using that as an illustration. A. I would
say in the particular instance to which you refer that
—277—
that would be a legitimate school district.
Q. That is a desegregated school, is it not, sir! A.
That particular school!
Q. Within that definition that I read you! A. In terms
of the knowledge that I have, because now we’re talking
about a specific district, the Heidelberg district—
Q. I ’m talking about that district, applying that defini
tion— A. Yeah.
Q. —to that particular district. A. Then, in terms of
what I know,—and I don’t have all of the information
that could be available—I would say yes, that that is a
desegregated district. That one is.
Q. And there may be others in Clarksdale, too! A.
There might be.
Q. Now, Mr. Neuwien, you have pointed out that the
Booker T. Washington is a perimeter school! A. That’s
right.
Q. And you have told the Court that it is not located
where it should be located! A. I indicated it could be
located more effectively in terms of the information that
—278—
I have.
Q. Do you know that it is one of the finest educational
school buildings that we have and built at a cost of
$373,698! A. I ’m not aware of the cost of the school,
and I ’ve only seen the school from the outside.
Q. It looks like a very nice school, does it not, sir!
A. It certainly does.
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R eg in ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
487
Q. Do you know that it replaced another Booker T.
Washington School that was centrally located in the zone
which it served? A. Yes; I do.
Q. Do you know that the School District wanted to
get additional territory at that site in order to put the
new school there? A. I don’t know that.
Q. Do you know that the School District found that
it was impossible to acquire additional land and that that
is the only reason why that school is not where it was
originally located? A. I don’t know that.
Q. Taking those facts to be true or the facts upon
—279—
which those questions are based, would you fault the
School Board for the present location of Booker T. Wash
ington? A. I might, in terms of my opinion; yes.
Q. Where else could it have been put if they couldn’t
get the ground upon which to locate it, Mr. Neuwien? A. I
think that among the many responsibilities of boards of
education is a responsibility to do some long-term plan
ning, and with the correct amount of foresight the prob
lem that you state, that no other land was available,
might have not become a problem had there been anticipa
tion at an eai’ly date.
Q. Well, you’re assuming that with foresight additional
land would have been available, aren’t you? A. I ’m as
suming that it certainly might have been.
Q. Yes, sir.
But if that doesn’t happen to be true then you couldn’t
fault the School Board, could you? A. I f that were true,
completely true, then I certainly would say that this is a
problem to be faced.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R eginald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
488
Q. Well, as a matter of fact, at the present time most
schools are built on perimeters, are they not, because of
lack of available space in the central districts, almost
throughout the United States, is it not true? A. No; that
— 280—
is not so.
Q. It is not so. I see.
Well, you pointed to the Riverton School, and you say
that is not properly located? A. I qualified that slightly.
Q. You did? A. Yes.
Q. In what respect? A. That there is unoccupied land
to the west of that building, which might be—and I have
no idea what the Planning Board’s zoning is or whatever,
but the land is vacant—
Q. Well— A. —to a considerable extent west of the
Riverton building.
Q. Well, isn’t land vacant south of the Booker T. Wash
ington building? A. Not as I understand.
Now, maybe I don’t know the city limits, but within
the city, as I understand the city line, no; there isn’t
within the city.
Q. It is a cotton field, just nothing but a cotton field
back of there, isn’t it, back of the Booker T. Washington
— 281-
building? A. Not within the city limits, as I understand
it.
Q. Well, forgetting the city limits, the city limits, you
understand, can be changed from time to time? A. Yes.
Q. We do have a law that provides that. A. Yes. I
know that.
Q. If the houses are built out there, the city limits can
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R eg in ald N euw ien— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
489
be extended to take care of them; isn’t that true! A. It
could be; yes.
Q. Well, is there any reason why that territory cannot
be built up back of Booker T. Washington that you know
off A. No; absolutely not.
Q. And the same thing is true of the Riverton School,
is it not, sir? A. I said that before; yes.
Q. All right, sir.
Do you know insofar as the Riverton School’s location
at the present time that the School Board, before it was
built, attempted to get land where that school could be
more centrally located insofar as that particular zone is
—282—
concerned? A. Do I know that?
Q. Yes, sir. A. No; I don’t.
Q. How many acres do you think it requires for a
school site? A. This depends on a lot of other factors.
I mean to answer the size of a school site would be im
practical because there are qualifications:
How big a school?
What type of a school?
What kind of a community is it being built in?
Q. A school the size of the Booker T. Washington—
how many acres would it require? A. Well, in a area
such as this city, a school should have a minimum of
10 acres, an elementary school a minimum of 10 acres,
and this is pretty much a nationally accepted standard.
Q. Well, in built-up neighborhoods 10 acres of developed
property costs a lot of money, doesn’t it, Mr. Neuwien?
A. That’s right.
Q. And money is always a matter of concern to a school
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R eg in a ld N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
490
board, is it not? A. Yeah, but now yon are getting into
what I said. There are a lot of qualifications. I f we were
building an elementary or proposing an elementary school
in an urban area, highly urban area, then you have to
make some concessions in terms of school size, school site
size. For example, in large metropolitan areas, it s im
possible to have a 10-acre school.
Q. Well, a 10-acre site in the middle of the Riverton
zone—if it costs two hundred, $250,000, would that be
prohibitive, more than the school, itself, cost! A. It would
depend on what the community wanted to pay.
I have no idea what land costs are in this area.
Q. I understand.
Would it surprise you that 10 acres in the middle of
Riverton would costs $250,000? A. Yes; it would sur
prise me.
Q. Would it surprise you that 10 acres in the middle
of the area served by Booker T. Washington would cost a
quarter of a million dollars? A. It would surprise me.
Q Now, there is a high school at the Higgins High
—2 8 4 -
School, is there not? A. Yes.
Q. At the Higgins building? A. Yes.
Q. Did you know that the original high school that was
moved over there was at Myrtle Hall? A. No; I didn’t
know that.
Q. If there was additional acreage there and it could
have been maintained there, it would have been centrally
located; isn’t that right, sir? A. At the Hall site?
Q. Yes. A. It would certainly have been more centrally
located; yes.
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R egin ald N euw ien— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
— 283-
491
Q. Do you know that the land upon which Higgins School
and George Oliver were built was donated to the School
Board for a school site? A. No; I don’t know that.
Q. Do you know the Oakhurst School at the time it was
originally built was a perimeter school? A. No; I don’t
know that, and there are many things, as you have indi
cated, that I don’t know, and I also indicated yesterday
that a lot of these things should be factors in anybody’s
knowledge if they’re going to do a job of districting a
— 285-
school district.
Q. Don’t you think they ought to be known to a person
that comes a thousand miles away to tell the Court how
to draw the lines— A. I—
Q. —or to tell us how to draw the lines? A. I don’t
think in the capacity that I ’m here, if you mean I am the
person—I don’t think in these circumstances that I should
have full, complete knowledge about this.
Q. I see.
Do you know that the Elizabeth Dorr at the time it was
originally built was a perimeter school? A. No; I don’t.
Q. Do you know that the Heidelberg at the time it was
built was a perimeter school? A. No; I don’t.
Q. Do you know that Kirkpatrick at the time it was
built was a perimeter school and it actually was out in the
county, outside the city limits, when the site was acquired?
A. No; I don’t know that.
Q. Well, you said also yesterday-—and we agree with
— 286—
you in this-—that the future of the population of the
various parts of the town and the town, itself, should be
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R eg in ald N euw ien— fo r P la in t if fs~ C r o s s
492
taken into consideration in planning a school system?
A. I—
Q. That’s true, is it not, sir? A, I believe this; yes.
Q. Well, in that connection, I ’d like to know just what
particular knowledge you have about the population trends
of Coahoma County and the City of Clarksdale and the
various segments of our population. A. As I said yester
day, I don’t know about this, but it should be knowledge—
Q. Yes, sir. A. —on the part of the people who are
responsible.
Q. Well, for instance, the United States census in 1950
gave the population of Coahoma County—
You know this is Coahoma County, do you not? A.
Yes; I do.
Q.—at 49,000 and in 1960 at 46,000, a loss of 3,000
people. You also know that the City of Clarksdale grew
5,000 in that particular time. So, doesn’t that indicate
to you that outside of the City of Clarksdale the county
lost 8,000 people in 10 years, between ’50 and ’60? A.
—2 8 7 -
Well, you’re telling me that; yes.
Q. Well, that’s good arithmetic, isn’t it, sir? A. I think
so.
Q. All right, sir.
Now, there’s testimony here, given by the plaintiff, one
of the plaintiffs in the case, that a large proportion of
the population that lives south of the railroad track makes
their livelihood from cotton chopping in the spring and
cotton picking in the fall.
Do you accept that as a fact, sir? A. I would think that
this is the kind of information that people responsible for
operating schools or school systems should have.
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R eg in ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
493
Q. All right, sir. A. They ought to know these things—
Q. Yes, sir. A. —so they can effectively administer the
schools for children.
Q. Well, the plaintiff has testified that’s a fact, and you
have no reason to dispute that fact, have you? A. I
wouldn’t have the information or the desire.
Q. Well, this is an agricultural section?
You do know that, do you not, sir? A. This I do know;
—2 8 8 -
yes.
Q. And you do know this is a cotton section?
You do know that, don’t you? A. Yes; I do know that.
Q. And there is nothing unusual in the statement that
many people here are dependent upon cotton chopping
and cotton picking; isn’t that right, sir? A. There is no
question in my mind about that.
Q. Well, do you realize that cotton chopping as a way
of livelihood is fast disappearing from the scene,— A.
Yes.
Q. —from the earth,— A. Yes.
Q. —as a result of chemicals and agricultural revolu
tion? A. Yes; I do.
Q. Do you realize that every passing year more and
more of our cotton is being machine-picked? A. Yes; I
know this.
Q. Do you realize that in just a few years there will
be no such thing as cotton chopping and cotton picking
and no livelihood for these people we are talking about?
A. I would imagine this is so.
—289—
Q. That being true, would you assume that that sort
of people would stay in this community where there is no
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R eg in ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
494
livelihood for them! A. Again I say I imagine that this
would be a disappearing population, but this should be a
part of the knowledge—
Q. Yes. A. —of the people who are operating the school
systems.
Q. Do you realize that even the production of cotton
is going out of the picture, sir? A. Yeah.
Q. Do you realize that already in this county there
has been a reduction of almost 10,000 acres by reason of
the people going to what we call domestic under the farm
program, that is, from last year until this year, over to
this year, coming year? A. No; I don’t know that.
Q. Well, those are the sort of factors that ought to
be taken into consideration in long-range planning by the
School Board? A. That’s right.
Q. And they would indicate, would they not, a lessening
—290—
of the population south of the railroad line; isn’t that
right, sir? A. It might; yes.
Q. And probably would, wouldn’t it, Mr. Neuwien? A.
This would depend on other factors. There are changes
in the economy as well as the way in which people earn
their livings.
Q. Well, if that’s the only way the’ve got to earn a
living—
They need some way to earn a living, do they not, sir?
A. With redirection and good education of these people,
there might be other ways in which they could earn their
living.
Q. For instance, in Clarksdale? A. I have no idea spe
cifically, excepting that there is reorientation of labor
force.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R eginald N euw ien— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
495
Q. Throughout the United States? A. Attempts; yes.
Q. Yes.
Do you believe that you are qualified, on the basis of
two one-day visits to Clarksdale and a study of the answers
to the interrogatories, to formulate a plan for the future
—2 9 1 -
conduct of the schools of Clarksdale? A. No.
Q. Do you believe that you are better qualified than
our Superintendent of Schools and the members of our
School Board, all of whom have devoted years of study
to the problem, to formulate such a plan? A. I would be
able to formulate such a plan if it were my responsibility.
Q. I said: Do you believe that you are better qualified
than our Superintendent of Schools and our School Board?
A. I know nothing about the qualification of your Super
intendent, and I imagine he is very well qualified, but I—
you asked my qualifications.
Q. Well, I am asking you now your relative qualifica
tions.
As you sit there today and as the School Board sits
here and as the Superintendent sits here as of today, are
you better qualified to say what should be the future
plans for the City of Clarksdale than these people who
have given years of study to it? A. With the proper
time and with due modesty, yes; I would be, because this
is my business.
—292—
Q. I didn’t ask you if given due time. I ’m talking about
now that you have had two days of study and 60 hours
of reading the answers to the interrogatories.
Do you think as of nine-eighteen of the morning of
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R eg in ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
496
April the 9th that you’re better qualified! A. To set a
direction in which the answers could be sought; yes.
Q. And you know nothing about the population trend?
A. I do not know.
Q. What else do you know about Clarksdale?
You say you have been here a total of two days? A.
Yes. This is my third day.
Well, I have already qualified that.
Q. Do you know what the Southern Association of
Schools and Colleges is? A. Yes; I do.
Q. What is it? A. I t ’s a regional accrediting associa
tion, similar to the North Central and the New England
Colleges and Secondary Schools and the West Coast Ac
crediting Association.
Q. Well, do you know that when the Southern Associa
tion of Colleges and Schools decides to evaluate a partic-
—293—
ular school it sends in a team of 50 members from uni
versities, colleges, member schools and state departments
of education to spend a minimum of two and a half days
of study in order to evaluate a particular school, one
school, and to make recommendations towards its improve
ment? A. With the exception of the 50-people team, I
know this; yes.
Q. Well, you know they send in quite a large group,
do they not? A. They send in people; yes.
Q. A team? A. That’s right.
Q. And the only question in your mind is about whether
50 is the exact figure? A. Yes. I question that seriously.
Q. Well— A. But I am familiar with the accrediting
procedures. I have opportunities, many of them, to partic
ipate in accrediting associations.
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R egin ald N euw ien— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
497
Q. Well, here they send in 50, the Southern Associa
tion.
You haven’t participated in the Southern Association
—294—
Regional Council! A. No, but I have read their reports.
Q. Is there anything in there to lead you to believe
they didn’t send a team of 50 people to evaluate a school?
A. No, excepting it seems highly improbable to me, coming
in to evaluate a single school, that a team of 50 people
would be needed.
Q. Well, there will be proof, for your information, to
that effect. A. Fine.
Q. And that’s what they do, Mr. Neuwien. A. But you
asked did I believe this or did I think it was reasonable.
Q. Do you know that every secondary school in this
community has been subjected to such a study during the
last two years, that is, by a team of 50 people from the
Southern Association of Schools and Colleges? A. I know
that they have been accredited; yes.
Q. Well, do you know they have been subjected to a
study during the past two years? A. Yes; I do.
Q. Do you know that, as a result,—and you’ve answered
this—they have been admitted to full membership in the
Southern Association of Schools and Colleges? A. Yes.
—295—
This is in the reply to the second interrogatory.
Q. Do you know that there is only one other city in
the State of Mississippi that can make that statement?
A. No; I don’t know that.
Q. Assuming that those facts are true, wouldn’t you
say that that should be a matter of pride to the School
Board and its Superintendent? A. Yes; I think so.
B e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R eg in ald N euw ien— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
498
Q. Do you know that our Superintendent is Chairman
of the Mississippi Committee on Southern Association of
Schools and Colleges? A. No.
Q. And he is frequently called upon to evaluate other
schools within this particular region? A. No; I don’t
know that.
Q. Do you know about the accreditation of our schools?
A. I know from the reply to the interrogatory the schools
that were indicated as accredited by the Southern Asso
ciation.
Q. Well, do you know about the accreditation by the
State Accrediting Board? A. No; I don’t.
—296—
Q. Well, do you know that every school south of the
track, every school that you might refer to as a Negro
school, has a AA rating, which is the highest rating that
can be achieved in Mississippi? A. No; I don’t know
that.
Q. I f it be a fact, Mr. Neuwien,—and there will be proof
to that effect—would you say that that is or should be
a source of pride to the School Board and the Superin
tendent? A. I should think it would be very satisfactory
to the feelings of the people, because I think this is ab
solutely necessary.
Q. Would it indicate that they’re doing a pretty good
job insofar as the children of the community are con
cerned? A. In meeting the standards of the state; yes.
Q. Now, you gave quite a dissertation yesterday to
the effect that the crucial idea of everybody concerned
in this school program should be the welfare of the child?
A. That’s right.
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R egin ald N euwien—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
499
Q. Do you doubt that any right-minded man questions
that statement? A. I think it is a matter of how this is
— 297—
achieved and the circumstances under which this interest
is arrived at.
Q. Well, do you doubt that the Superintendent of Edu
cation of the City of Clarksdale or the School Board does
not concur with you, that the welfare of the children is
their primary goal and should be the primary goal? A.
In this I would have no reason to doubt, except the method
of achievement might be different and the goals that were
being aimed at might be different.
Q. Well, if the goal is the welfare of the children, then
the goal would not be different; is that right, sir? A.
The method of achieving it would be considerably dif
ferent.
Q. I understand, but that’s a matter of judgment, would
you not say, Mr. Neuwien? A. I suppose it would be a
matter of judgment.
Q. It would be a matter of judgment as between people
who live here in this community and who know far more
about the facts that they are dealing with than someone
who comes from South Bend, Indiana; isn’t that true,
sir? A. The facts, some of the facts, don’t change re
gardless of where we are.
Q. Well, we’re dealing with local situations and local
trends and local people.
— 298—
I don’t assume that our Superintendent of Education
would be qualified to go to South Bend, Indiana and tell
you people how to run your schools. Do you think so?
A. I would think that if he were in the business of educa
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R eg in ald N euwien— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
500
tional consultation and research and had experience in
this direction—I ’m sure he would be qualified to come in
and look at another school system.
You indicated a few minutes ago that he operates in the
Southern Association on their team visitations.
Q. He goes and evaluates the schools.
It ’s a little different about evaluating the school and
telling them how to run the school, isn’t it, Mr. Neuwien?
A. I would think evaluating the school is showing you
the direction you should be going in running the schools.
Evaluation would be purposeless other than that.
Q. We agree with you that the pupil-teacher ratio should
be around one to 30.
That’s what you indicated in your testimony. A. No;
I didn’t.
Q. Well, you indicated it shouldn’t be over 30. A. No.
I indicated that the Negro school ratio was one teacher
—299—
to slightly more than 35 and the white school ratio is one
to 25, and this was a disparity and I pointed this out.
Q. Well, as a matter of fact, you said that the average
class in Eliza Clark was 25, didn’t you? A. Yes; I think
that’s the figure.
Q. Well, where did you get that figure from? A. From
the interrogatory.
Q. Do you know that the interrogatory shows that the
average class at Eliza Clark is 29? A. Not according to
the figures we were given.
Q. Well, I think you better refer to the answer to the
first interrogatory.
On Page 5—
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R eginald N euw ien— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
501
Mr. Bell: We would make the objection that the
answer from which the information was obtained
came from both the first and the second set of in
terrogatories,—
The Court: The objection—
Mr. Bell: —not just the first set of interroga
tories.
The Court: Wait just a minute.
The objection is overruled.
This man is basing a large part of his testimony
—300—
on the interrogatories that have been introduced in
evidence,—
Mr. Bell: That’s correct.
The Court: —and this can be fully explored on
cross examination and on redirect.
Mr. Bell: No. My only objection was he referred
him to the first set and I wanted to object, that the
answers were contained not only in the first but the
second set.
The Court: You may reach that on redirect, if
you care to do so.
By Mr. Luckett:
Q. Would you look at Page 5 of the answer to the first
interrogatory? A. Yes. I ’ll look at it, but I was working,
as I indicated, from the Interrogatory Number 2.
Q. You didn’t work from Interrogatory Number 1? A.
I read that material, but the material that I reported on
yesterday came from Interrogatory Number 2; and the
total reported in that, net enrollment of Eliza Clark, is
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R egin ald N euw ien— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
502
163, and I reported from these figures 27.1 is the average
class size.
Q. Would you look at this copy of the answers to plain-
—3 0 1 -
tiffs’ interrogatories, the first set of interrogatories, and
see the average class size at each school, and under “Eliza
Clark” the figure 29 is given, is it not? A. I look here at
Eliza Clark—
Q. I asked you that question, and I am talking about
this particular answer to the first set of interrogatories.
Is the figure 29 given as the average class size at Eliza
Clark? A. That’s what it says there.
Q. Yes, sir.
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R eg in ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
Mr. Bell: Would you let the witness complete the
answer to your original question?
The Court: Mr. Bell, I have reminded you that
your remarks should be addressed to the bench,—
Mr. Bell: I ’m sorry.
The Court: —not counsel.
Mr. Bell: I ’m sorry.
I thought he was cutting him off.
The Court: Let’s have no further misunderstand
ing about that.
The witness may make any explanation of his
answer he cares to do so.
—302—
The Witness: May I—
The Court: You may.
The Witness: So that the figure I reported was
27.1 as the average enrollment in the classrooms at
Clark School, where there is a total net enrollment
503
reported of 163 youngsters here, reported grade by
grade, or room by room, rather, and there are six
teachers in the building, and this is the most cur
rent information from the Interrogatory Number 2,
and, so, the class size there as reported here is 27.1.
Mr. Luckett: I thought you said it was 25.1 yester
day.
The Witness: The material from which I worked
was here right in front of me.
When I was at the board, I indicated an approxi
mate figure and I don’t remember whether I said
for Clark or for which school; but the material from
which I worked and then came back here to this desk
indicates that the figure is 27.1.
Mr. Luckett : You said—
The Witness: I did say 25 in terms of the aver
age class size in all of the schools taken as a group.
Mr. Luckett: I think you said with respect to
—303—
Clark. You may have—
The Witness: Well—
Mr. Luckett: You made a simple mistake, Mr.
Neuwien. That’s what you said.
By Mr. Luckett:
Q. Do you agree there may be exceptional reasons re
sulting from unforeseen developments, developments with
which you are not familiar, which would explain the
disparity in the teacher-pupil ratio in the various schools?
A. I mean anything is possible, I suppose, but the con
sistency would make this highly improbable.—
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R egin ald N euwien—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
504
Q. Well, it is possible? A. —in my opinion.
Q. It is possible? A. Yes.
Q. It is possible there have been some unforeseen de
velopments insofar as Clarksdale, Mississippi is concerned
which might explain some of the disparity in the teacher-
pupil ratio ? A. I would look very skeptically at that, but
I would certainly—as I said, anything can happen.
Q. That’s right.
And anything might have happened?
—304—
That’s right, isn’t it? A. I—
Q. Now, if additional teachers are hired—
And we’re talking now—we’re thinking now— more about
the future than the past, are we not, Mr. Neuwien? A.
That’s right.
Q. Now, if additional teachers are hired or have been
hired to teach in the schools south of the railroad track
during the school year 1966-1967, that would change that
teacher-pupil ratio in those particular schools, wouldn’t
it? A. It certainly would.
Q. It would— A. If it’s matched up with the enroll
ment, yes.
Q. All right.
It would lower that pupil-teacher ratio, wouldn’t it?
A. That’s right.
Q. I f fewer teachers were hired for the schools north
of the railroad track for the year 1967 or if they’ve al
ready been hired,—the contracts have already been made
—that would change the teacher-pupil ratio in the schools
—3 0 5 -
north of the track, would it not? A. This would be the
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R eg in ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
505
first approach to be made to change the teacher-pupil
ratio.
Q. All right.
I f that approach has already been made and accom
plished, then that would sort of change the picture, wouldn’t
it! A. It certainly would.
Q. Did you make any inquiry of our Superintendent of
Education or the School Board as to whether that had
been done! A. No.
Q. Now, you have spoken about the disparity in the
amount of money spent per pupil on the pupils south of
the track as compared to those north of the track, and a
large part of that disparity grows out of the fact, does
it not, of the teacher-pupil ratio; isn’t that right, sir?
A. That’s one of the factors; yes.
Q. There’s not too much difference insofar as the salaries
are concerned of those north of the track and those south
of the track; it’s $100, plus going up to $300 on a matter
of experience, at the present time, this current school year?
—306—
A. Are you asking that, sir?
Q. Yes, sir. A. There is quite a difference between the
two payments.
The average white salary in the elementary schools
is $4323 and the average Negro elementary salary is
$3937.
Q. Well, the basic salary is just a one-hundred-dollar
differential, is it not? A. The amount that’s being paid
to the teachers is the difference between $4323 for the
schools north of the tracks in the elementary schools and
$3937 for those south of the tracks in the elementary
schools.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R eg in ald N euwien—f o r P la in tiffs— C ross
506
Q. Well, let me ask you: I ’ll ask Mr. Tynes to explain
that salary schedule to the Court, but don’t you under
stand from the answers to the interrogatories that with
the school year 1965-’66 there will be absolutely no dif
ference in the salaries paid to any school teacher in any
school in. the whole school system? A. That’s right.
Q. So, insofar as the future is concerned, there is no
differential in the salary payments for the school teachers ?
A. If the salary plan as reported is fully implemented
—307—
for all people in September 1965-’66 yes; that’s true.
Q. Well, suppose the contracts have already been made
to that effect, Mr. Neuwien; you’d say it’s an accomplished
fact now, wouldn’t you? A. Yes; I would.
Q. Do you know that the same allocation for library
purposes, for teachers’ supplies and for free textbooks,
based on the average daily attendance, is made to every
school in the system regardless of the location of such
school? A. No; I don’t know that, but I do know, how
ever, because I like to say once in awhile I do know some
thing, the nonsalary expenditures in the elementary schools
south of the tracks is $17.13 per pupil in terms of the
’64-’65 budget as opposed to $85.51 of other operating ex
penditures in the schools north of the tracks per pupil.
That’s quite a difference.
Q. Well, we’ll just take library purposes. Do you know—
A. I ’m sorry. Let me correct that.
The other operating expenditures in the schools south
of the track are $66 and the north-of-the-track elementary
—3 0 8 -
schools $83. The difference between the two, plus, plus
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R eg in ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
507
on the side of the schools north of the track, is $17 per
pupil.
Q. Well, we’ll take library purposes. Do you realize
that there’s the same allocation made to every school in
the system regardless of its location? A. That doesn’t
show in the budget.
Q. Well, for teachers’ supplies, do you know that the
same allocation is made for teachers’ supplies to every
school in the district based on average daily attendance?
A. That doesn’t show in the budget.
Q. Well, do you know that free textbooks are allocated
on average daily attendance to every school in the district
regardless of its location? A. I imagine that’s state
distribution, because there’s no textbook expenditure shown
in the budget.
Q. You really don’t know the entire story back of those
figures that you cited to the Court, do you? A. I know
enough from my experience to know that there is a dif
ference some place, and it amounts to, in the elementary
schools, a matter of $17 per pupil for nonsalary ex
penditures.
Q. You don’t know where they come from? A. But I
—309—
could find out.
Q. Well, you haven’t made an effort— A. No.
Q. —up to now to find out? A. No.
Q. You haven’t asked Mr. Tynes about it? A. No,
Q. You haven’t asked the School Board about it? A.
No.
Q. Now, you mentioned yesterday about five teachers
at Heidelberg and Oakhurst who were not assigned class
room teachers?
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R eg in ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
508
You mentioned that yesterday, did you not, sir! A.
Yes; I did.
Q. Do you know that for the year 1965-1966 three teach
ers who will not be assigned classroom teachers have al
ready been employed to work in the Riverton, Booker T.
Washington and George Oliver Schools? A. This
Mr. Bell: Your Honor, I think we would like to
object to this type of questioning as to what’s going
to be done next year.
The issue before this Court is the propriety, both
—3 1 0 -
in terms of meeting the requirements of desegrega
tion and education, of the way the lines were drawn
and the way the system is administered for the
present school year, and that is the issue, whether
these lines should be redrawn and whether these
policies should be adopted, not what’s going to be
done at some future time.
Maybe that would be appropriate in mitigation
of whatever the Court decides to require in the
ways of change for the Board, but I think this line
of questioning, the character and the length it is—
it’s just irrelevant to the issues before the Court,
and we object to it.
The Court: As I told you before, you have opened
up a very wide field in your presentation of your
evidence and I did not restrict you unduly, and I
do not propose to restrict the School Board unduly.
Your objection is overruled.
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R eg in ald N euwien— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
509
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
Reginald N euwien—fo r Plaintiffs—Cross
By Mr. Luckett:
Q. Mr. Neuwien, this is a composite map of the school
zones and districts of the City of Clarksdale, is it not!
A. Yes, sir.
Q. Now, we’ll take a look at this Zone E-4-B, and we
have the Kirkpatrick School in that zone, do we not!
A. Is that Kirkpatrick or Heidelberg!
—311—
Mr. Lnckett: Which one is Heidelberg, Mr. Tynes?
Mr. Tynes: North.
Kirkpatrick is south.
Mr. Luckett: This is the Heidelberg School.
The Witness: That’s what I thought.
By Mr. Luckett:
Q. This is the area of the Heidelberg School, and it
serves the elementary school children in that district, does
it not? A. That’s right.
Q. As you understand! A. Yes.
Q. Do you approve of the neighborhood-school concept
for educating children! A. That’s a badly misused term.
I don’t mean you’re using it badly, but it’s an abused term,
has a lot of connotations that—
Q. Well, do you believe that the children should be per
mitted to go to school at the closest school building or
the school building in their neighborhood? A. I mean
schools should be located so that youngsters can go from
their own neighborhood to schools; yes.
Q. All right, sir.
— 312—
510
We’ll take the children in this particular Zone E-4-B.
Now, wouldn’t any rational and intelligent schoolman say
that those children should go to that Heidelberg School?
A. Yes. As a matter of fact, we went over that before—•
Q. Well— A. —and I indicated that.
We discussed this district just a little while ago.
Q. That would be true whether they were all white or
all colored or every other house was white and every other
house was colored, wouldn’t it? A. Yes.
Q. Well, we’ll take this zone here that has the Kirk
patrick School. Isn’t the same thing true there, sir? A.
Generally; yes.
As I indicated, the school there is not as ideally located,
but we’re not looking for the ideal,—
Q. Let’s talk about— A. —as it is in the other school
district.
Q. Let’s talk about the children there. Where else should
—313—
they go to school if they didn’t go to the Heidelberg
School? A. They should go to Heidelberg, or Kirkpatrick,
rather.
Q. Kirkpatrick.
Well, we’ll take these in this zone, this particular zone
right here,—
Mr. Bell: E-4-A.
By Mr. Luckett:
Q. —that go to the Oakhurst School; the elementary
school, E-4-A.
R e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R eg in a ld N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— G ross
Mr. Bell: E-4-A.
Mr. Luckett: E-4-A.
511
R e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
Reginald Neuwien—for Plaintiffs—Cross
By Mr. Luckett:
Q. Where else should these children go except Oakhurst?
A. Oakhurst is the school that’s closest to those who are
above the railroad track.
Q. Well, that’s where rationally and reasonably they
should attend school, isn’t it, sir! A. That’s right.
Q. Well, we’ll take these children right over here in
Zone E-3-A. Now, I think you made a mistake by saying
—314—
they were closer to Higgins than they are to the high
school and pointed to the county high school. As a matter
of fact, they are much closer to Oakhurst than they are
to any school in the district, are they not? A. I don’t
know what my—what your reference is to what I said.
We’re talking about elementary schools now—
Q. Well, wTe’ll talk about the elementary school,— A.
—and making reference—
Q. —and the same thing applies to the high school,
because the high school for next year and from now on
out is the same place where the Oakhurst School is, is it
not? A. In that area.
Q. Yes, sir.
Well, for the high school children and elementary school
children living in this area right here, in Zone E-3-A, isn’t
the Oakhurst location the place where they ought to go to
school? A. Are you talking about that one place you’re
putting your finger on or are you talking about the whole
area called E —that elementary district?
Q. Well, I ’m talking about this right now,— A. Oh.
Q. —this right north of E-4-A,— A. You are not talk-
—315—
ing about—
512
Q. —which is what we call Pleasant Acres. A. You’re
not talking about the school district there, E whatever
it is?
Q. Well, I ’ll get around to the rest of it, because a lot
of it is business district.
I ’ll just have to talk about pupils. I am talking about
pupils who live in that particular area, that built-up area
that we call Pleasant Acres.
Is there any other place where you would reasonably
send them to school except to the Oakhurst site, whether
it be high school or elementary school? A. Well, there
might be some other place, because one other thing I do
know or at least I ’ve heard and in an interrogatory there
is a reference to the possibility of the location of another
school in that district to which you’re pointing,—
Q. Well, I would certainly— A. —and that might be
the more logical place to send them.
Q. Well, certainly it would be the more logical place
once that school building is built,—A. If one were built
there.
—316—
Q. But until it is built isn’t the Oakhurst location the
site to which they should go? A. But in terms of future
look, as you’ve been indicating, I mean I would have to
qualify it, you see.
Q. Well, I go along with that a thousand per cent, Mr.
Neuwien, that we ought to have a school in that section
of town soon. A. I didn’t say you ought to have one.
I said I heard there was going to be one built there,
maybe, or it was being contemplated. I didn’t say there
should be one there.
Q. Well, if we have— A. I don’t know enough about
it.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R egin ald N euw ien— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
513
Q. Well, if we have enough development, if we have
enough pupils over in this section of town, there ought to
be a school built there to accommodate them; isn’t that
right, Mr. Neuwien? A. If this were a matter of knowl
edge and developed, then the location of the school, I think,
would follow in terms of the information.
Q. Along this north end, north side of Zone E-3-A, where
there are a number of residences and a number of pupils
nearby the Catholic School,—
- 3 1 7 -
Do you know where the Catholic School is—- A. Yes.
Q. —in that neighborhood? A. Yes.
Q. —shouldn’t those children, whether they be elemen
tary school children, junior high school children or senior
high school children, lacking a school in that particular
neighborhood, go to this Oakhurst location, the elementary,
junior high and senior high? A. Well, in terms of what
kind of children, the grade level, where the schools are,
I think we agree on the general principle that the schools
should serve the youngsters.
Q. Well, that’s true. A. But then all of the background
material has to be considered, too,—
Q. Well, we— A. —and I don’t think that these things
should be arrived at in generalizations, and I think there
has to be a lot more knowledge and a lot more study done
than you have indicated, for example, that I have had time
to do.
Q. I see. A. And, so, in answering that kind of a ques-
—318—
tion, I mean it has to be thoroughly qualified.
Q. I see. A. And you’ve been qualifying me all along
on that basis.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 19GB
R eg in ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
Q. Well— A. And, so, I just can’t say yes; that’s so.
The general principle that we were talking about, I
think, is how to serve children best by school facilities,
and one of the things is that the school should be accessible,
easily accessible, to the child.
Q. Well— A. That’s a general principle.
Q. Well, using the general principle of accessibility,
wouldn’t you say that this is the school that’s accessible
to those children! A. Yeah, with the information that
you have given me.
Q. All right, sir.
Well, in the Riverton— A. But there’s a lot more to
be had, too.
Q. Well, in addition to accessibility, what else are we
talking about!
We can’t talk about race. A. Oh, no.
— 319—
Q. We can’t talk— A. Oh, no.
Q. No, sir. A. Well, we could.
Q. Well, the Court said we couldn’t talk about it—not
this Court, but every court says that, and this Court would
tell us, too, I ’m sure.
So far as the Riverton area is concerned, that school
over there is serving the children in the elementary grades
in that particular area, isn’t it! A. Yes.
Q. Isn’t that where they should go to school? A. If
that is the accessible school.
Q. Well, it is the accessible school,— A. Yeah.
Q. —isn’t it? A. Sure.
Q. I f we’re going to use Booker T. Washington and not
put a match to it and burn it down, the students who should
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R eg in ald N euwien— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
515
use it are certainly the students in this particular zone;
isn’t that right, sir? A. But not necessarily in that zone.
Q. Well, where would you get them from? A. I mean
—320—
from various areas, maybe, where the school would be
more accessible to the youngsters, because now your gen
eralization does not work when you get over to Booker T.
Washington in terms of accessibility—
Q. Well, we— A. —or greater accessibility.
Q. —would use the children to which it is more accessi
ble than the other children; we should inconvenience as
few children as possible by reason of this location?
That’s right, is it not, sir? A. That’s right, but there
might be—by a thorough study, there might be—a re
orientation of the two school districts to which you have
latterly referred.
Q. Yes.
Well— A. So, it is not logical to just say yes to your
question, that this is the school to which the children in
the outlying district should go.
Q. One who— A. Those two districts might be re
oriented.
Q. One who has made a thorough study of it might come
up with an unqualified answer to that effect; isn’t that
right, sir? A. You mean what I have just said?
—321—
Q. You said without a thorough study one could not
make an unqualified answer, that that is where these par
ticular children should go without a thorough study. A.
And with the amount of information that I have—
Q. That’s right. A. —I believe that these two school
districts could be restudied.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R eg in ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
516
Q. Well, assuming that they have be restudied by
someone other than you, then there is a possibility that
you could come up with an unqualified statement, isn t
there? A. I might not agree with their findings.
Q. Well, we’re not trying to convince you, sir, A.
Well—
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R egin ald Neuwien-—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
Mr. Bell: Your Honor, we object to arguing with
the witness.
It is—
By Mr. Luckett:
Q. Insofar as the—
The Court: Mr. Luckett,—
Mr. Luckett: Yes, sir. I will refrain.
The Court: —the objection has been made.
—322—
Mr. Luckett:. Excuse me, Mr. Neuwien. I meant
no disrespect to you.
By Mr. Luckett:
Q. Now, insofar as the children in this particular Zone
E-l-A, the Oliver School is the school for them, is it not?
A. I think the same thing about that district. I think
this could well stand restudy.
Q. Well, it could stand restudy; but, in any event, these
pupils would certainly go to these schools south of the rail
road track; isn’t that right, sir? A. That’s right.
Q, If we’re going to utilize the school buildings? A.
I f it . were thoroughly studied, there might be some ques
tion.
517
There’s another district there, too, isn’t there?
Q. Well, there are two districts. There’s the Myrtle
Hall district and there’s the Eliza Clark district. A. Yeah.
Q. That’s right. A. Yeah.
Q. In other words, you are saying, instead of going
to George Oliver, you might put them in Myrtle Hall or
— 323—
Eliza Clark? A. It might be.
Q. Might be. A. I mean, in other words, the whole area
could stand restudy.
Q. Myrtle Hall and Eliza Clark are very close together,
are they not? A. The certainly are.
Q. Probably about two blocks apart or something like
that? A. Well, they’re close.
Q. One is on the east side of its zone and one is pretty
close— A. Well—
Q. Both of them are pretty close to the dividing line?
A. That’s right.
Q. If the children are going to be divided between the
two schools, you have got to draw a line some place, do
you not, sir? A. Yeah.
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R eg in a ld N euwien—f o r P la in tiffs—R ed irect
Mr. Luckett: Excuse me, your Honor.
That’s all, your Honor.
— 324—
The Court: Any redirect?
Redirect Examination by Mr. Bell:
Q. To start off, Mr. Neuwien, when you got in the habit
of referring to schools south of the track and schools
north of the track, would you indicate whether or not
you were referring only to the geographical location or
518
were you referring to the race that these schools had
been serving in the past solely? A. I think both, because
I mean this is the kind of material I ’ve been reading.
Q. But you were talking in terms—at one point you
referred to the average pupils per class in schools above
the track and schools below the track. Was that reference
only to the geographical— A. Oh.
Q. —or did you mean to refer to— A. Oh, no. I meant
to refer to schools that are serving the white population
and then the other group of schools serving the Negro
population.
Q. And would you, for the record, clarify which was
which? A. In what-—in what—
— 325—
Q. The schools. A. What information?
Q. When you referred to the schools north of the track,
did you refer at that point to white schools or Negro
schools? A. The Negro schools, and, of course, I mean
this is not correct because there are four schools that are
Negro schools in terms of the information that I have,
and—
Q. And they are located where? A. They are all below
the tracks.
Q. All right. A. There are three schools serving the
white population—four schools totally, three above the
track and one below.
Q. All right.
Now, you were requested—
The Court: Excuse me just a minute.
I think what he was getting at: On your figures
that you extracted from the budget—
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R eginald Nemvien-—fo r P la in tiffs—R ed irect
519
The Witness: Yeah.
The Court: —were those differentials inclusive
of the one school that apparently has nothing but
white pupils south of the track?
— 326—
The Witness: No. There were four schools in
one group and four in the other. Eliza Clark was
in the group with the three schools above the track.
The Court: That’s what he was getting at.
The Witness: That’s the way I broke them down.
Mi*. Bell: Thank you, your Honor.
The Court: All right.
The Witness: Thank you.
By Mr. B e ll :
Q. You were asked or requested to indicate whether
the school in Zone E-4-B, the Heidelberg School, was a
desegregated school with reference to whether all the
pupils living around that school were assigned to that
school, and I believe your response was, “Yes,” and I ’m
wondering: Would you indicate to the Court whether or
not that response considered the assignment of faculty
of that school and what effect, if any, considering the
faculty assignments, that would have on your answer?
A. It did not, because we—in the cross examination the
reference was to children living in that area and attend
ing the school, and this was the basis upon which the
answer was arrived at.
Q. Well, let me ask you whether or not, in your opinion,
— 327—
a school can be desegregated if the faculty are assigned
on a basis of race. A. Not effectively. Not effectively.
B e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
Reginald, N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— R ed irect
520
In other words, I mean there should be a free assignment
of faculty as well as a free assignment of children.
Q. Now, while counsel for defendants didn’t take you
zone by zone and ask that same question as to whether
you felt that the zone or the school was a desegregated
school, would your answer be yes if he had done so, if
he had gone zone to zone? A. No.
Q. Then I ask you whether or not, in view of the fact
that this Zone E-4-B, the Heidelberg zone, is one zone
within a system made up of eight elementary zones, in
your opinion, the one zone can be designated as a desegre
gated zone while the other zones are not desegregated or
some of the others are not desegregated. A. Would you
put the question again, please?
Q. I ’m wondering: In your opinion, is it possible to
say that the Heidelberg is a desegregated zone if you
can’t also say that every other zone is desegregated in the
system? A. I f we’re talking then about the school sys
tem,—
—328—
Q. Right. A. —no; you couldn’t, because this is an
instance within a total situation.
Q. Now, there was general reference made to the Zones
E-4-B and E-4-C.
Would you refresh your memory as to your testimony
yesterday?
Did you or did you not indicate that the zones, elementary
zones, above the Illinois Central Railroad track, the white
schools, were zoned in a manner that came fairly close to
meeting the generally accepted zoning criteria? A. My
reference was to the Heidelberg and Kirkpatrick School,
and I think I surrounded it with that statement, that these
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1966
Reginald, Neuwien-—fo r P la in tiffs—R ed irect
521
schools more closely met the standards for arriving at
school districts in that location of schools.
Q. And would you indicate whether or not you made the
same type of response or a different response in summing
up the nature of the zoning for the schools south of the
Illinois Central’s railroad tracks? A. I—
The Court: I think I understand his position, ac
cording to his testimony yesterday.
I want to avoid going back over the same ground.
—329—
Mr. Bell: All right, your Honor.
The Court: He said there were variations from
acceptable criteria with respect to particularly three
of the four zones south of the railroad track.
Mr. Bell: That’s correct, your Honor.
R if Mr. Rell :
Q. Now, in speaking of the location or the newness of
the school building at the Booker T. Washington School,
in your opinion, would the fact that there is a new building
down there lessen the impact on the education offered
because of the crowding that you talked about at the
Booker T. Washington, and crowding meaning the average
number of pupils per class and the teacher-pupil ratio?
What effect on those problems would there be because
the building is new? A. Well, we have a number of fac
tors. I mean good educational facilities are favorable to
ward good instruction, and so that there might be some
offset of other bad factors. In other words, if it were an
1880 school and overcrowded conditions, you would have
a worse situation than if you had a decent school and
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R eg in a ld N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs—R ed irect
522
overcrowded conditions, and, so, I couldn’t say—I wouldn’t
want to say—that the facilities make no difference, but still
— 330—
the teacher and the pupils still have the problem with the
oversize classes, regardless of the type of school.
Q. Now, there was indication that the location of Booker
T. Washington was dictated by the high cost of acquisition
of land in an area that would be further north, located
near where the old Booker T. Washington School was
located.
I ask you whether or not the high acquisition cost is a
general problem that you find in studying school systems
around the country and what, if any, advice you give boards
who indicate that they are faced with this kind of problem.
A. Well, in terms of the price that was mentioned per acre,
this is—I mean other than downtown areas and highly
metropolitan situations this is one of the highest per acre
prices I have seen, because normally site acquisition be
comes a minimal part of the development of the local school,
and the site would probably run somewheres, in a normal
situation, considerably less than 20 per cent of the total
development cost, and probably as low as 10 per cent, and,
so, when it comes to the question of shall we have 10 acres
or 12 acres this is—this is talking about peanuts. Even
though it’s tax-collected money, it’s still a very small
- 331-
amount to be used and enjoyed over a long period of time.
But this site cost was mentioned, I think, at a quarter
of a million dollars for the purchase of the site, and this
exerts a problem, but again by some earlier foresight loca
tions of school sites might have been done many years ago
and purchased at low cost.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R egin ald N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs— R ed irect
523
Q. Now, there was some little discussion about the
amount of knowledge you had to do this job, and you indi
cated both yesterday and today that there were a lot of
facts that a person who’s concerned about the school sys
tem would have.
I would like to ask you whether or not, in your opinion,
the facts that were made available to you and the observa
tions that you were able to make were sufficient to make
the findings that you did about the zones and the conclu
sions you made about the zones as you made them yester
day. A. I feel very comfortable on that question, and this
is the way I ’ve dealt with many boards of education.
I don’t go in and solve the problems before I go to work
in the school system, but I do indicate where the problems
are, where the possible problems are, and the kind of work
—332—
and investigation that should be done, and I think that’s
what I tried to do here; but I was not an adviser to the
Clarksdale Board of Education.
Q. Then would you be able to distinguish the amount of
information that would he needed to correct the situation
from the amount of information that would be needed to
point out the defects in the situation?
Would you be able to make a distinction on that basis?
The Court: Again I think that is very clear. I
think this witness has made his position clear and
I think I understand it.
If this witness were personally undertaking to lay
out the zones himself, he would want a study in
depth and the acquisition of information, not knowl
edge, that he does not now have.
R e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R eg in a ld N euwien— fo r P laintiffs-—R ed irect
524
Is that correct?
The Witness: That’s right.
Mr. B ell: But I think the attack was on the pro
priety of him, on the information he has, being able
to point out defects, and this is what the question
was aimed at, to get his opinion as to whether or
not, based on the facts available to him—
— 333—
The Court: He said he feels comfortable with the
foundation of information he had to reach the con
clusions he’s expressed.
Mr. Bell: All right, your Honor.
By Mr. B e ll :
Q. The discussion on accreditation of the schools and
the nature of the accreditation—does this information af
fect your conclusions as to two points, your conclusions
as to the effect of the drawing of zones as they are: First
of all, would the accreditation or nonaccreditation of the
schools have any effect on your conclusions as to what
resulted from drawing the zones as they are? A. No;
this would not affect it.
Q. I ask you whether the accreditation would have any
effect on your conclusions as to the disparity in the edu
cation provided Negro and white pupils. A. No.
Q. You indicated that you thought the neighborhood
school policy, neighborhood school, was a greatly misused
term. Would you indicate why you think that? A. Well,
because it means so many different things. A neighborhood
school—then we all of a sudden get over to de facto seg
regation situations, and a lot of people don’t know what
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R eg in ald N euwien— fo r P la in tiffs— R edirect
525
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R egin ald N euwien—fo r P la in tiffs—R ecross
— 334—
that is either, and we say we don’t agree, so that when we
use these general labels and throw them around—I mean
I hesitate to accede to this kind of a thing. I think we can
describe the kind of school we’re talking about. Then we
really know.
But whether I believe that a neighborhood school pro
gram is the kind of a program that should be utilized—
there’s a question. I mean it depends on how you apply
neighborhood schools. I mean we can do lots of things
with neighborhood schools that I would find unacceptable.
Q. I ask you whether or not in your studies around the
country you find that very often the reference to neighbor
hood school refers to the racial make-up of the neighbor
hood. A. That’s right.
Q. I ask you whether in your study of the drawing of
the zones here, which, according to defendants, are based
on the neighborhood plan, you found, as a matter of fact,
the zones in some instances at least were based on racial
neighborhoods rather than any other criterion. A. That’s
right.
Mr. Bell: No further questions.
The Court: Anything further, Mr. Luckett?
— 335—
Recross Examination by Mr. Luckett:
Q. You take this zone that includes the Riverton School.
Would you say that that’s a neighborhood school, sir? A.
Well, I mean again the youngsters who go there, go to
that school, are children who live in that general neighbor
hood,—
526
Q. All right, sir. A. —excepting that all of the young
sters who live in that neighborhood do not go to that school.
I mean the elementary children.
Q. Well, why don’t they go to that school, sir? A. Well,
I don’t know why they don’t, hut they don’t.
Q. Well, if they go to a school, they have to go to school
there, do they not?
If they go to attend a public school in the grades that
have been reached under this plan, they have to go to
school there, do they not, sir? A. Well, again, according
to the information that I have,—this goes hack to the first
interrogatory, I believe—there are some white children in
that neighborhood who do not go to that school.
— 336—
Q. Yes, sir.
But they don’t go to public school either, do they? A.
This I ’m not sure. It seemed from the information that the
Board had they didn’t know where they went either.
Q. Well, this particular zone—
The Court: Wait just a minute, Mr. Luckett.
You mean you have some indication that white
children in an elementary attendance center are go
ing to some school other than the one in their dis
trict,—
The Witness: Well, this is the information I—
The Court: —some other public school?
The Witness: Well, this I ’m not sure, because
that was not—but it said that there were white
children, but they didn’t know where they were in
school.
I ’d have to go through and reread this material.
It was in the first interrogatory.
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R egin ald N em vien—fo r P la in tiffs—R ecross
527
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
Reginald Ne-uwien—for Plaintiffs—Recross
The Court: All right.
The Witness: No. Maybe I can clear that up a
little bit, and I would have to ask this in a question.
I mean: Is there a public housing development—
The Court: Now, you are on the witness stand.
The Witness: Oh. Okay. All right.
— 337—
By Mr. LucJcett:
Q. Isn’t there a flat statement in those answers to the
interrogatories that no child who attends public school in
Clarksdale, Mississippi in the grades that have been
reached by this plan has been permitted to go to school
outside of the school zone—- A. Yeah.
Q. —in which he or she lived? A. Yeah.
Q. Wouldn’t that indicate to you that there is not a child
living in this Riverton zone, in either the first or second
grade, who is in the public schools of Clarksdale? A. Oh,
yeah. That’s right. That’s right. I was referring beyond
Grade 2.
Q. Insofar as the drawing of this line for this Riverton
district, would you say that it was drawn because of racial
factors? A. It might have something to do with it.
Q. Well, how could it have something to do with it, Mr.
Neuwien, when about half of the territory of that zone is
occupied by houses in which white people live and prob
ably a third of the children over there are white and two
thirds of them colored? A. Well, again I mean I don’t
— 338-
have all of the facts.
Q. Well, assuming that that be true, if in this zone half
of the territory embracing half of the houses there are
528
filled with houses of white residents and about a third of
the population over there are white, how could race have
entered into the drawing of that particular zone? A. And
when the children are in school that would become a de
segregated area.
Q. Well, would you say that that line was drawn with
race in mind? A. Well, I ’m not sure. I don’t have the
total information.
Q. You understand that there are white people and white
children throughout this territory south of this railroad
track? A. No; I ’m not aware of that.
Q. You don’t know that? A. Throughout the area, no;
I don’t know that.
Q. I f there are hundreds of children, white children,
south of the railroad track, would you say that that line
was drawn with racial considerations in mind? A. It
might be.
Q. With both whites and blacks in the same zones, and
—3 3 9 -
still there would be racial considerations given to the zone ?
A. Well, I mean again in terms of the information that I
have there are areas below the railroad tracks where there
are no white children in zones, in elementary zones, and
that includes the secondary school pupils, the secondary
school population, because that was included in the Inter
rogatory Number 2.
Q. You are talking about the Eliza Clark zone, are you
not? A. Well, Eliza Clark was one; yes.
Q. That’s the only one, isn’t it? A. No. No.
Q. There are no Negroes in that zone?
What are you talking about? Whites? A. E-l-C is one
area to which I referred, and—
R e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
Reginald, N euw ien—fo r P la in tiffs—R ecross
529
Q. That’s the Eliza Clark zone. A. That’s right.
And E-2-A.
This is at the secondary school level.
Q. We are talking about south of the railroad track
right now. That’s the question, Mr. Neuwien. A. E-2-A
is south of the railroad track, I think. That’s Booker T.
Washington.
—340—
Q. Yes. A. At the secondary level there are three white
pupils in that area and 203 Negroes.
Q. In the secondary area this is the dividing line, the
railroad line that runs east and west,— A. Yeah.
Q. —is it not, sir? A. I ’m talking about Negro people.
Q. Well, there are both Negro people and white people
south of that line,— A. That’s right.
Q. —are there not? A. That’s right.
Q. Insofar as these white children who live in the Eliza
Clark zone, when they get to the seventh grade, they go to
Higgins High School or Higgins Junior High School, do
they not, according to the plan? A. That’s right.
Q. The same is true of these whites, we’ll say, who live
in Riverton; isn’t that right, sir? A. Yes, sir.
Q. The same is true of these whites who live in Zone
—341—
E-l-A ; isn’t that so? A. Yes.
Q. The same is true of these whites, if there be any, in
this area that includes the Booker T. Washington School—
and I think there are one or two of them? A. Yes.
Q. That’s true, isn’t it, sir? A. Yeah.
Q. Throughout that particular district? A. Yeah.
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R eg in a ld N euwien—fo r P la in tiffs—R ecross
Mr. Luckett: That’s all.
530
The Court: Anything further with this witness!
Mr. Bell: Just one final question.
Redirect Examination by Mr. Bell:
Q. In your opinion and based on your studies, Mr. Neu
wien, do the lines as drawn effectively exclude all Negroes
from attending white schools! A. Yes, by practice. I
mean by test even.
Mr. Bell: No further questions.
The Court: Anything further with this witness!
Mr. Luckett: No, your Honor.
The Court: You may stand down.
- 3 4 2 -
Do you have another witness!
Mr. Bell: Yes, sir.
The Court: I think before you call that witness
this would be a convenient time to have the morning
recess.
Court is in recess until ten-thirty.
(Thereupon, at 10:14 a. m., a 16-minute recess
was taken.)
The Court: You may be seated.
You may call your next witness.
Mr. Bell: Myron Lieberman.
Your Honor, may I request permission to have a
former witness be seated at counsel table now?
The Court: Any objection, Mr. Luckett?
Mr. Luckett: No; no.
The Court: All right.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
R eg in a ld N euwien— fo r P la in tiffs— R ed irect
531
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs—-Direct
—343—
Myron L ieber m a n , a w itness called by and in b eh a lf o f
the p la in tiffs , h av in g been first duly sw orn, testified as
follows:
Direct Examination by Mr. Bell-.
Q. State your full name and your residence, please.
A. My name is Myron Lieberman and I live at 271 Doyle
Avenue, Providence, Rhode Island.
Q. What is your occupation? A. I am the Chairman of
the Professional Studies Division at Rhode Island Col
lege.
Q. And what are your responsibilities in that job? A.
Well, those responsibilities are those normally associated
with the head of a large academic division in a college.
I am in charge of the Departments of Elementary Educa
tion, Secondary Education, Industrial Arts Education,
Psychology, Philosophy, the Laboratory School of over
700 pupils, a student teaching program, and I am also the
Director of Faculty Research.
Q. Would you review your academic background? A. I
went to high school in Minnesota. I have a Bachelor’s
Degree in Law and a Bachelor’s Degree in Education from
the University of Minnesota. I have a Master’s and a
—344—
Ph.D. Degree in Education from the University of Illinois.
Q. Would you summarize your work experience in the
educational field? A. In the educational field I have taught
at the University of Illinois, at Emory University, at the
University of Oklahoma.
I have been Chairman of the Department of Education
at Yeshiva University in New York City; I have been an
532
editorial consultant for various publishers, a professor at
Hofstra University, and since 1963 I have been head of
the Professional Studies Division at Rhode Island College.
Q. How about specific experience in school desegregation
problems? A. My academic field of study in the universi
ties has included some work devoted to the interrelation
ships between race and education, and my teaching field
for over 10 years has also included as an important part
the race relationships in education.
I have published various articles dealing with problems
of race relations in education, monographs in the Harvard
Educational Review and other professional publications.
—345—
I have published two books which deal in part with prob
lems of race relations and race in education.
I have served as a consultant for six months to the
school system in New Rochelle, New York, which was the
first northern community to be involved in a legal case in
the federal courts involving segregation in the schools. I
had the responsibility of drafting a master plan for that
school system to take it out—to get the court order re
moved in that situation.
I have done informal work with consultants working
on school integration problems in various communities
throughout the country.
I have been in charge of two national conferences de
voted to various aspects of segregation and education, and
during the past 10 years I have given a number of lectures
at various institutions of higher education around the
country dealing with various aspects of the problem of
race relations and integration in the public schools.
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an —fo r P laintiffs-—Direct
533
Q. What preparation and study have yon made for your
testimony concerning the Clarksdale school system? A.
I was sent the materials, some materials, concerning the
situation in Clarksdale, I believe, in December. I spent,
I would say, about one to two working days trying to
—346—
analyze those materials.
I visited Clarksdale on January 13th and 1.4th, visited
the schools, looked at the boundary lines.
After that I studied the second set of interrogatories
that were sent to me, so that altogether I would say I
have spent the equivalent of four to five working days in
studying the materials or looking at the situation here
in Clarksdale.
Q. Based on your study, Dr. Lieberman, would you give
your opinion as to whether you think the Board’s lines
have been drawn in accordance with sound administrative
procedures? A. Well, it seems to me very obvious that
there are certain situations where this is obviously—where
it is obviously the case that the lines have been drawn
not in accordance with what are generally regarded as
sound administrative procedures in public education. For
example, one illustration of this concerns the boundaries
that have been drawn with respect to the Oakhurst, Clark,
Hall and Booker T. Washington Schools.
Boundaries should be drawn in order to achieve at least
two purposes. One is to minimize the distances the pupils
have to go to school, and another purpose is to maximize
—347—
the utilization that a school system gets from its schools.
Now, in the Myrtle Hall School, the enrollment there,
on the basis of the figures submitted by the Board, is
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieb erm an —fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
534
over the maximum capacity of the school. The enrollment
at Booker T. Washington was given as 555, with a maxi
mum for the school of 560, so that here you have two
schools, one of which is over its rated capacity and one
of them which is right at its rated capacity.
Between these two schools is the Eliza Clark School,
which is operating only at two-thirds capacity, and there
are a number of pupils in both the Booker T. Washington
and in the Myrtle Hall districts who are closer to the
Clark School than they are to the school that they are
going. So, in that situation,—and there are others—the
Negro pupils are having to travel a longer distance to a
school which is overcrowded, and in one case at least is
already over the maximum rated capacity, than they would
have to go to a school which is operating at only two-
thirds capacity.
Q. Now— A. There are—
Q. I ’m sorry. Go ahead. A. Well, again there are sev-
—348—
eral rooms at the Myrtle Hall, Myrtle Hall and the Booker
T. Washington School, which are operating over capacity,
and, therefore, it would seem to me to be logical from a
standpoint of sound administrative practice to have some
of the children in that district go to a school which is
closer to their home and which is far from capacity.
Q. Would you indicate whether or not you have been
able to make a similar type of comparison as to the
Riverton School! A. Yes.
The Riverton School—Rooms 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 are
now over capacity at the Riverton School.
Now, there are pupils in the Riverton district also who
are closer either to the Clark School or to the Oakhurst
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— Direct
535
School than they would be to Riverton. So, I think the
same would prevail there, that there are students there
who are going a longer distance to a school which is over
crowded, which is over capacity, that is, for the Riverton,
and they are closer to a school which does have space in
every grade.
Q. Do you have any figures in mind or standards in
mind when you speak of over capacity and under capacity;
and, if so, what are they? A. Well, I am taking the
- 3 4 9 -
figures that the Board has given for the rated capacity
of the rooms.
Now, for example, in the Riverton School,—the rooms
were just listed numerically—Room Number 7 has seven
over the rated capacity; Room Number 8 has five over;
Room Number 9 has seven; Room Number 10 has seven
over; Room 11, five; and Room 12, six. In other words,
these are the number of pupils over the rated capacity
of the room—not the optimum, but the rated capacity of
the room—that have been submitted by the Board.
Now, at the same time, in Clark, Room 1 is 12 under
capacity; Room 2 is 23; Room 3 is 12,—these are all under
capacity—and so forth. Every room at Clark is under
capacity from 10 to 40 students.
Then at Oakhurst the same situation prevails, with the
possible exception of one room, that in most of them there
are over 10 vacancies as far as the rated capacity of the
room goes.
Q. How about the location of new schools constructed
since 1960?
Did you review the situation as to those schools and
did that have any effect on your conclusions? A. Yes.
B e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an —fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
536
I studied the site and looked at the data that was sub-
— 350—
mitted in the interrogatories on the site of the new schools.
It would appear to me that the site location is clearly
not in accord with what is regarded as sound administra
tive practice. For example, it is not regarded as sound
administrative practice to locate a school—
The Court: Excuse me. Which school are you
talking about now?
The Witness: Oh, I am now talking about the
Booker T. Washington School.
For example, in the Booker T. Washington School,
it is not regarded as sound administrative practice
to locate a school near the edge of the population
from which it draws. The only basis upon which
that might be justified is if there were strong
evidence that the population was going to move be
yond the school. However, in that particular case,
the school is located at the very edge of the com
munity, as is also the Oliver School, for example,
and one would normally expect schools to be con
structed more or less near the center of the popula
tion from which they would draw.
By Mr. B e ll :
Q. Let me interrupt, Dr. Lieberman,— A. Yes.
— 351—
Q. —and ask you whether or not, assuming there were
sound reasons to believe that there was going to be a
great growth of population south of the Booker T. Wash
ington, that would justify, in view of the location of other
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1966
M yron L ieb erm an —fo r P la in tiffs— Direct
537
schools, the assignment of pupils above Twelfth Street
within the Booker T. Washington zone to the Washington
School. A. Well, I would not have thought—not—I would
not think so myself.
Actually, it would seem to me that, in view of the sub
stantial amount of unutilized classrooms in the other
schools, in the system as a whole, that it would have been
far better administrative practice to add to the existing
schools rather than to build a completely new school at
the outskirts of the community, because in that way you
would have been able to utilize the unused capacity at
the existing schools, which you cannot do by building a
brand-new school at the edge of the community.
Q. Suppose utilization of some of the existing space
available would have necessitated students living south of
the line to travel north of the line, say to Oakhurst or
something of this nature; could this have been justified
—352—
from an educational— A. Well, in my opinion, it is justi
fied now.
I think, for example, that some of the students who are
nowT in the Riverton district, which, as I say, has many
overcrowded classrooms, could easily be assigned to the
Oakhurst School, which has space available in every room,
with one possible exception, and the same is true, for
example, for the Myrtle Hall students.
Q. How7 about the traditional idea— A. They, of
course,—
Q. —of using railroad tracks— A. —are close to the
Clark School.
See, now Myrtle Hall is overcrowded. There are a sub
stantial number of rooms there that have over the maxi
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieb erm an —fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
538
mum capacity, and yet there are students in the Myrtle
Hall zone who are closer to the Clark School than they
are to the Myrtle Hall School.
Q. Well, how about the traditional idea of using rail
road tracks as boundary lines because of a potential
hazard? Did you consider this in your conclusion in in
dicating the design— A. Yes; I did.
I would not think that would be a factor in this com
munity.
—353—
I noticed from the figures submitted by the Board in
1963-’64 there were 1,102 students who crossed the rail
road tracks, and this year, according to the figures that
they have submitted, there are 639 students. So, then, in
addition to the figure submitted as to the very substantial
number of students who are crossing the tracks, it seems
that there are enough safe crossing points on the tracks
so that I could hardly see where this would be a major
factor in drawing the zones.
Q. Did you consider some of the proposals as contained
in the record at least that the Board is considering as far
as increasing capacity for existing schools? A. Yes, par
ticularly with reference to Riverton. I believe that there
is some contemplation of expanding the capacity of that
school.
It is difficult for me at least to see how this could be
justified when there is space available at Clark and at
Oakhurst and when some of the students in the Riverton
district, the Negroes in that district, are closer to Clark
and they are closer to Oakhurst, both of which have a cer
tain amount of space available, and in some eases the
rooms are below optimum. So, there would be no problem.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieb erm an —fo r P la in tiffs— Direct
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieb erm an —fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
—354—
I do not see the rationale for adding rooms to an over
crowded school when simply by rezoning you could send
pupils to schools that are now below optimum.
Q. The factors that you have been talking about—in
your opinion, do they have any effect on the quality of
the education that’s offered to the Negro children; and,
if so, what? A. Well, I would say that it would be a
miracle if these practices did not have a harmful effect
upon the education of both the white and the Negro stu
dents in the City of Clarksdale.
First, as far as the Negro students are concerned, they
are in schools where their class size is substantially larger
than that of the white students. I believe that the highest
average class size in any white school is substantially
lower than the lowest class size in any of the schools that
are attended by Negro pupils, and the margin is a sub
stantial one.
Now, of course, what this means is that the teacher is
going to have less time to deal with any individual pupil
in the situation where the class size is very large.
Then the Negro pupils must travel longer distances to
—355—
school than they would have to go if they were assigned
to the school that is nearest where they live, and there’s
a physical factor. There’s a safety factor.
Their teachers are paid less because they are Negroes.
The school system—the operating supplies—I believe there
was a twenty-dollar differential.
I have that figure here.
At the elementary level the per pupil expenditure for
operating supplies was $202.62 per Negro elementary
540
pupil and $295.98 per white elementary pupil. This is a
huge difference, and this difference—a good part of this
difference lies in the salaries of teachers; but, of course,
the teachers are a very crucial element in the educational
process, and if one group of students has teachers who
are paid more than others they’re very likely to get a
better education for that reason, so that you have a dis
tance factor; you have a supply factor; you have a teacher
factor.
Then another thing: The curriculum in the Negro
schools seems to be narrower than that in the white schools ̂
For instance, at the secondary level, there are some courses
that are not offered at Higgins which are offered at Clarks-
dale-Coahoma Junior and Senior High: There’s Latin I
and II, Problems of Democracy, Spanish III, Practical
—3 5 6 -
Nursing, Distributive Education, Metals and Machines,
Machine Tool Operation, Mechanical Drawing, and I think
some others. It ’s not too clear because of the language
or the terminology that’s applied to courses, but I would
assume from looking at the list that there are other courses
in addition to these that are available in the Clarksdale-
Coahoma Junior-Senior High complex that are not avail
able to Higgins. So, this, of course, is extremely crucial
to the student, whether he can take a course that meets his
particular needs.
Then, of course, the very fact that the rated capacity
for the rooms seems to be different at least-—not in every
case, but in many cases—for white and Negro pupils; that
is to say a room with the same size will have a rated
capacity and the figure will be higher if the school is used
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an —fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
541
by Negro students than for white students. This is true
not in every case, but in a substantial number of cases.
Q. Now, what is this based on? Which interrogatory in
particular?
Do you recall? A. This is based upon the one—I believe
it was the last one that we have.
—357—
Q. Do you have the number of the answer? A. Well, I
think I have the number of the answer, but I don’t have
the number of the question.
Number 3.
I should add something to the capacity problem: That it
is somewhat difficult to know, to understand, the situation
precisely because you will have rooms and the square
footage will range from, say, 792 feet to a thousand feet,
and yet the rated capacity will be 40 students per room.
In other words, you have a number of rooms and the rated
capacity—the square footage will vary as much as over
200 feet, and yet the rooms will be allocated the same
rated capacity of 40 students.
I listed for Heidelberg and Booker T. Washington and
Myrtle Hall all the rooms that have a rated capacity of
40 students, and here’s one at Heidelberg, for example,
that Room 15, that has 792 square feet and a rated capacity
of 40, and another room in the same school that has a
thousand square feet and a rated capacity of 40.
But, in general, the point that I want to make is this:
That there are exceptions to this, but in general it would
seem that more Negro pupils are expected to be in an area,
in the same size area, as would be expected to be if the
school were attended by white students.
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieb erm an —fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
542
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an —fo r P la in tiffs— Direct
—358—
Q. How about the number of teachers provided the
Negroes and the number for the white elementary level!
A. Well, this is one of the most striking facts about the
system, as I looked over the material.
I can give you the summary on this very quickly.
According to the latest interrogatory submitted by the
Board, there are approximately 1,102 white elementary
students and 1,915 Negro elementary students. On the
other hand, there are only four more Negro teachers for
these elementary students than there are white teachers.
In other words, although there are 700, approximately 700,
more Negro elementary pupils, there are only four more
Negro teachers in the schools where those pupils are, and
that is, of course, a staggering difference, and even that
doesn’t tell the whole story because it appears—and again
I don’t have the additional information—that there are
some teachers in the white schools that are not in class.
It appears that they have about five teachers who are not
in class who might be available for supervisory or remedial
work with students; but, of course, over-all, a situation
where you have 700 more pupils and only four teachers to
cope with that difference would hardly be—I would say
—359—
would be impossible just about to defend on any sound
administrative basis.
Q. What is your opinion, Dr. Lieberman, as to the effect
of the Board having drawn the lines as they have and hav
ing followed the school construction policy and these other
factors that you have discussed! A. Well, could you be a
little more specific?
With respect to what?
543
Q. The effect with regard to desegregation. A. Well, I
think that result is really an obvious one. That doesn’t
call for an opinion. There are, as I understand it, at the
present time no Negro pupils and white pupils together
in any school in the community. So, it would seem to me
to be an obvious conclusion that the school construction
policy, the addition policy and the zoning policy has had
this effect.
Q. Let me ask you: Let us suppose that the lines had
been drawn so that every pupil would have been assigned
to the school located nearest his home and so that you
could balance the teachers and pupils— A. Right.
Q. —in each school according to the school’s capacity.
Generally, how would those lines, starting with the ele-
—360—
mentary grades, have differed from the lines that the
Board has? A. Well, I can’t answer that for every school
in the community, but it would seem to me obvious that in
some cases the lines would have been drawn much differ
ently. The lines for Clark would now include some stu
dents from Myrtle Hall and from Booker T. Washington.
As I mentioned before, Clark, which has space available,
a good deal of space available, is closer to many Negro
students who are now attending schools and in classrooms
which are over their rated capacity.
So, that would be one change that would follow.
I would assume that another one wmuld be that the lines
would be redrawn so that some students in the Riverton
district, for instance, would now attend Oakhurst because
Riverton is at or above capacity in many classrooms while,
on the other hand, Oakhurst has space, substantial space,
available.
B e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieb erm an —fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
544
So, I would assume that the lines would he redrawn in
such a way that, if the zones were still, you might say,
roughly rectangular, they would he—the longer side of the
rectangle would be east and west instead of north and south.
Q. In other words,—indicate whether this is what you
—3 6 1 -
are saying—the lines, the elementary school zone lines,
south of the railroad tracks, which tend to run in a north-
south direction, would run more in an east-west direction?
A. Yes.
Now, Booker T. Washington, for example—the northern
part of the Booker T. Washington zone, for example, it
would seem to me would be included in Clark.
The Riverton—the eastern portion of the Riverton zone,
you see-—
Q. This? A. Yes.
Q. Would you be referring to this? A. —it would seem
to me some of it could be assigned either to Eliza Clark
or some of it to Oakhurst.
Then I would think that the zone at the south part of
this community—that you could combine part of Booker T.
Washington and what is now the Oliver zone.
But, in any case, it would seem clear that if you held to
the criterion of distance and you wanted also to get the
maximum utilization of your facilities that the zone lines
for the schools would be quite different from what they are
now.
—362—
Q. What would your answTer be in regard to the zoning
of the high schools?
As you know, there are two high schools, one in the
northern section and one in the southern section of town,
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieb erm an —fo r P la in tiffs—Direct
545
and the zone line is the Illinois Central Railroad track
running down between them. A. Well, I would recom
mend that the line be drawn, and I think that a line—
that using the Sunflower River, the river as a dividing
line, would probably be the best solution there to maximize
utilization of facilities and for the distance factor.
Q. I ask you whether or not you would be able to
definitely say that would be the line without further study
and things of that nature. A. No; I wouldn’t be that
categorical about it, but it would seem to me, looking at
it, it would make a far more sensible line than using the
railroad track.
Now, you might draw the line—
Of course, one factor that has to be taken into account
here is the curriculum in the schools. Certainly if a pupil
can demonstrate a real need for a course which is only
given at one school—I would think that he certainly ought
to be permitted to attend that school; but I think the
— 363-
demonstration ought to be a genuine one, that pupils should
not be permitted to transfer just because they want to
transfer.
Q. On that point, were there some examples that you
can give from your study of the curriculum,— A. Yes.
Q. —where, for example, if— A. If, for example, to go
back to the courses—if a student who is, let’s say, now at
Higgins—if he wanted to take Latin or he wanted to take
Machine Tool Operation or Mechanical Drawing, if he had
educational or vocational plans that required a course
such as this, I would think that—I can’t imagine any rea
son that would be available to deny him that right.
Q. I ask your opinion as to— A. Could I—
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an —fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
546
Q. Yes. A. —add one—
Q. Yes. A. There are courses that are offered at Hig
gins also that are not available at Clarksdale-Coahoma
Junior-Senior High School, and the same thing would hold
there. If any white pupil needed a course that was given
at the present time only at Higgins, he could be permitted
to go there.
—364—
Presumably the line should be drawn without any regard
to race, and then the district—the line should—the zones
should be adhered to very firmly except for a very dem
onstrated educational reason.
Q. Let me ask you whether lines drawn along the lines
you have just suggested or the Board’s lines come closest
to meeting the Board’s criteria for drawing lines, which
was the proximity and school utilization. A. Well, as I
said before, I don’t understand the justification for requir
ing, say, students in the northern part of the Booker T.
Washington district to travel all the way down to the
Booker T. Washington School, nor do I understand why
pupils in the Myrtle Hall district, which is over its rated
capacity, and some of the students in the Myrtle Hall dis
trict are closer to the Clark School than they are to the
Myrtle Hall School—why they should not be assigned, for
example, to the Clark School.
So, if the—you have to consider both factors at the same
time. You have to consider the distance factor and you
also have to consider, of course, the utilization-of-school
factor.
There can be situations in which a pupil does not go to
—365—
the school nearest his home, but that would be a situation
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an —fo r P la in tiffs— Direct
547
in which that school was overcrowded and he were going
to a school farther away that was not so crowded; but here
the reverse is the case. The pupils travel a longer distance
—the Negro pupils travel a longer distance—to go to
overcrowded schools than they would have to go to go to
schools that are not crowded at all.
Q. Well, then, would you say that drawing the lines
along the lines you have suggested or the Board’s lines
come closer to a true neighborhood school policy? A.
Well, I ’m not sure what is meant by “a true neighborhood
school policy”.
This is a phrase that means different things to different
people.
You can—for example, if you have two secondary schools,
you can divide the community up into two neighborhoods.
The neighborhood school has a meaning that’s different
from person to person and area to area.
In this community the only criterion for “neighborhood”
that I can honestly see is in using the criterion of race,
that “neighborhood” seems to be defined by “white” or
“Negro”. It certainly isn’t defined in terms of distance
— 366—
from school, because if it were there would be many Negro
pupils going to schools that now enroll only whites and
there would be some white students that would be going
to schools that now are enrolling only Negroes.
So, I don’t know, but my concept of neighborhood school
would be that you would go to the school nearest your
home, provided that due account were given to the utiliza
tion of facilities and safety factors. That, I believe, is a
legitimate conception of a neighborhood school, and if that
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an —fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
548
were followed in this community I think the lines could be,
as I said before, much different from what they are.
Q. I f the lines were drawn along the lines that you sug
gested, would, in your opinion, there have been more de
segregation, that is, more— A. Well, if there was deseg
regation of one person in this community, there would he
more; but I would say that there would be—well, I can’t
give you any precise figures, of course, because where we
would draw the line exactly could vary; but, as I say, it
would be obvious that there would be a substantial num
ber of white and Negro students in the same school if the
lines were drawn on a nonracial basis.
—367—
Q. Would you say there would have been Negro pupils
residing in what we can categorize as white school zones
if the lines were so drawn? A. Would you—
Q. If there— A. —rephrase that question?
Q. I f the lines were drawn along the lines you suggested,
then there would be Negro pupils living within the Eliza
Clark zone, for example? A. That is correct.
Q. And Negro pupils would be living within the Oak-
hurst zone, for example? A. That is correct.
Q. And would it also be true that there would probably
be larger numbers of white pupils living within what have
been traditionally Negro school zones? A. That is true.
Q. I ask you, if you know, to tell us what is the effect
on desegregation of continuing to assign teachers on the
basis of race. A. Well, of course, if this is one, it’s an
educational handicap to all the students because a person
should be hired for the job that he is to do, and if you
- 3 6 8 -
hire them for any other purpose that is inevitably going
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— Direct
549
to impair the job, the quality of the job, that is going
to be done.
And there is another factor, and that is I think, from
an educational pout of view, you want both teachers and
pupils to think in terms of the job they have to do and
not in terms of their race or color, so that if, however,
race or color come to be the criterion then people are think
ing in these terms instead of in terms of the educational
job that must be done.
Whenever you use the racial criterion instead of the job
criterion, I think you’re going to weaken the educational
process for that reason. If, for example, you are hiring
a music teacher and you don’t go out and hire the best
music teacher regardless of his race and regardless of
where that teacher is going to teach, the pupils are going
to suffer because you are not going to get the best music
teacher you could get; and I would say this—it would
seem to me this—-could apply whether you are talking
about the white school or the Negro school. You want to
hire the best person to do the job.
Q. How about any other effect on the desegregation
process of having a desegregated faculty in the schools?
—369—
A. Well, there has been some research on this point of
what is the effect of a desegregated faculty and the over
whelming evidence so far is it tends to have a good effect
on morale of both teachers and pupils.
I know there have been situations where there was
some fear that it would make it difficult to recruit teachers,
for example. That has not been borne out by experience.
Q. Would the assignment of teachers on a desegregated
basis, in your opinion, tend to alter the traditional image
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
550
—the traditional racial image—of the school? A. Well,
I would say that it would—it might have that effect. I
don’t see how it could have—I don’t see how it could con
tribute toward perpetuating the image of white school and
Negro school.
I think if we had integrated faculties it would in most
cases facilitate people thinking of schools as a place where
there is an educational job to be done, and that would be
it; but, of course, what the impact would be on individuals
—this is something you can only tell by looking at in
dividuals. I mean there might—there would be some per
haps for whom this would make no difference.
There is no doubt that in most of the schools where the
—3 7 0 -
faculties have been desegregated—and often this has hap
pened with a great deal of hesitation on the part of some
parties, but by and large the results have been good, and
both in terms of the faculty and the students.
Q. Were there any other points that helped contribute
to the conclusions that you have made before that you
haven’t had an opportunity to present? A. I think this
may have been mentioned, but I think it—again to clarify
one point, the problem relating to school sites and school
additions: First of all, it would seem that the Board did
not add to existing schools when it might have done so
and taken advantage of the unused capacities in those
schools.
Q. Let me ask you whether adding to the capacity in
the instances that you’re considering would have if done
this year resulted in desegregated assignments. A. This
is what I want to come to.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an —fo r P la in tiffs— Direct
551
It seems to me in the past where this would have been
a feasible thing to do it was not done, and now in the
Riverton situation, where the Board is planning to add
more rooms, that this is precisely the case where it should
not do so, but should rezone that district to send part of
those pupils to Eliza Clark or to Oakhurst.
—371—
So, again, if you look at the situation where they have not
built additions and the situation where they are planning
to build additions, the rationale for this escapes me per
sonally, except that it would seem to be that those would
facilitate the segregated situation that you have here in
the schools.
Mr. Bell: No further questions.
The Court: You may cross-examine.
Cross Examination by Mr. Lu ckett:
Q. Mr. Lieberman, I take it from your answers that
you equate segregation with integration; is that right, sir?
A. I ’m not sure what you mean, sir.
Q. Well, you seem to refer to a desegregated school as
one that includes both colored and white, do you not?
Do you accept the proposition that a desegregated school
can be a school that’s all white or all colored? A. Yes; I
do.
Q. Then so far as, we’ll say, this Heidelberg School is
concerned,—of course, there’s always the proviso that no
one is denied admittance to the school on account of his
race, color or national origin—if we take that school there
in that particular zone, with no one denied admittance
B e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
552
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
— 372—
to that school on account of race, color or national origin,
that is a desegregated school, isn’t it? A. Well, not neces
sarily.
First of all, I want to make the distinction between a
desegregated school system and a desegregated school,
see,—
Q. Well— A. —but—
Q. We’ll say a desegregated school.
Would that be a desegregated school? A. I f what?
Q. If, as is true, every pupil living in that particular
zone that is served by that particular school who is other
wise qualified to go to school in that school is admitted to
that school without regard to race, color or national origin,
isn’t that a desegregated school? A. Not necessarily.
Q. Why? A. It depends upon how the zones were
drawn.
Q. Well-— A. In other words, if you draw a zone so
that within the zone there are only white pupils and then
you say, “Now, within that zone I ’m going to treat people
— 373—
on a nonracial basis,” but the zone, itself, is drawn on a
racial basis, I would not tend to call that a desegregated
or an integrated school.
Q. Well, Mr. Lieberman, don’t you know that the School
Board has to take the town as it finds it? A. Well, I
would assume they would.
Q. It has to work with the housing patterns that have
already developed?
That’s true, is it not? A. To some extent.
There are some communities where the school people
work with the city planners and the other city officials, so
553
that the schools are just not a reaction to what some other
city agency does, but they work together so they have
intelligent planning of the schools and the rest of the com
munity.
Q. All right.
We’ll take this particular line. It ’s been drawn. A.
Which lines are you referring to, sir?
Q. This line, E-4-B, that includes the Heidelberg School.
A. The Heidelberg School.
Q. Now, how else would you draw that line except the
- 3 7 4 -
way it is to include those pupils? A. Offhand, I ’m not
sure.
Q. Well, isn’t it perfectly obvious— A. I think that the
specific drawing of a line is something that has to take
into account what you’re doing in the rest of the community.
So, I wouldn’t try to draw a line for the Heidelberg School
apart from what I would do elsewhere in the community.
Now, I have suggested that I would draw the lines dif
ferently elsewhere, and I have indicated the general nature
of how they would be drawn.
Q. I ’m asking you about this particular school and these
particular children living in this particular neighborhood.
A child living right on this street right here that I ’m
pointing to in this particular zone—where else would you
send that child if that child goes to an elementary school
grade ?
Where else would you send that child except to the
Heidelberg School? A. Well, I don’t know. As I say, it
would depend upon the—you zone the community as a
whole, in my opinion. You don’t just take one school and
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
Myron- L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
R e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
— 375-
talk about how you’re going to zone it or where those
children will go until you have seen the community as a
whole.
Q. Would it make sense to take that child over here and
send him to George Oliver School? A. It might.
Q. That’s what you call busing the children across town—
A. No.
Q. —to a particular school? A. For example, there are
some communities that have specialized schools, and cer
tainly they’re the only place in the community where a
certain curriculum is available, and a particular child
might have to go across the community to get there.
Q. We’re not talking about a particular child with a
particular need. We’re talking about just the average
second or third grader— A. Right.
Q. —that the Court is going to deal with this coming
school year. A. Right.
Q. Where would that particular third grader go if he
lives, say, right where my pencil is pointing,— A. All
— 376-
right.
Q. —other than to the Heidelberg School, to make any
sense? A. I ’d say the chances are that he’d go to Heidel
berg.
Q. Yes, sir.
Well, if he lived in, say, this particular point right here,
wouldn’t he go to the Kirkpatrick School, sir? A. I ’m
not—I ’m not so sure.
First, I can’t see it too well from here.
The Court: You may stand down, if you care to
do so.
555
The Witness: I can see it better now,
Mr. Luckett: All right.
By Mr. Luckett:
Q. Eight here. A. Eight.
Q. I ’ll put the point right there. A. Eight.
Q. Where else would he go except to this school right
here that’s within two or three blocks of his house? A.
Well, again I want to emphasize the point that you’d have
to see what happened when you zoned elsewhere in the
—3 7 7 -
community, and if you start to zone and look at an in
dividual child before you’ve seen what’s required—
Now, let me give you an illustration. You may decide
that the best thing to do is to change the grade pattern
in the community to get maximum utilization of your facili
ties. So, it may be that that school which is only two or
three blocks away—instead of having six grades, they only
have three grades, and in that case he would have to go
a farther distance to school.
That’s why I have tried to emphasize the fact that you
just can’t take this in isolation and look at it.
I ’m going back to the point that you made, that the
community has to look at the school as the community as
a whole, and if it dose this it may find it advisable to change
the grade structure, in which case the pupil would not be
going to that school.
Q. I guess we could visualize or imagine a lot of things,
but we’re not changing the grade structure.
Suppose the grade structure stays just like it’s been
for a hundred years, that we have Grades 1 through 6 in
these elementary grades, and there’s no reason that I know
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
556
of or that I think you can suggest why we should change
it. If that he true, our grade structure is not changed,—
— 378—
A. Wait.
Q. —and this child living within two blocks of Heidel
berg— A. But my point is there may be good reasons to
change.
I f you have a school that is not being utilized, that in
itself may be an excellent—
The Court: Doctor, can you accept the hypotheti
cal proposition given to you by counsel, that there is
no change?
The Witness: Well, if he’s asking me what I
would do if the grade structure were not to be
changed, I can answer that.
Mr. Luckett: Well, that—
The Witness: But if he is—
The Court: That’s exactly what he asked you.
The Witness: Well, your Honor, I wasn’t sure.
Let me just clarify my confusion over the ques
tion,—
The Court: All right, sir.
The Witness: -—and then I ’ll proceed.
If he’s asking me where I would send pupils,
where my opinion is to send them, my answer is I
—379—
would send them in terms of a plan that regarded
the utilization of all of the facilities in the com
munity, and by looking at all the facilities I might
very well come to the conclusion that the grade struc
ture might well be changed, that in a school that’s
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
557
not being used you might be better off to reduce the
number of grades there, in which case a child who
lived across the street might have to go to another
school.
Now, if he—
The Court: I understand your position on that,
but you still haven’t answered Mr. Luekett’s ques
tion.
The Witness : All right.
Now, what is the question?
The Court: I f you accept the proposition that
the Clarksdale school system will maintain a grade
structure in each of its elementary schools includ
ing six grades, starting on that premise,—
The Witness: On that premise?
The Court: Right.
The Witness: That’s not what I recommend, but
that’s the premise.
The Court: —where would the child in the loca
tion pointed out by Mr. Luckett logically go?
The Witness: Probably to the school—to the—
—380—
that was the Kirkpatrick that you were pointing to.
Mr. Luckett: All right, sir.
By Mr. Luckett-.
Q. Now, you were saying, “That’s not what I recom
mend.” A. No. I—
Q. You’re not recommending a change in our school
structure, are you? A. No. I ’m not either recommending
or not recommending it.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
558
I ’m only saying that until you analyze the facilities as
a whole and try to see what would be the best way to
utilize the facilities I would not rule out a change in the
grade structure, and for that reason I would not be cate
gorical about saying what school a person should attend.
Q. I take it, then, you have not made that analysis your
self? A. I haven’t made the kind of analysis that would
lead me to recommend categorically that you change the
grade structure, nor have I made the kind of analysis that
would lead me to say that it is appropriate to keep the
grade structure that you have.
Q. Well, would you suppose that the School Board and
—381—
the Superintendent who live here and have worked with
this problem for years have made that sort of analysis?
A. I don’t know whether they have or not.
Q. Have you made any inquiry about whether they have?
A. I have not asked them whether they have studied the
grade structure.
Q. Well, who do you think would be better qualified to
decide that particular question—you who made this lim
ited study that you say or these people who have lived
with the problem for years and have studied it? A. Well,
not knowing those people, I couldn’t say how qualified they
would be.
Q. Do you question their qualification? A. I neither—
I just don’t know what they are.
Q. Have you tried to inquire about who they are and
what their qualifications are? A. No.
Q. Now, I understand you to say that insofar as the
Riverton zone is concerned that you would say that these
R e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
559
children in the westerly section of Riverton should go to
the present Riverton School and these children in the east
erly section of Riverton should go to the Oakhurst School?
— 382—
A. No. I was referring to the part that juts out right next
to the tracks in the Riverton district, the part that’s closest
to the Clark.
Q. Don’t you— A. That part there.
Q. Do you— A. That some of those should go either
to Clark or perhaps go to Oakhurst.
Q. You realize they are across the river, do you not?
A. Yes.
Q. That makes no difference so far as you’re concerned?
A. Not as far as the conclusions are concerned.
Q. I see. A. I don’t say that it—
Q. Do you know that that distance there is the same,
whether they go to the Riverton School or to the elemen
tary school up here at Oakhurst, at the Oakhurst site,—
A. Would you—
Q. —by actual measurement? A. Would you repeat
that?
Q. Do you know that the distance that they have to
travel once they cross that bridge, whether they go north
— 383—
or west to a school, is the same distance? A. No.
I think this point should be made, however: That, in
looking at distances, pupils do not travel in a straight line
to school, that sometimes the shortest way to get to school
is not in a straight line, and for that reason I would not
always say that, looking at a map as the crow flies, the
closest school to a person’s home is the one that’s closest
on the map.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
560
Now, it may be in particular cases that the closest school
by the way the person should go would not necessarily be
the closest one in terms of as the crow flies.
Q. Well, I know they’re not going to fly to school, Mr.
Lieberman. I wasn’t thinking of that. That didn’t occur
to me.
But as they would walk ordinarily to school— A. Bight.
Q. —from this particular neighborhood, where they go
from this particular point, they have to get to that par
ticular point before they go to make a turn either to the
north or continue west, and that particular distance to
this school is at least as close as this particular distance up
—384—
here to this particular school.
You said they were closer. You’re wrong in that, are
you not, Mr. Lieberman?
You have not made that measurement, have you? A.
Well, I don’t know where you are pointing your pencil.
I mean I—and where you put your pencil down, and what
the exact mileage is from that point to the schools—
Q. Well, have you made those measurements? A. Well,
I ’m trying to explain I ’m not sure—
Q. Well— A. You put your pencil down on a map, and
I don’t know what—
Q. You know who we’re talking about, don’t you? A.
That’s my point. I ’m not—I don’t—
Q. Well, you were telling about the pupils in this par
ticular area, that is, between the river and the railroad,
who were in Zone E-2-B,— A. Right.
Q. —these particular pupils right here,— A. Yeah.
Q. —and you said they would be closer to the Oakhurst
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
561
School. A. I said they are closer to Clark, and I believe
—385—
that some of them would be closer to Oakhurst.
Q. All right.
You think they ought to go to Clark? A. Some of them;
yes.
Q. I see. All right.
And you think that these in here ought to go to the Oak
hurst, that is, in the easterly section of the Riverton School
district,— A. I wouldn’t—
Q. —Zone E-2-B? A. I wouldn’t be too sure of that.
That would depend upon an analysis of that whole section.
Q. Would that depend upon the fact they happen to be
white people there, sir? A. No; not with me.
Q. All right.
Well, do you understand that there are white people in
that area?
I ’m talking about the easterly section of Zone E-2-B, the
Riverton section. A. I think at one time that was in my
consciousness, if I may say that. As I have been talking
—386—
here this morning, I had not thought of that as either white
or Negro.
Q. Well, assuming that it is a fact that at least half of
that territory is occupied by white residences, with white
families living in it, when that line was drawn requiring
the pupils in that particular neighborhood to go to this
particular school, that is, to the Riverton School, here in
Zone E-2-B,— A. Yeah.
Q. —race could not have been a consideration if we were
trying to just create all black schools and all white schools,
could it? A. I don’t know. That’s what you’ve got.
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
562
Q. Don’t you understand, Mr. Lieberman, that under this
plan every child in this particular zone, when he reaches
a grade in his plan, is required to go to the school in his
district? A. Yeah.
Q. Do you understand that?
Do you understand, so far as the first grade was con
cerned, there were 20 or 30 white pupils last year who
were required by the plan in this Riverton district to go
to this Riverton School? A. I believe that; yes. I believe
I recall that.
—387—
Q. Now, the fact they are not there is not the fault of
the plan, is it?
The fact they are not over there in the Negro school is
not the fault of the plan, is it? A. It might be the fault
of the plan.
Q. How could it be the fault of the plan? A. Because
if the plan is so drawn that you have a very few white
students in a predominantly Negro school and you draw a
plan so that you can maximize segregation, if only a few
white families will move, I think there’s something wrong
with that plan.
Q. Well, then, you think the thing should be done to
correct racial imbalance?
That’s what you’re talking about—racial imbalance?
A. No. I think the plan should be drawn so it doesn’t
maximize segregation.
Q. I see.
Well, insofar as this particular area is concerned, if all
whites are in there and all blacks are in there, whether
that maximizes it or minimizes it is something over
which the School Board has got no control, has it? A. Oh,
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm cm — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
— 388—
I think the School Board’s policies will have a great deal
to do with the racial composition of the schools. I think,
for example, if the School Board were to draw lines—
Q. That’s not the question I asked you. A. Well, ask
it—
I ’m sorry.
Would you repeat the question?
Q. About half of this area is occupied by white chil
dren— A. Right.
Q. —of white families, and about a third of them, a
third of the children, I suppose, over there are white
children.
Now, that’s the situation that confronts the School Board,
isn’t it? A. Rig’ht, as far as I know.
Q. And if we provide a school to take care of the chil
dren in that particular area, which is a very definite area
of Clarksdale, is it not, bounded on the north by a rail
road track and on the east by a river and on the south
by a highway and on the west by the boundaries of the
town?
That is a very definite area in Clarksdale, is it not, a
— 389—
very definite neighborhood, is it not? A. It would seem
to be.
Q. Yes, sir.
And if we provide a school for that particular neighbor
hood and require every child in that area, if he goes to
public school, to attend that particular school, can you
fault the plan on account of race consideration? A. You
may; yes.
564
Q. You, I suppose, are familiar with the Pierce case,
which holds that you cannot require children to attend
public school!
Mr. Bell: We object, your Honor.
I ’m not familiar with the Pierce case, and I
thought I knew them all, and I don’t think the wit
ness should be expected to—
Mr. Luckett: That’s a landmark case.
The Court: Wait just a minute.
This is an area of opinion, and the basis upon
which the opinion is expressed is a fit subject of
inquiry on cross examination.
The objection is overruled.
By Mr. Luckett:
Q. The Pierce case is a case from Oregon in which the
—390—
Supreme Court held that the statute of Oregon requiring
all children of Oregon of school age to attend public school
was unconstitutional.
Do you recognize the case now? A. Yes.
Q. And you know about that principle? A. Yes.
Q. So, you know that neither the State of Mississippi
nor the City of Clarksdale nor the School Board can re
quire a child over here, whether he be colored or white,
or whether he be a white child or the child of Dr. Henry
who goes to a parochial school—that neither the School
Board nor the State of Mississippi nor the City of Clarks
dale can require that child to attend public school?
Do you accept that as a fact? A. Are you talking now
as a legal issue?
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an —fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
565
Q. Yes. This is a fact of life that we’ve got to live with.
The Court: I think it probably would be better
to ask whether you took that legal principle that
he’s talking about into account in expressing your
opinion.
The Witness: Well, the answer to that would be
yes, that I am aware of the fact that a state cannot
—391—
legally require all pupils to attend public schools..
If that’s what counsel was inquiring, the answer
to that question is yes; I ’m aware of that.
By Mr. Luckett:
Q. Well, you have evidently concluded there’s some
thing wrong with the plan because these white parents
here did not choose to send their children to public school?
A. Let me put it this way: I think that a plan should
take into account how people will react to it and what
they will do, and if you draw up a plan so that it results
in underutilization of facilities, for example, then I think
that the plan should be looked at again.
Q. Well, do you think there’s underutilization of the
Riverton School plant? A. No.
Q. You’re saying it is overcrowded, aren’t you? A.
Riverton ?
Q. Yes. A. Well, it has some rooms that are over
maximum, and the school compared to the schools attended
by the white children—it’s certainly overcrowded; yes.
Q. You say it’s overcrowded and it should have more
rooms, but those rooms should not be built there; is that
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an —fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
566
R e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
—392—
it? A. No. What I had said was that Booms 7 through 12
at Biverton are over their rated capacity.
Q. What do you understand “rated capacity” to mean!
A. Well, that’s the figure—“rated capacity” means the
number of pupils that you can reasonably accommodate
in a room.
Q. How do you know that’s the definition of “rated
capacity”? A. Well, you don’t—you don’t know the defini
tions are right or wrong. I ’m merely telling you the
definition that I used.
Q. Well, you’re taking that figure from the statements
made by the School Board,— A. Yes.
Q. —aren’t you? A. Yes.
Q. Do you know that that was the meaning of “rated
capacity” as the School Board used it there? A. Well,
this has a meaning that’s commonly given to it, and I—
it’s the meaning that I would—that I have ascribed to it.
Now, my point was with reference to Biverton that
—393—
rather than build additional rooms there it would be more
feasible to rezone and send some of those pupils to schools
that have far—that have a great deal of unused capacity.
Q. Well, you’re speaking, I suppose, now of the Eliza
Clark School particularly? A. That is one; yes.
Q. Well, that’s the particular one, isn’t it? A. That’s,
I ’d say, a glaring example of the thing I am pointing to.
Q. Well, which is the other one? A. Well, in all the—
all the white schools in the community have substantial
unused space, but—or it’s not that the rooms aren’t being
used, but the number of pupils in the classrooms are sub
567
stantially lower, class size is substantially lower, than in
the Negro schools.
The point about the Clark School is, however, that it
is much closer to a number of Negro students who must
travel a longer distance to a Negro school.
Q. You understand we’ve got six vacant classrooms at
the Myrtle Hall School? A. Yes.
Q. Do you understand there is a vacant room at the
George Oliver School?
— 394-
Do you understand that? A. That may be. I—
Q. Well, they would be what you would call Negro
schools, wouldn’t they—Myrtle Hall and George Oliver?
A. What I would call what?
Q. You call them Negro schools? A. Myrtle Hall—I
would say yes.
Q. Would you call George Oliver the same? A. Yes.
Q. And—
Well, you’ve answered the question there.
Do you know anything about the physical condition of
the Eliza Clark School? A. I went by the school. I did
not go inside of it. So, I don’t know the internal condition.
Q. Do you know that there is a very grave danger of
that school having to be abandoned on account of the
shifting of the foundation? A. I have no such information.
Q. You, of course, know that there’s going to be a transi
tion from this joint operation out here at the westerly
edge of two into the junior and senior high school here
known as the Elizabeth Dorr School and the Bobo High
— 395-
School? A. I understand that is planned.
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an —fo r P laintiffs~—C ross
568
Q. That’s coming next year! A. I understand that’s the
plan.
Q. And that will necessarily bring more pupils into this
particular grouping of schools! A. Well, if that’s where
you’re going to bring them, the answer would be yes, I
suppose.
Q. I ’m sure that you will agree that schools ought to
be built to take into consideration the future needs of the
town, don’t you, Mr. Lieberman!
In fact, that’s one of your points! A. That’s right.
Q. I show you a map—and, of course, I ’m sure you
don’t know these facts. If these green spots on the map
represent houses that have been built in the last 15 months
throughout Clarksdale, that would indicate to you that
this development in the westerly edge of town is going
to take up some of the slack you were talking about in
the Heidelberg or Kirkpatrick School! A. Not neces
sarily.
Q. Well, if there are enough people there, it would,
—396—
wouldn’t it ! A. You can have a housing development,
for example, for elderly people who have no children.
Q. Well, this is just normal— A. I mean just to know
there were houses there would not be enough to know you
ought to build more schools there.
Q. Well, let’s say they’re not just for elderly people,
but just ordinary residences where people come and build
a house and start living. There’s no unique thing about
the development of these particular houses or residences
for individuals in this town. They’re just normal people—
A. Well—
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an —fo r P la in tiffs— Cross
569
Q. —who build a house to live there. A. Well, they
may be normal, but let me put it this way: The number
of children will vary a great deal depending upon the
nature of the housing development that you have there.
So, I think, from an administrative standpoint, a person
would not just say, “Well, there are so many houses there;
how many more school buildings or classrooms do you
need?”
You would have to know more about the constituency
in that housing development to make an intelligent judg
ment about your school needs.
—397—
Q. I see. I see.
I f three or 400 houses were to be built out here for
ordinary residences for ordinary people, people 25 or 30
years of age, starting a family, you wouldn’t assume by
that that would bring with it the need for school develop
ment? A. Yes. If there were not capacity available, yes.
Q. It would affect the capacity that is available, would
it not?
Every time you bring a new family into a neighborhood
with school children you affect the capacity of the school
in that particular neighborhood or the school to which
they’re going to be assigned, don’t you? A. Well, you
may affect the use of the capacity. I mean the capacity
may be existing.
Q. Well, the pupils would go to school— A. Yes.
Q. —and acid that— A. Yes.
Q. -—many pupils to the school? A. I don’t think we
disagree on that point.
Q. I don’t see how we could.
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an —fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
570
Now, you said Myrtle Hall is grievously overcrowded?
—398—
A. Well, it has Rooms 1, 3 and 4 which are at—-the net
enrollment is at the rated capacity, and Rooms 5, 7, 8 and
10 have a net enrollment which is over the rated capacity.
Q. Mr. Lieberman, it has 20 classrooms and 502 pupils
out there. I f we had the teachers to staff those classrooms
and if we provide them next year, you’d have less than 25
pupils. You’d have around 25 pupils per classroom there,
wouldn’t you? A. I ’m not—
Q. Twenty into 500 would be 25, wouldn’t it? A. I ’m
not questioning your arithmetic. It was the other informa
tion I wasn’t sure I understood.
Q. Well, you are familiar with the fact that throughout
this school district we have 426 Negro pupils who are
going to school in the School District of Clarksdale who
are not entitled to go here because they don’t live with
their parents or with their legal guardian; they are non
residents of the district?
You know that fact— A. I was—
Q. —from the interrogatories? A. Yes; I had some in
formation on that. I didn’t recall the exact number. I
—399—
understood there were some.
Q. Well, if they were excluded from these schools, that
would relieve some of the overcrowding, would it not? A.
Yes; presumably.
Q. What do you think ought to be done about those
pupils ?
Do you think they ought to be left there and overcrowd
or put out and relieve the overcrowding? A. Well, I
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs—■C ross
571
think that there is space available in the white schools
in this community and that the zone lines should be drawn
to take advantage of that space.
Q. To provide schooling facilities for people who are
not entitled to go to school here in Clarksdale? A. Well,
if you—if you have—if your school policy is not to provide
schooling for children who are not legal residents and
you apply that without regard to race, that may be a
defensible policy.
Q. That happens to be the law of the State of Mississippi,
not a matter of school policy. A. Well—
Q. We accommodated ourselves to it up to now. Whether
we can do it in the future I don’t know. A. Eight,
—400—
Q. I was just asking your opinion about what should be
our policy. You’re giving us some advice on these problems.
A. Well, I would not personally want to adopt a policy
that prevented any child from getting a good education.
Q. You’ve noticed that some of the white children who
are nonresidents have also come into the school district in
the past several years, as the answers to the interrogatories
indicate? A. I recall that there were some. I don’t recall
the exact figure.
Q. And that they came under what you would call a
legal transfer, that is, with the consent of the district
from which they came and with the consent of the district
into which they came, to wit, the Clarksdale Municipal Sep
arate School District? A. I believe, if I recall that, those
were white students.
Q. Yes, sir.
And you recall since 1960 those white pupils, these non
resident white pupils, have paid a total of $225,000 into
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
572
the school district by way of tuition while the colored pupils
—401—
who have come in here have paid $190, haven’t they?
That’s in the interrogatories, isn’t it? A. Well, I ’m not
—as I say, I don’t recall the figures.
Q. Do you know about the accreditation of our schools?
A. Do I know what about the accreditation?
Q. Well, do you know whether they are accredited or
not accredited? A. I know that—I looked at the interrog
atories and I believe the schools were accredited, that the
white schools were accredited.
Q. How about the Negro schools? A. I wasn’t sure now
whether they were or not.
Q. If you will refer— A. I believe they have been
seeking accreditation.
Q. What’s that? A. I believe they have been seeking
accreditation and have just received it.
Q. You don’t know, as a matter of fact, that the answers
to the interrogatories show that every Negro school in
the City of Clarksdale—
—402—
That’s what you call a denominated Negro school. After
all, we’re not supposed to refer to them by race.
But the schools, we’ll say, that are called Riverton and
Booker T. Washington—
Riverton is a new school. A. Right.
Q. So, that shows an application.
Booker T. Washington-—what’s its classification? A. It
says Class AA.
Q. Myrtle Hall? A. Well, I know the letters. I don’t
know what they stand for.
Q. Myrtle Hall?
S e a r in g o f A p ril 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
573
Well, assuming that’s—
If you just, give the letters, then we’ll let the Court know
what they stand for.
What is the rating or accreditation given to Myrtle Hall?
A. It says Class AA.
Q. George Oliver? A. AA.
Q. Higgins Junior-Senior? A. AA.
—403—
Q. How about Heidelberg? A. Wait. I just—this is
under the Mississippi Accrediting Commission.
Q. Yes. That’s right. A. Heidelberg is Class A.
Q. Kirkpatrick? A. Class A.
Q. Oakhurst? A. Class A.
Q, Eliza Clark? A. Class A.
Q. Clarksdale Junior High School? A. Just says ac
credited.
Oh, Class AA.
Q. Clarksdale Senior High School? A. Class AA.
Q. We have three secondary schools in the system, do
we not—the Higgins Junior-Senior High School, the Clarks
dale Junior High School and the Clarksdale Senior High
School ?
Does this show that every one of them have been ad
mitted to full membership in the Southern Association of
Schools and Colleges? A. Yes; it does.
—404—
Q. Do you know whether many towns in the State of
Mississippi can make that statement, Mr. Lieberman? A.
I don’t know.
Q. Would it surprise you that only one other town in
the State of Mississippi can make that statement, the City
of Natchez? A. It doesn’t surprise me.
R e a r in g o f A p r il 9 , 1965
M yron L ieberm cm —fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
574
Q. Do you know what the Southern Association of
Schools and Colleges is! A. In a general way.
Q. It ’s a regional accrediting— A. Right.
Q. —association, is it not? A. Right.
There are six regional accrediting organizations in the
country.
Q. You have one in your part of the country. A. There’s
a New England,—
Q. We have one in our part of the country. A. —a
North Central, a Southern—
Q. Do you know when they evaluate a school they send
in a team of 50 people from universities, state departments
—405—
of education and other schools and spend a minimum of
two and a half days in a study of a particular school before
they evaluate the school? A. Who is the “they”?
Q. They being the Southern Association of Schools and
Colleges, the accrediting agency. A. I ’m not familiar with
the operations of the Southern Association of Schools and
Colleges.
Q. I f that be true, then, you would think that would
be a rather thorough investigation, would you not? A. I
would doubt it very much.
Q. You would doubt it very much? A. I would. I would
doubt that they make a thorough investigation.
Q. Why do you say that? A. Because I ’ve had some
experience with accrediting agencies, and my experience
with them in general has been that their investigations
are not especially thorough.
Q. Does that include the investigation made by the
Southern Association of Schools and Colleges? A. No;
it does not.
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron Lieberm .an— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
575
Q. So, you are casting a reflection on that association
without knowing anything in the world about it, aren’t
—406—
you! A. No; I wasn’t casting a reflection on it. I was
merely making this observation: That my experience with
accrediting organizations is that their investigations and
analyses are not what I would regard as adequately
thorough, and I have no reason to assume the Southern
Association is any better or any worse or any different
from the others.
Q. Do you think your investigation of the Clarksdale
school system has been adequate and thorough, adequately
thorough, as you explained? A. For some purposes; not
for others.
Q. Let’s see. You have been here, was it, three days
or two days?
Did you make it three days or two days?
Is that the length of your stay here—two days or three
days? A. I believe this was my fourth day.
Q. Prior to getting on the witness stand it was three
days, then, so far as the study is concerned? A. Today is
my fourth day.
Q. Are you a member of the NAACP? A. No.
Q. Are you employed by the NAACP? A. No.
—407—
Q. Are you employed in this case by the NAACP? A.
No.
Q. Who is paying you for your services in this case?
A. The NAACP Legal Defense Fund.
Q. Well, you’re employed by the NAACP Legal Defense
Fund, then? A. Correct.
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm am —fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
576
Q. Have you been employed by it in other cases! A. No.
Q. Is this the first time yon have testified for them?
A. In court; yes.
Q. Well, where else have you testified if not in court?
A. Well, it’s the first time I have testified in any legal
proceeding.
Q. Did you help with the preparation of the interroga
tories in this case? A. I suggested some questions con
cerning—
Q. You didn’t tell that on your direct examination, about
your participation in this case, did you, Mr. Lieberman?
—4 0 8 -
Now, do you realize that beginning with the school term
1965-1966 there is no distinction whatsoever in the salaries
paid teachers in the school system over the Clarksdale
Municipal Separate School District? A. It is my under
standing that the Board has made some statements that
as of that date there wall be no distinctions.
Q. You don’t know, then, that the contracts have already
actually been executed? A. No; I don’t know that.
Q. Do you know whether additional teachers are going
to be hired or have been hired and contracts executed for
the employment of additional teachers in the schools that
we refer as being south of the track? A. No. I have no
information on that.
Q. Do you know that there are going to be fewer teachers
in the schools north of the track next year than we have
ever had before? A. I have no information on that.
Q. That being true, if those facts are true, that more
teachers are employed for schools south of the track and
fewer for those north of the track, the teacher-pupil ratios
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
577
in the various schools will tend to come close together,
—4 0 9 -
will they not? A. Well, they would; but, of course, from
the standpoint of administrative practice, it might he a
better thing to do to send more pupils rather than hire
more teachers. In other words, you don’t have equaliza
tion of utilization of staff.
Q. Well, if we have, say, six vacant classrooms at Myrtle
Hall and we have, say, one vacant classroom at George
Oliver, do you know any reason in the world why they
should not be utilized? A. I can think of some—I can
think of some possibilities which would be legitimate rea
sons for not utilizing them.
Q. Well, do you know of any fact-— A. I don’t know—
Q. Do you know of any fact, Mr. Lieberman—
We are not talking about something you pull out of
thin air.
From your studies, this detailed study you made of the
schools of Clarksdale, do you know of any real fact why
the vacant schoolroom at George Oliver should not be
utilized in the coming school year? A. I would say that
I see some reasons that might lead me to say that that
— 410—
would not be the right thing to do.
Q. Why?
Racial reasons? A. No. Reasons concerning the dis
tance pupils travel, for example.
Q. Where are you going to send those pupils? A. Well,
let me put it—let me try to answer your question this
way: I f a school system such as Clarksdale has a problem
concerning some schools being overcrowded and others
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieb erm an —fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
578
being underutilized and there’s a substantial difference in
class size, those problems can be resolved in a number of
different ways, one of which is to send more teachers to
the schools that are overcrowded. Another way is to
rezone the school district, for example, so that—and there
are other things that can be done. You can change the
grade structure of the school district,—
Q. Well, that all— A. —so that—
Q. —is a matter of judgment, is it not, sir!
That’s a matter of judgment, is it not, sir,— A. Well,
judgment is—
Q. —as to what approach you take! A. Well, judg
ment is involved.
— 411—
Q. Well, what else is involved besides judgment when
you make a decision as to which avenue you travel?
That is a matter of judgment, isn’t it? A. Well, you
have to have criteria on which you make your judgment.
Q. I understand. A. You can’t—
Q. We have criteria. The criteria is overcrowded con
ditions or underutilization, or whatever way you use it.
We have got those basic criteria before us now.
It ’s a matter of judgment whether you shift the pupils
or bring teachers into the schools, isn’t it?
That’s a matter of judgment, isn’t it? A. Well, in a
sense, it is ; yes.
Q. And that judgment is reposed in the School Board
of the Clarksdale Municipal Separate School District, isn’t
it? A. To be exercised in a certain way; yes.
Q. It ’s not reposed in you— A. No.
Q. —or me, is it? A. It’s not reposed in me. I ’m not
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
sure-
579
Q. Well, I don’t have that responsibility either, sir.
—412—
I ’m not a member of the School Board.
Q. Are you familiar with the cost of land and property
in and around Clarksdale? A. The figures that I have—
there was—in one of the interrogatories there was a refer
ence made to the cost of acquiring a school site, I believe,
for $3,000 an acre, and the comment was made if it had
been acquired sooner the cost would have been $1500 an
acre.
Q. Yes, sir.
That’s naked, raw land, isn’t it? A. I don’t know.
Q. You haven’t been to the Riverton School site? A.
I don’t recall now the specific site which those figures
applied to.
Q. Well, now,— A. I could—
Q. —there was some reference about the reasonableness
of prices.
Does $3,000 an acre for undeveloped land appear to be
high to you?
Is that, in your opinion, high or low or average or
what-not? A. Well, that would be hard to characterize.
—413—
I would say it would be—well, I ’d have to know more about
the values here to characterize it.
Q. Do you have any idea how much it would have cost
the School Board to have acquired a central location in
this zone on which to build the new Booker T. Washington
School? A. You mean how—
Do you want me to say do I know what the figure
would be?
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
580
The answer would be no.
Q. An approximate figure; just how much you— A.
Well, I don’t know—I don’t know the figure, but I know
that, generally speaking, site acquisition is a relatively
minor part of school construction and development.
Q. Well, it should be a minor part; isn’t that right, sir?
You shouldn’t spend as much on the school site as you
should on the school, itself, should you? A. No; you
should not.
Q. And if the site is going to cost as much as the school,
then you’ve got to go and get a cheaper site, don’t you?
A. Well, I would assume that one would not pay as much
—414—
for the site as he would for the school, although again you
could visualize circumstances where that might have to
be done; but I wouldn’t assume that would be the case
here in Clarksdale.
Q. Why do you assume that? A. Well, because there
isn’t anything in this particular situation that would lead
me to assume that the School Board would have to pay
as much for the site as it would for the school. There is
no reason for me to draw that conclusion.
I could think, for example, in a large urban center like
New York or Detroit where you might have to buy a site
that might be enormously expensive, but I don’t see that
as the situation here.
I think sites are—
Q. Well, your cohort said it should take at least 10
acres of land for an elementary school or that would be
recommended. Do you go along with that statement? A.
I wouldn’t see any reason to object to it.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron Lieberm ,an—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
581
Q. Well, a school the size of— A. Do you know what—
Q. A school the size of Booker T. Washington ought
to have, say, a 10-acre campus? A. That would sound"
—415—
reasonable to me.
He knows—he’s an expert in that field. I ’d be inclined
to follow his judgment.
Q. Then we would have to buy a central location of about
10 acres in their neighborhood if we would centrally locate
Booker T. Washington School in this zone? A. Well, if
you have 10 acres for it and you’re going to buy a site
of 10 acres, why, you’re going to have to buy a site of 10
acres.
Q. That’s right.
And if it’s put into the center of the zone, in an already
developed area, you’ve got to buy up developed property,
do you not? A. Well—
Q. That’s necessarily true, isn’t it?
If there is no vacant property in the center of town,
the only way you can get it is to buy developed land and
tear it down and make it vacant on which to build a school,
isn’t it? A. Well, if those are the facts, the answer is yes.
Q. The same thing would be true in the Biverton area
or any area?
You say that this Booker T. Washington School is a
—4 1 6 -
perimeter school? A. That is at the edge—
Q. Is that what you call it? A. It’s at the edge of the
community.
Q. Yes, sir.
And it would be better if it were more centrally located ?
And we agree with you.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an — fo r P la in tiffs ■.— G ross
582
That is right, isn’t it, sir!
The same thing is true of the Riverton School! A. I
think that a more feasible arrangement could have been
made.
Q. Well, do you know that when this particular school
site was developed here, right here, that that was a
perimeter school! A. I didn’t know that,
Q. Did you know that when the Kirkpatrick School was
developed that that was a perimeter school! A. I don’t
k n o w what the situation was at the time those schools
were built.
Q. Do you know that the Heidelberg was a perimeter
school; actually, the site was outside the city at that par-
—417—
ticular time! A. I did not have that information.
Q. Well, they are no longer perimeter schools, are they!
A. Well, perimeter—
Q. Heidelberg and Kirkpatrick—they are not perimeter
schools! A. Well, “perimeter school” is your phrase. I
have talked about a school being at the edge of the popula
tion from which it draws.
Q. I picked it up from Mr. Neuwien. A. Well—
Q. That’s where I got the phrase.
Mr. Luckett: I think that’s all, your Honor.
The Court: Will you have redirect!
Mr. Bell: No; we do not, your Honor.
The Court: You may stand down, Doctor.
The Witness: Thank you.
The Court: Court is in recess until 2 o’clock.
(Thereupon, at 12 noon, the Court recessed until
2 p. m.)
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
M yron L ieberm an —fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
583
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
W illiam T. W ilkins—-for P la in tiffs— D irect
— 418—
A fternoon S ession
(The Court reconvened and the hearing was con
tinued at 2 p. m.)
The Court: You may be seated.
You may call your next witness.
Mr. Bell: The plaintiffs call Dr. Wilkins.
The Court: Mr. Bell, didn’t you previously offer
and wasn’t there received the deposition of this
witness?
Mr. Bell: That is correct, your Honor.
The Court: Well, in the light of that, I suggest
that you make the testimony from the witness stand
as brief as possible,—
Mr. Bell: All right.
The Court: —assuming that you got the benefit
of rather complete testimony in the deposition.
Mr. Bell: I hope to be able to do that.
The Court: All right.
— 419-
W illiam T. W il k in s , a witness called by and in behalf
of the plaintiffs, having been first duly sworn, testified as
follows :
Direct Examination by Mr. Bell:
Q. Would you state your name, please? A. William T.
Wilkins, M. D.
Q. And you are the Chairman of the Clarksdale Munici
pal Separate School District? A. I am.
584
Q. You have held that office for how long, sir? A. About
10 months.
Q. And you have been a member of the Board for how
long? A. About 12 years.
Q. I call your attention to the construction of the River
ton School. Could you tell the Court when the Board
decided to build a school on the site where the Riverton
School now stands? A. The exact date I cannot tell you.
I know that the school was planned there, had been planned
there, for some time before it was built.
Q. Could you give us an idea how long “some time” is?
—-420—
A. I believe that we were making plans to build a school
in that area before the suit, this suit, was filed, to the best
of my knowledge.
Q. Would it have been several months before the suit
was filed or— A. I do not know exactly.
Q. It wouldn’t have been— A. Possibly.
Q. I ’m sorry. A. Pardon me.
Q. It would not have been more than one year before
the suit was filed? A. Oh, no; I don’t think so. However—
Well, that’s all right. Excuse me.
Q. Are you familiar with the comprehensive city plan
for Clarksdale, Mississippi that was discussed here yester
day and is now, I believe, one of defendants’ exhibits? A.
Do you mean so far as the school districts are concerned
or so far as the City of Clarksdale is concerned?
Q. Well, I was just asking whether you, personally, are
familiar with the comprehensive city plan. A. No; I ’m
not personally familiar with it. All I know about it is
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
W illiam T. W ilkins— f o r P la in tiffs— D irect
585
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
W illiam T. W ilkins—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
—421—
what I have heard here and what I had previously read
in the papers.
Q. How was the financing arranged of the Riverton
School, Hr. Wilkins? A. Pardon me.
Q. How as the financing arranged? A. For what school?
Q. The Riverton School. A. Part of it was got, was
obtained, from the—I believe it’s called the State Educa
tional Finance Commission, and the rest of it was obtained
by short-term notes.
Q. And the short-term notes were obtained from local
financing agencies, banks? A. As I recall, yes. I ’m not
positive where or who bought the .notes, where the money
was obtained.
Q. Now, is this the usual method of financing new school
construction? A. This has been done in the past.
Also, in the past we have been able to get a greater
portion of the money from the State Educational Finance
Commission, and also on some of the other school build
ings we have floated bonds to build.
Q. Now, as I understand it, there was not sufficient
—422—
funds forthcoming from the state agency in this instance;
is that correct? A. There never—the funds coming from
a state agency are never sufficient to build, to complete and
build a whole school.
Our credit with the State Educational Finance Commis
sion at this particular time and the money available was
not sufficient to—I don’t remember how far it went, but it
was not sufficient to build,.construct the building; no.
Q. Well, from the standpoint of the cost of financing,
this is a more expensive method that you followed in order
586
to construct the Riverton School than would have been
available had you had more money available from the state
agency; isn’t that correct? A. That question is rather
hard to answer.
Had we sold bonds, I don’t know that it would have been
any less expensive.
Of course, the more credit we had from the State Edu
cational Finance Commission, the less money we would
have had to raise from, other sources.
Q. What were the factors that resulted in this decision
less than a year before this suit was filed to construct a
school on the site of the Riverton School, which school was
opened, I believe, in the first week of January of 1965? A.
—423—
The school was needed because of the number of students
in that area.
Q. Is there any reason why, Dr. Wilkins, the compre
hensive city plan, referred to as one of the defendants’
exhibits, that speaks in terms of proposed schools that was
published in 1962—is there any reason why that plan—
any reason you know why that plan—would make no men
tion of a need for a school in the area where the Riverton
School was placed? A. I ’m very sorry. I haven’t gone
into the comprehensive city planning plan and I don’t
know anything about it. I ’m not competent to answer any
questions on that particular plan.
Q. Do you have any doubt that the plan makes no men
tion of the fact that a school would be needed in the area
where the Riverton School was constructed? A. I ’m not
familiar enough with the plan to have doubt or not to have
doubt about it.
Q. All right. A. I have never seen the—so far as I re-
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
W illiam T. W ilkins—fo r Plaintiffs-—D irect
587
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 19S5
W illiam T. W ilkins— f o r Plaintiffs-—D irect
—424—
call, I have never seen the comprehensive city planning
map except from a distance here in the courtroom yester
day.
Q. I think you indicated—I ’m switching over to talk about
Booker T. Washington School—that it was not possible to
build a new school on the location of the old Washington
School because of the cost of land acquisition; is that cor
rect? A. That’s right.
Q. And I believe your testimony or it’s my indication
that you indicated that the site of the old school, the old
Washington School, was somewhere in the vicinity of the
center of the Washington school zone; is that correct? A.
No. I don’t think that you’re accurate on that at all.
The old Booker T. Washington site was about two blocks
from Tenth Street on Sunflower.
Q. Would Tenth Street be— A. Tenth Street is the
highway.
Q. —relatively close to State? A. It ’s Highway 61.
Q. I point to the area that you’re indicating and esti
mate that that is perhaps one third of the distance south
of the north boundary of the Booker T. Washington zone.
—425—
Would that be relatively accurate? A. Well, that’s very
roughly a third. I ’d say it was a fourth of the distance
from the top of that zone.
Q. Now, would you repeat again what you indicated the
cost of land acquisition would be in this general area where
I understand site selection was initially sought? A. At
Booker T. Washington?
Q. Yes; that general area. A. Where the old Booker T.
Washington used to be?
588
Q. Right. A. It was in the neighborhood of two hun
dred, two hundred and fifty thousand.
Q. For how many acres would that have been! A. It
was two blocks. I don’t know what the acreage would have
been in that.
Q. And that would have been the total cost for the—
A. Acquiring the land.
Q. Acquiring the land. A. All of that land, except the
site where the school was, was developed and had houses
on it, and then also we could not get—well, we found that
we would be unable to get clear title to some of that land
even if we acquired it at that price.
—426—
Q. Why would that be, sir? A. You’ll have to ask some
body that knows more about real estate and titles to land
than I do to find out.
Q. How many acres are encompassed in the Riverton
School site?
Do you recall? A. It seems to me there are 12. I ’m not
sure of that.
Mr. Luckett: 7.92.
The Witness: 7.92.
Pardon me.
Mr. Luckett: You are talking about the Riverton
Elementary School site?
Mr. Bell: That’s right.
Mr. Luckett: 7.92.
Mr. Bell: Thank you.
B e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
W illiam T. W ilkins—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
589
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
William T. Wilkins—for Plaintiffs—Direct
By Mr. B e ll :
Q. Now, is there any reason, in terms of structures that
were located on the areas initially considered for the
Booker T. Washington site, why the land there would cost
so much more than the Riverton site land? A. You mean
than the present Riverton—than the Riverton site land?
—427—
Q. That’s correct. A. There was housing developments
all over there. It was improved land, and the landowners
thought their property was very valuable.
Q. When did these improvements take place, Dr. Wil
kins? A. Pardon.
Q. When did the improvements in this area take place?
A. At the old Booker T. Washington site?
Q. That’s right. A. I have no earthly idea. They have
been there ever since I have been in Clarksdale.
Q. Let me ask you this: Was an effort made to acquire
land in that general area, but not right on the old site of
the Booker T. Washington School? A. I don’t know. I
can’t recall.
Q. Then you are— A. There were, it seems to me,
some other areas talked about, but I don’t know any actual
effort was made to acquire any other property right in
that immediate area.
Q. Then your estimate as to the land-acquisition cost is
limited to the site of the old Booker T. Washington School;
—428—
is that correct? A. In that general area; yes.
There was no site anywhere else around in there unless
you did go into developed land, land that had been devel
oped, that could be acquired.
590
Mr. Bell: Just one second.
The Court: All right, sir.
Mr. Bell: 1 think I was in error earlier, and I
would like to state for the record that the compre
hensive city plan book we made reference to yester
day was not actually entered into evidence.
The Court: I didn’t remember it had ever been
offered in evidence.
Mr. Bell: I make a correction on that.
B y Mr. B e ll :
Q. I show you, Dr. Wilkins, a copy of the comprehensive
city plan book for Clarksdale, Mississippi, which outlines
the urban renewal program that was prepared and sub
mitted in 1962, and call your attention to a map on Page
53, reference to which was made during the case yesterday,
and on this map it shows priorities for neighborhood
analyses.
I call your attention to Area IY, which covers generally
—429—
the area of the Booker T. Washington School, and addi
tional areas, and ask you: Are you able to identify that
as covering the area of the Booker T. Washington zone
and the additional areas? A. Let me see.
Q. I think this is it right here. A. This is it, but where
is Eighteenth Street?
Eighteenth Street is down here somewhere.
That’s where the present Booker T. Washington School
is.
This covers a part of the present Booker T. Washington
area.
Q. Yes.
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
W illiam T. W ilkins— fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
591
Would you also be able to identify it as covering that
part of the old Booker T. Washington or that part of the
area on which the old Booker T. Washington School was
located? A. Yes.
Q. Then, sir, I call your attention to the explanation of the
area of priorities beginning on Page 52 and going on over
to Page 55 and read to you the information contained in
regard to Area IV, which indicates:
“This area extends eastward from the Sunflower
—4 3 0 -
River to the Illinois Central Railroad between
Twelfth Street and South Edwards Avenue. The
area predominantly is populated by Negroes. The
majority of the dwellings therein are in the critical
category, and only a few dwellings are sound, stand
ard structures. Mixed land uses prevail throughout
the area.”
Now, I ask you: In view of the Planning Commission’s
categorization of this area as one of the areas of blighted
conditions and giving it a priority value of IV, would it
not have been possible, sir, to purchase land in that area
on which a school could be built for less than the amount
that you indicated? A. The only answer I can give to
that is the prices that we were given on the land at the
time that it was tried to—that we tried to obtain it, and
we couldn’t get it under, at less than, the figure I quoted
you, the approximate figure that I quoted you, for two
blocks in there. I believe it was two blocks that we wanted.
The Court: Excuse me, Mr. Bell.
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
W illiam T. W ilkins—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
592
Doctor, when was the new Washington School
constructed!
The Witness: I believe it is about six years old.
—4 3 1 -
May I ask Mr. Carruth?
The Court: That’s all right. Your memory on it
is enough for the time being.
The Witness: I believe it’s about six years old.
I ’m not positive of that, though. It was built before
this plan was set up here.
By Mr. B e ll :
Q. Let me call your attention to Page 119 of the city
planning book, which is proving rather helpful, which
indicates that the Booker T. Washington School was con
structed in 1960, and ask you whether that’s— A. I stand
corrected.
Q. Is that correct, sir? A. I don’t know whether it’s
correct. That’s what the book says.
Q. I just wondered whether that refreshed your memory
any further. A. No.
Mr. Luckett: That is when it was constructed.
The Witness: In 1960?
Mr. Bell: Just a few further questions.
By Mr. Bell:
Q. I understand the decisive reason or primary reason
—4 3 2 -
why the Clarksdale Board determined not to renew the
contract with the county, the junior-senior high school
contract, was because the contract provided a racial clause
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
W illiam T. W ilkins—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
593
that the two boards would jointly educate the white high
school and junior high school pupils of the city and county
and because this racial clause, in the view of the Board,
was in violation of the Court’s order it was determined
that it would not be possible to renew the contract.
Is that statement substantially accurate, sir! A. Yes;
that statement is substantially accurate.
Q, And I believe also that the Board considered renew
ing the contract without the racial clause and determined
not to do so; is that correct? A. I don’t think that state
ment is accurate.
Q. Was there consideration given to renewing the con
tract without the racial clause? A. Not that I am aware of.
Q. Is it your testimony, then, that no consideration was
given to this possibility? A. Pardon. To what possibility?
Q. Of renewing the contract without the racial clause?
A. Not that I recall.
— 433—
Q. Isn’t it correct, though, sir, that the county, Coahoma
County, was interested in renewing the contract?
Isn’t that correct? A. They were interested in renewing
the contract, but so far as I can recall the racial clause in
there was never mentioned.
Q. As a matter of fact, they were interested in renewing
the contract even on a one-year basis ? A. As it is written
or as—yes; as it is written.
Q. Isn’t it also true, sir, the failure to renew the con
tract will, in terms of pupil capacity, site location and so on,
result in the junior and senior high school students living
in the zone served by that school getting a poorer educa
tion than they would have gotten had the contract been
renewed? A. No; it is not so.
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
W illiam T. W ilkins—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
594
Q. Isn’t it correct, sir— A. We would not—we do not—
expect them to get a poorer education because of not re
newing the joint contract.
Q. Isn’t it correct, sir, that for a number of years you
have been concerned about the inadequacy of the site on
which the Dorr and the Bobo Schools are located? A. By
this contract having been terminated and by the policy
—434—
that the Board has recently adopted of accepting no trans
fers into the Clarksdale Municipal Separate School Dis
trict, we’re not going to be in such an awful crowded con
dition in those particular areas at the present time.
Q. But, even so, the student body assigned to those
schools for the next year will be fairly close to capacity;
isn’t that correct? A. It will be fairly close to capacity,
but I don’t think it will be up to the complete capacity of
the school.
Q. There were quite a bit of protests raised from the
Clarksdale community at the time the Board announced
the contract would not be renewed; is that correct? A. If
by “Clarksdale community” you mean the county, I think
I can say that that is correct.
Q. I was thinking also of residents of the City of Clarks
dale who protested the— A. I don’t believe there was too
much protest from the residents of the City of Clarksdale.
Q. Didn’t newspapers of the period, just after the an
nouncement that the Board would not renew the contract,
contain stories to the effect that meetings had been held of
parents who were concerned about the cancellation of the
—4 3 5 -
contract? A. I think if you will go back and read your
papers, if it so states-—I think you will find that those
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
W illiam T. W ilkins— fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
595
meeting’s were organized mainly by people outside of the
City of Clarksdale, although probably some people from
within the city did attend the meetings. I think you will
find out they were organized by people outside of the City
of Clarksdale.
Q. It is correct that even within the contract, itself, it
sets forth a number of hoped-for educational advantages
that would be realized by virtue of the joint operation of
the Clarksdale-Coahoma High School; isn’t that correct?
A. That’s correct.
Q. And to some extent at least these benefits will be lost
when that contract is canceled; isn’t that correct? A. We
are under an order, a court order, and we have got to
abide by that court order, and we could not renew the
contract and still keep our faith under the court order.
Q. 'Wasn’t it quite possible to renew the contract with
out that racial clause? A. I don’t know. We did not,—
Q. Moreover— A. —and we could not, because there
was never a contract presented to us that did not have
— 436—
the racial clause in it.
The only contract that I know of that they wanted to
renew was the present contract.
Q. Moreover, even with the racial clause included, Dr.
Wilkins, isn’t it correct that the court order requiring de
segregation as presently approved by the Court won’t
reach either the junior or senior high schools for a num
ber of years? A. At present it will not; no.
Q. Then how do you interpret that the court order would
have prohibited the renewal of this contract for at least
one year as suggested by the Coahoma County Board? A.
We couldn’t have stuck within our school zones.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
W illiam T. W ilkins—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
596
S e a r in g o f A p r il .9, 1965
W illiam T. W ilkins—fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
Q. I ’m sorry. A. I can’t answer that question.
Q. Well, did you not understand the question, sir? A.
I apparently didn’t.
Q. Well, what aspect— A. Well, repeat the question.
Q. My question was: In view of the fact that the court
order as presently approved is working up from the bottom,
Grades 1 and 2, and we don’t know what the Court would
—437—
require for this fall, but as to the various schedules set
forth in the plans submitted to the Court desegregation
of both junior and senior high schools would not take place
for a number of years—in view of that, what was there to
prohibit renewal of the contract even with the racial clause
for a period of one or two years? A. We were under a
court order not to operate racially segregated schools, and
we were under a court order not to even—we were told
that we were not even supposed to designate a school as
a white or a colored school, and being under such an order
how could we sign a contract for the education of white
pupils ?
Q. Well, you’re still designating, in terms of assignment,
schools as either Negro or white; isn’t that correct, sir?
A. Oh, no; we’re not either.
Q. In terms of pupils that you’re assigning— A. No.
We are not designating any school as a Negro or white
school.
We have a unit school system in the City of Clarksdale.
Q. In terms, Dr. Wilkins, of how you assign pupils, re
gardless of how you designate your calls or classify the
- 4 3 8 -
school, isn’t it correct that as of this year all Negroes
throughout the City of Clarksdale who are of the junior
597
or senior high school age attend the Higgins High School?
A. In onr plan the plan was so submitted that pupils in
grades not affected by the plan or grades not supposed to
be desegregated by the plan in that particular year would
attend the school that they had previously been attending.
Q. And wouldn’t that also affect the situation with the
Clarksdale-Coahoma School? A. That I don’t know.
Q. The fact is, Dr. Wilkins, that as the lines for the
high school are presently drawn down the Illinois Central’s
railroad track, and in accordance with information pro
vided in the interrogatories, there would only be two
Negroes who would be eligible to attend the Clarksdale-
Coahoma School or the Bobo and Dorr Schools if the high
school level was desegregated right at this moment; isn’t
that correct? A. I can’t answer that question.
Q. Why can’t you answer it? A. I don’t have that in
formation.
Q. Do you disagree there are only two? A. I don’t
have that information. I cannot disagree or agree there
are only two.
— 439—
Q. Well, could I read from the interrogatories, which I
imagine you are familiar with and signed—
The Court: Mr. Bell, isn’t this a matter that will
be settled when you, as I presume, examine the Super
intendent ?
Mr. Bell: I think so, your Honor.
Let me just ask a few other questions.
By Mr. B e ll :
Q. It’s correct, isn’t it, that under the present agree
ment with the Clarksdale-Coahoma Boards white high
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
W illiam T. W ilkins— fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
598
school pupils from all over the county come into the
Clarksdale-Coahoma School? A. That’s right.
Q. And it is likely that if the Coahoma School Board
was ordered to operate its schools on a desegregated basis
Negro pupils from outside, in the county, would be elegible
to attend the Clarksdale-Coahoma School; isn’t that right?
Mr. Luckett: I object.
The Witness: I don’t have any idea—
Mr. Luckett: That is a matter of speculation, if
the Court please, and I object.
The Court: The objection is overruled.
— 440—
The Witness: I have no idea of what type of plan
that the county would submit, nor what type of order
that they would give.
By Mr. B e ll :
Q. And you don’t have any knowledge as to whether, if
by doing away with the arrangement with the county and
if your plan were approved—what effects that would have
on the possibilities of actual desegregation occurring in the
high schools north of the Illinois Central Railroad track?
A. We still seem to be having trouble here with the word
“desegregation” and “integration”.
Q. I asked you before whether, based on information
in the interrogatories, there are now at the present time
only two Negroes of high sechool age living in the zone
servicing the Bobo and Dorr Schools or the Clarksdale-
Coahoma School. Now, you disagreed with that informa
tion. A. No; I did not disagree with that information. I
said I do not know whether that was correct or not be
cause I do not have that knowledge.
R e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 196S
W illiam T. W ilkins— fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
599
Q. Well, do you know that it’s just a small number, sir?
A. I would think that there weren’t too many at the present-
time. There are not as many now as there were when
—-441—
the zone lines were originally set up.
Q. Part of the reason there are so few, of course, is the
action taken by the city and the county last summer in
the deannexation of certain areas and the purchase of
other sites where Negroes were residing; isn’t that cor
rect? A. Yes; that would be to a certain extent correct.
Q. I would like you to tell us when you first learned
that these transactions were going on. A. As to any
specific date, I do not know. The first I knew about it
was what I read in the local papers.
Q. Then you must have learned of it sometime in July
when— A. I have no idea. I didn’t try to fix a date in
my mind.
Q. Well, you knew this was so, that these actions had
taken place, before we had the hearing, the first hearing,
on August 19th of this case, did you not? A. August last
year?
Q. That’s right. A. I don’t recall having known i t ; no.
I don’t know how much of it had been under way at that
time.
Q. Well, you just indicated that you didn’t learn any
thing about it until you read it in the newspapers, and I
—442—
suggest that the newspapers carried stories concerning
these activities in July of 1964. A. I didn’t understand
you to say anything about 1964, but if I remember cor
rectly my answer to that question was that I did not try
to fix a date in my mind.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
W illiam T . W ilkins— fo r P la in tiffs— D irect
600
Q. Well, you indicated, sir— A. I don’t know when it
was.
Q. Did you indicate, sir, when it was published in the
papers that you learned of it then? A. What part of it
was published in the papers?
Q. The purchase by the city of sites around the County
Ja il; the purchase by the county of the site around the
County Ja il; the passing of the city ordinance to deannex
certain sections of the town. These were published, sir—
A. I don’t recall that having been in the paper that early.
It probably was. I f it was, why, I knew of it at that time.
Q. Well, whenever it was,—you led us to assume it
was about that time that you learned of it—what action
did you take? A. What action did I take?
Q. That’s right. A. None.
— 443—
Q. Did you go to the Mayor and the City Commissioners
and advise them of the effect of the action that they were
taking on the zone lines that you were submitting to the
Court? A. No.
Q. Did you advise the other members of the Boai’d of
Education as to the effect on the zone lines that they were
submitting to the Court of this action? A. Actually, it
never entered my mind as to what effect it was having
on the zone lines. We had our zone lines set up, and I
wouldn’t have advised anybody because 1 wasn’t actually
cognizant of what it was doing myself.
Mr. Bell: No further questions.
The Court: Any questions from this witness, Mr.
Luckett?
Mr. Luckett: Just one or two.
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
W illiam T. W ilkins—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
601
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
William, T. W ilkins— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
Cross Examination by Mr. Luckett:
Q. Dr. Wilkins, don’t we refer to the Riverton area of
Clarksdale as what we would call the southwest quadrant
of the City of Clarksdale? A. Yes.
—444—
Q. That is the area of Clarksdale that’s bounded on the
north by the right of way of the Illinois Central Railroad
Company, on the east by the Sunflower River and on the
south and west by the city limits of the City of Clarksdale?
A. That’s right.
Q. Well, I show you a copy of the comprehensive city
plan for Clarksdale, Mississippi.
That’s right, isn’t it? A. Yes.
Q. Is this Page 123 of that particular plan? A. Yes.
Q. Does it show community facilities? A. Yes.
Q. Does it show both existing facilities and proposed
facilities? A. Yes.
Q. Do you see the symbol for schools? A. Yes.
Q. Does it show a proposed school to be built in the
southwest quadrant of Clarksdale ? A. It does.
Q. In the Riverton district? A. It does.
—445—
Q. The only difference is it is south of the highway
rather than north of the highway where we have it? A.
That’s right.
Q. That’s on Page 123 of the plan, isn’t it? A. Yes.
Mr. Bell: Could I see that, please?
Mr. Luckett: That’s all, Dr. Wilkins.
The Court: You may stand—
Mr. Bell: May I have just one moment, please,
your Honor?
602
The Court: All right.
Mr. Bell: No further questions.
The Court: You may stand down, Doctor.
Will you call your next witness!
Mr. Bell: Call Superintendent Tynes.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle Tynes—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
—446—
Gycelle T yn es, a witness called by and in behalf of the
plaintiffs, having been first duly sworn, testified as fo llow s:
Direct Examination by Mr. B e ll :
Q. Would you state your full name, please! A. Gycelle
Tynes.
Q. And your position with the Clarksdale School Board!
A. School Superintendent,
Q. You have been in this position how long! A. In 12
weeks now five years; since July 1, 1960.
Q. And you testified in the hearing in this case held
last August; is that correct! A. August 19th at Oxford.
Q. Now, in your second set of interrogatories you make
the statement on Page 3 that:
“As far as we can tell, there were 72 Negro school
children and two white school children living in
the residences located in that part of Clarksdale
which is north of the right of way of the Illinois
Central Railroad Company which runs from Lyon
to Bobo which were acquired by either the City of
—447—
Clarksdale or the County of Coahoma for public
use. Of those 74 pupils, 30 would have attended
603
either Grade 1 or Grade 2 during the 1964-’65 school
year.”
Now— A. Which page is that!
Q. Page 3, sir.
I think it’s part of Answer Number 1.
The bottom paragraph.
Now, I ask you: Will you indicate—
Let’s carry on to Page 3a. The first paragraph indicates
that:
“The area referred to includes the central business
district of the City of Clarksdale and the real prop
erty hereinbefore referred was located in such cen
tral district.”
Now, we have also discussed, Superintendent Tynes,
the effects, as far as the removal of Negroes from areas
located above the Illinois Central Railroad tracks, of a
city ordinance passed last July which deannexed two sec
tions located in what I now believe is Zone E-3-A; isn’t
that correct? A. That is correct. Right.
—448—
Q. Now, would you give me an estimate as to how
many Negro pupils were affected by the deannexation of
the sections described in a newspaper story of the period
a s :
“The two areas to be excluded are located in
the vicinity of the Lion Oil Company tanks on East
Second and on East Second near Planters Manu
facturing Company.”
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
I believe there were two strips.
604
Would you tell us how many students were involved
in that? A. As close information as we have on it is
found on Page 4 of the Interrogatory Number 2, from
which I will read—answer to Interrogatory Number 2,
Question Number 2:
“Of the school children mentioned in answer to
Interrogatory Number 1, we believe that eight have
moved out of the State of Mississippi, that three
others have moved out of the local community, that
19 others live outside the city limits of the City of
Clarksdale, . .
Apparently the answer you’re seeking is 19.
Q. Yes. A. Of course, to continue:
“. . . and that 40 now live in that area of the City
—449—
of Clarksdale which is south of the right of way of
the Illinois Central Railroad Company running from
Lyon to Bobo.”
Q. Now, included in the 40, would this be pupils who
were residing in what is generally referred to as the Tuxedo
Park area, whose homes were purchased and removed, and
many of them moved down into sections located south of
the Illinois Central Railroad track? A. No figure which
we submitted in this interrogatory, any other interrogatory,
any other document to this Court includes a single pupil
of the Tuxedo Park area.
Those people have never been in the city, never in the
city school district.
Q. Had you made a study as to how many pupils there
were involved in that area? A. No.
R e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
605
Q. Would you have an estimate based on the number—
A. I have no idea whatsoever.
Q. Had—
The Court: Mr. Bell,—
Mr. Bell: Pm sorry.
The Court: —I ’ve listened to an awful lot of testi
mony about Tuxedo Park, and I had had the impres-
— 450—
sion before Mr. Tynes just now said it that it never
had been inside the city.
Is this correct!
Mr. Bell: That’s correct.
The Court: Well—
Mr. Bell: The significance of it, your Honor, as I
think was indicated on the map setting forth the zone
changes, is that had the zone line, the new zone
line,—I ’m sorry—the new city line, been drawn in a
continuous fashion, along in a generally straight line,
that area would have been included; but, as a mat
ter of fact, what was done is that the line continued
—well, let us say continued from west to east in a
generally straight fashion and then took a sharp dip
to the south and back to the north in such fashion
so as to exclude this area, and I think that in view
of that that there is significance for the issue that
we’re trying to present.
The Court: All right. Go ahead.
Mr. Bell: I think your last response was, Mr.
Tynes—
The Court: He said he never had given any con
sideration to the number of pupils in that area.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
606
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
—451—
By Mr. Bell:
Q. I ask you, Mr. Tynes: When did you first obtain
knowledge that the city was taking the action that we have
been discussing concerning the purchases of property
around the County Ja il and deannexation proceedings? A.
My only source of information is simply the local news
paper.
Q. So, would you also say you obtained your first infor
mation on this in July 1964 or thereabouts? A. Whatever
date the paper was published and carried accounts of it.
Q. Now-—
Mr. Luckett: I f the Court please, we have been
speaking about July and July is the date of the ordi
nance, but that’s not necessarily the date of these
other things. I, myself, don’t know. I know every
thing didn’t happen in July.
Mr. Bell: I think the newspapers reported some
time in July that these purchases were being made,
that the city was going to acquire this property.
Mr. Luckett: Some of the purchases were made in
1965. Those purchases were made in Tuxedo Park
over at least a 12-month period. It couldn’t have
been those things happened all in the month of July.
—452—
The Court: Are you objecting, Mr. Luckett?
Mr. Luckett: Yes. I am objecting—
The Court: Your objection—
Mr. Luckett: —to using the month of July as the
basis of the questions that are being put to the wit
607
ness when the witness says he doesn’t know the dates
of the newspapers.
I f we are going to refer to the newspapers, I sub
mit the newspapers ought to be presented to the wit
ness so he can recognize those dates.
The Court: The objection is overruled.
The witness has said whenever it was published in
the paper that’s when he learned about it.
B y Mr. Bell:
Q. Now, upon learning that this action was going to be
taken, I ask you, Mr. Tynes, whether or not you went to
the Mayor and City Commissioners and advised them of the
effects of their action on the school zone lines as you had
drawn them. A. I have never done so. In fact, from time
to time we read in the local newspaper concerning the ad
dition of territory to the city or deannexation. Conse
quently, these things are somewhat routine, and frequently
—453—
I just simply glance over them and forget about them com
pletely.
Q. Did you do that in this—- A. Surely.
These things haven’t appeared to me as being critical.
Of course, I am a professional person employed here to
take care of all the children in the school district without
any consideration whatsoever of color, whether yellow,
black or white,—
Q. Yes, sir. A. —as the case may be.
Q. Mr. Tynes, when did it first strike home to you that,
as a result of the actions taken by the city and county, vir
tually every Negro pupil in the system who had previously
lived north of the Illinois Central Railway lines had now,
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1966
G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
608
for one reason or another, become ineligible to attend
schools located north of the line?
When did that first hit you? A. I suppose when school
opened last September.
Q. Yes. A. That’s the time.
Q. Not before that, Mr. Tynes? A. No.
Q. No one— A. We had worked up, of course, figures
showing that between 75 and 80 pupils, Negro pupils, lived
north of the railroad. I had no idea how many were still
in the city or out or moved away or anything else until
those pupils registered in September or late August, as
the case may have been.
Q. Let me ask you this: I show you Defendants’ Exhibit
25, which is a map showing the area—I believe the area in
this vicinity, which was one of those areas covered by the—
Let’s see if I can get myself oriented here. Hold on just
a second.
Now, this map indicates the area north of town along
Friars Point Road generally referred to as the Tuxedo
Park area. Do you recognize it as such, sir? A. I recog
nize Florence Avenue and Friars Point Road as outstand
ing,—I don’t have perfect knowledge to that effect—and
part of this triangle area created by the intersection of those
two roads just mentioned, Friars Point Road and Florence
Avenue, does comprise Tuxedo Park.
Q. And, further, in the bottom portion of the map, the
—4 5 5 -
area located by the County Ja il and various surroundings
in that part of the business district—do you recognize that?
A. I simply recognize the general area.
R e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1966
G ycelle Tynes-—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
609
Q. Now— A. Of course, this map—I cannot identify the
buildings.
Q. Let me ask you this: Isn’t it correct, sir, the area
shown on this map is a part of the Elementary School Zone
E-3-A? A. Correct, except the Tuxedo Park, of course, is
outside the city—
Q. That’s right. A. —and completely out of that zone.
Q. Now, you indicated, I believe, at some earlier point
an explanation as to the disparity in or justification for the
disparity in the Negro and white teacher salaries as fol
lowed by the Board for the last several years? A. I
wouldn’t call it a justification. Just simply a statement of
facts.
Q. And what were those facts, sir? A. Well, simply
this: I came here five years ago. I came from a school
system in which we had equalized completely pupil costs
—456—
for all children in the district. Of course, I came here, as
sessed our situation, studied what we had, inventory, facili
ties, checked on pupil-teacher ratios and classrooms, studied
the entire structure here, educational setup, and saw where
we were and where we needed to be, the mean salary, edu
cational practices and objectives.
Now, we had to set up, of course, goal lines along the
way in order to reach the objective.
It’s quite well known in this city, in this state, that our
school districts are not simply as rigid as some of the dis
tricts in other parts of the nation. Consequently, we have
to set these up step by step.
You have information in your hand concerning answers
to certain of the interrogatory questions in which we set
forth, of course, the steps by which we have achieved at the
B e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
610
beginning of the 1965-66 scholastic year complete salary
equality in our basic salary schedule.
Q. Well— A. I think I stated at the January deposi
tion, of course, which was garbled at the recording, that
even with the attainment of that scale, which we have done,
and already entered a contract with the teachers, and still
—457—
we lacked two or three areas, certain principals, certain key
officials like coaches, possibly a band director or two, we
would still lack one final step to be effected at the beginning
of the ’66 year.
We have never stated to this Court or any other agency
or body anywhere that we could come from Point A all the
way to Point M or Point Z in one 12 months’ period or even
one 24 months’ period. Had we not been well along the way
when this suit was filed we could not say this. We cannot
say to this Court now that we can attain these objectives at
the dates which I have just specified.
Q. Let me ask you this: Will the salary schedule as set
forth in the interrogatories for the ’65-’66 school year be
completely implemented next year, that is, will Negro teach
ers go right on to their correct steps based on education and
experience? A. If you will check with Professor Stamp-
ley or any principal, you will find that contracts have al
ready been signed, countersigned, of course, back in the
hands presumably of the teachers, themselves.
Every teacher who received a salary contract received
with it, stapled to her contract, a complete, spelled-out
salary schedule for the ’65-’66 year. This salary informa-
—458—
tion is in the hands of every professional employee of this
school system.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1966
G ycelle Tynes— fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
611
Q. Well, now, does that answer my question,— A. In
my opinion,—
Q. —to this extent— A. —it answers it affirmatively.
Q. All right. A. Yes.
Mr. Bell: I think we have no further questions.
The Court: Mr. Luckett.
Mr. Luckett: May we confer just about two
minutes?
The Court: All right.
Mr. Luckett: May I inquire, while we confer, if
the Court please: You know, of course, Mr. Tynes
testified at length in the August 19th hearing about
the way these lines were drawn.
The Court: Yes, sir.
Mr. Luckett: Now, I gather this is a continuation
of the August 19th, 1964 hearing and—
The Court: Let me say this: So far as I am con
cerned, all of the testimony taken at the August 19th
hearing and all of the evidence offered on this hear
ing will be considered by me in making such disposi-
—459—
tion as I conclude is proper.
Mr. Luckett: Would it be a part of the record in
the event of an appeal?
The Court: It is a part of the record so far as I
am concerned, and it will be reviewed and considered
again in connection with the pending matters before
the Court.
Mr. Luckett: All right, sir.
In the interim I want to be sure and check that a
transcript of this particular testimony is certified
and—
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—-for P la in tiffs—D irect
612
The Court: Are you asking for a recess!
Mr. Luckett: Please, sir.
The Court: How much time do you estimate?
Mr. Luckett: Five minutes will he plenty.
The Court: As I have said and as you have prob
ably heard me say many times, I don’t know any
member of the legal profession that can get very
much done in five minutes, and when you combine
them with the teaching profession that is an impos
sible time in which to get anything done.
Court is in recess until three-twenty.
(Thereupon, at 3 p. m., a 20-minute recess was
taken.)
—460—
The Court: You may be seated.
All right, Mr. Luckett.
Mr. Luckett: I f the Court please, before we start,
may I say to the Court that the comprehensive city
plan has not been made an exhibit to anyone’s testi
mony up to now and both counsel for the plaintiffs
and myself would like to have a portion of it in the
record, particularly that portion which is under
Chapter V dealing with housing and which includes
Pages 47 to 57, both inclusive, and also I would like
to have in the record that particular map which was
referred to in my cross examination of Dr. Wilkins
and which is on Page 113 of the plan, and I—
The Court: Why don’t you just introduce the
whole thing, Mr. Luckett, and if and when the case
goes to the Court of Appeals, by your designation,
you can eliminate the part that’s not pertinent.
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs—D irect
613
Mr. Luckett: We will do that, if yoar Honor
please.
The Court: All right. Let it be received and
marked.
The Deputy Clerk: This is Defendants’ Exhibit 26.
(The plan referred to, comprising a booklet en
titled “A Comprehensive City Plan for Clarksdale,
—461—
Mississippi”, was marked and received in evidence
as Defendants’ Exhibit 26.)
Mr. Luckett: With the statement from the Court
that all the testimony that was taken in the case on
last August the 19th is now before the Court and
will be part of the record, we will try not to encroach
into that particular area in our questions of Mr.
Tynes and we’ll simply leave that as having been
covered by that testimony on that particular date;
but there are two or three other matters I would
like to ask Mr. Tynes—
The Court: All right, sir.
Mr. Luckett: —to bring his testimony up to date.
Cross Examination by Mr. Luckett:
Q. Mr. Tynes, has there been compliance by the defend
ant Board of Trustees of the Clarksdale Municipal Separate
School District and its Superintendent with the orders of
the Court entered in this cause at the conclusion of the
August 19, 1964 hearing1?
—462—
Mr. Bell: We would object. That’s the issue before
the Court, your Honor.
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs— Cross
614
The Court: Well, everybody who has testified has
expressed opinions about nearly everything from A
to Z.
The objection is overruled.
The Witness: Concerning compliance, of course,
first, we had one case of a pupil of the first grade
thinking he had to come to a Clarksdale school. He
attended a county school and had given a county
residence. It so happened that this child’s home had
burned sometime in the summer and his parents
rented an apartment somewhere in the city and while
they rebuilt their home. Now, I think they were two
or three weeks late in getting that home completed.
Consequently, we learned sometime in the second or
third week that some child in the city was being car
ried by his mother outside the city to catch a bus.
Now, we checked on that and found that this pupil
had never, of course, attended a Clarksdale school,
and possibly an older brother or sister had done that.
Of course, that terminated it immediately. In fact,
their home was virtually completed and they moved
back in. Of course, you could hardly say that was not
compliance.
The second semester we had a family, a Chinese
—4 6 3 -
family, by the name of Goon—G-o-o-n—which gave
an address outside the city. We went through the
process of getting transfers, legal transfers, and then
collected tuition on January; then found that actually
this family had given an erroneous address, an ad
dress outside the city, where in actual fact this fam
ily was living—I think it was either in Zone E-2-A
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
615
or E-2-B. I think the corner of E-2-B. Of course, im
mediately that child, second grader, had to be ex
cluded from school. That perhaps went on for three
or four days. I ’d say less than a week.
Aside from those two cases, which were of a techni
cal nature, we have had 100 per cent compliance.
I would say so far as effort to comply is concerned
that effort has succeeded 100 per cent. Teachers,
principals, all staff members have been completely
vigilant, checking, double-checking and the like. In
fact, that’s how they found these two particular situ
ations I just related.
So, I say to the Court that this School Board, this
school administration, has made every human effort
to comply 100 per cent.
By Mr. Luckett:
Q. And you mean by that in checking and seeing to it
that no child attends a school outside of the zone in which
—464—
he or she lives'? A. Absolutely.
Q. All right, sir.
Mr. Tynes, there has been some discussion by the experts
who came here to testify for the plaintiffs about the teacher-
pupil ratio in the various schools in the system.
Will you address yourself to the subject of teacher-pupil
ratio in the various schools of the system? A. When I
came to Clarksdale live years ago this summer, I found
that the teacher-pupil ratio for whites was approximately
one to 30 in the elementary, and now for our Negro children
and Negro teachers the ratio was somewhere between one
to 50 and one to 60, somewhere up in that area.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs—C ross
616
The first year that I was here, 1960-’61, we cut this ratio
to one to 49. Successively thereafter we have brought it
down. At the presest time it is slightly less than one to 35.
Now, we have been following a definite step-by-step pro
cedure. We had never heard about going to court or any
thing at all when this measure was adopted by the Board.
For the ’65-’66 year the School Board’s plan calls for a
one-to-33 maximum average pupil-teacher ratio anywhere
—4 6 5 -
in the city.
In schools primarily for white children the ratio dropjjed
two years ago because of the loss of population. At that
time it dropped down to close to where it is now, one to 25.
We eliminated some teachers last year working in these
schools. We have eliminated more for the year coming up.
And now at the beginning of the 1966-’67 session, which
is just less than 15 months away, July 1, ’66, we will have
attained a one-to-30 ratio throughout the system.
Now, our present one-to-35 ratio meets completely the
highest standards of the State Accrediting Commission.
Of course, we have a top of 40 pupils, which is an accredit
ing standard.
Now, some of the persons who have testified in here,
pseudoexperts or complete experts in the field of education,
seem to be not acquainted with accrediting standards, state,
and, of course, regional as well.
We’re complying 100 per cent with the highest state and
regional standards, of course, which apply to our schools
presently, schools anywhere in this state. Consequently,
we don’t come to this Court apologizing for a one-to-35 ratio
one minute.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
O ycelle T ynes— fo r P la in tiffs— Cross
617
R e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle Tynes— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
—466—
Actually, we have been coming step by step in a fashion
which would not break up the taxing district. Of course, we
are just to the point now where we are reversing this trend
in the schools chiefly for whites, backing it up one to 30,
and closing the gap with the other, and then one year hence
we will have completed that set of objectives.
Q. Do you anticipate that one year hence on that par
ticular program that there will be no differential in the
teacher-pupil ratio in the schools of Clarksdale! A. I can’t
see how there can be.
Q. Sir? A. I can’t see how there can be any differen
tial—
Q. All right, sir. A. —or disparity.
Q. You mentioned a drop in population, wdiite popula
tion. You’re talking about a drop in white school popula
tion,— A. Bight.
Q. —are you not, Mr. Tynes? A. The children, of
course, are still here increasing.
Now, two things have contributed to this temporary drop.
Of course, it has virtually hit the bottom now. Several
—4 6 7 -
private schools have been opened in the last two or three
years. Secondly and formerly, a great number of white
elementary pupils, county, Coahoma County, plus even
some adjoining counties, came into this school system on a
tuition basis. We have been gradually, of course, phasing
out that operation.
At present there are less than 50 white elementary pupils
from outside the school district attending schools in the
Clarksdale Municipal Separate School District, elementary
618
schools,—that’s of the white race—of course, all at full
tuition.
Now, July 1st, of course, that practice completely stops
by order of the Board adopted some months ago.
We also have some 246 pupils of our Negro population
who are simply here at the mercy of the School Board and
who are, of course, attending schools without any legal
right under the laws of Mississippi to do so.
Now, the State Superintendent of Education, in a com
munication dated March the 23rd, 1965, directed attention
to every school superintendent in the state, county and dis
trict superintendents, concerning the requirement of the
State Legislature’s Concurrent Resolution Number 106
adopted in July 1964.
—468—
It seems everything was adopted in July ’64.
This resolution requires that every school superintendent
and all of the auditors, attendance auditors, must by May
1, 1965 give a complete accounting for all pupils attending
the schools in the State of Mississippi, without regard to
race or color or national origin, who are not legal, bona fide
residents of those school districts.
We know, of course, the next step here is cutting off all
state funds for these children.
Now, this blow right here would cost this school district
between thirty-five and $40,000 for the current year. Of
course, that’s over a mill tax money. Our limits in our mill-
age structure, of course, are getting quite restricted. We’re
getting close to the legal limit. Consequently, a thing like
this, with which we must comply,—we have no choice—is
just simply bound to have the result of temporarily at least
greatly lowering our population in some of our schools.
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1966
G ycelle Tynes-—fo r P la in tiffs—-Cross
619
There can be no other result. Two hundred and forty-six
pupils are right here affected as a result of one state
statute.
Q. As I understand it, Mr. Tynes, these children or the
equivalent number of children have been in the schools dur
ing the past several years, have they not? A. That is eor-
—469—
rect; this number or perhaps even greater.
Q. And they have been included in the ADA report which
went to Jackson— A. Eight
Q. —from Clarksdale? A. Eight.
Q. And, as a result, we got some state funds to help edu
cate these children? A. Eight.
Q. Did we have to supplement those funds? A. Yes.
District funds were used to supplement; right.
Q. Now, if this means that the state funds are going to
be cut off from these 246 pupils because of the fact they
are not entitled to go to school here, then it will be necessary
that they be excluded from the schools?
Is that what you are saying? A. They will have to be.
Q. Do you— A. In fact, under state law, they simply
have no right to be here now. Just simply the School Board
hates to simply turn a child away from a school door. We
hate to do it, of course.
—470—
At the same time, may I state, Mississippi is usually
recorded in the lowest position on the economic ladder in
the nation we’re perhaps educating more children in the
State of Mississippi for other states in the union than any
other state of the entire 49.
Q. Where do you think these 246 children come from?
A. Well, of course, we have the Illinois Central Eailroad
and we have Highway 51 and 61 straight north and south.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
Q ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
620
Now, we have parents who more or less make it a prac
tice simply to leave their children here with grandmothers
and aunties and sisters and brothers, and sometimes, of
course, no relatives at all, just simply give the children
away, temporary custody, sometimes complete custody,
even at birth. Of course, these parents move northward or
some other direction and leave this great responsibility here
of educating these children on what is supposed to be and
perhaps it is the least wealthiest state in the entire union.
Q. All right, sir.
Now, something has been said about the salaries of the
school teachers in the system and the differentials that have
—471—
existed in the past.
Will you tell the Court whether that, too, the matter of
salaries, that problem, was attacked in the plan that was
adopted here five or six years ago? A. Of course, when I
came here—
May I say one thing before answering that: When I came
to the school system, we had a shortage of classrooms and
different things here which were deficient; but this School
Board and the previous administration had no way to
know, in the light of conditions which Dr. Henry brought
out yesterday concerning the agrarian economy, how a
huge segment of the population was tied to the chopping
and the picking industries. This School Board, this com
munity and the person who headed this school system had
no way to know when mechanized farming practices,—of
course, the machine picking, the poison application, all of
these things—the national cotton program and the like
would just more or less make it entirely impossible for
large segments of this population to continue, and, of
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs— Cross
621
course, I can’t say to this Court today how long this popu
lation can remain intact or what the future can be. I sim
ply do not know. There are too many variables, too many
things here over which this community does not have con
trol.
- 4 7 2 -
Now, coming back to your question, I may have to be
reminded there of it just for a second.
What was it?
Q. The matter of salaries. A. Yes.
Now, I have said that these disparities, differences, here
cannot be totally blamed against prior administration. In
other words, I play no hero role here whatsoever. This is
just a simple task, attempting to do the job that had to be
done with some degree of faith and persistence.
Now, salaries, of course, had a wide disparity. We saw
immediately, in order to close that gap, it would take us
anywhere from five to 10 years. We have worked at it
rather continuously since my second year here. Of course,
with the adoption of the new ’65-’66 schedule, the basic
salaries are completely unified. There’s only one schedule;
no longer a minimum and a maximum.
Q. And it applies to every school teacher in the system!
A. I have signed contracts with virtually the entire staff
for next year. We have a few vacancies, possibly a dozen
or something like that, 10 or 12, out of a total system of,
—4 7 3 -
say, 220 teachers.
Now, every contract which I have countersigned for the
Board, acting in behalf of the Board, has been in compliance
with this schedule.
If there were a key person or a coach, one who had addi
tional duties, worked longer than nine months, of course,
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle Tynes— fo r P la in tiffs—■Cross
622
his salary went on np according to his added responsibili
ties and duties.
That salary schedule is in effect, in effect completely
now. It’s already an accomplished fact.
Q. How about the differences, if any, in the curriculums
that have been referred to? A. I would suppose an edu
cator—I was slightly disappointed that some of our experts
yesterday and this morning did not mention perhaps the
most single important fact in all—well, the field of educa
tional administration, instruction. That’s a matter of indi
vidual differences, these variations from pupil to pupil.
There are some common needs to all pupils at given ages,
but as pupils mature their needs begin to differentiate.
They simply boom out in this direction and that and the
other. Consequently, we have to vary in our curricula offer
ings in order to meet these special and peculiar and par-
— 474—
ticular needs of the pupils.
If you go to any comprehensive high schools, I suppose,
throughout the nation, you will find a vast offering of sub
jects.
Now, in given years a pupil may not elect to take this
course. In fact, frequently courses are just not elected at
all; no pupils at all.
But we have a broad range of curricula offerings here in
both senior high schools, one of the broadest, I suppose,
anywhere in the state or perhaps this region for schools the
size of these.
Now, if a given subject is not offered in a given school
in a given year, picking out a certain year, that does not
mean that the counselor and the principal of that school
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1966
G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs—-Cross
623
have not acquainted pupils with just the whole gamut, the
whole range, of subject patterns, selections.
We, of course, don’t attempt to compel students at the
upper grades to take certain subjects. Our counselors,
principals, of course, head teachers, work with the students,
guide them, give them information and the like in a pro
fessional way.
I would have to say, therefore, that so far as curricula
offerings are concerned there are no substantial or material
— 475-
differences.
I have never known a student since I have been in this
community to want a given subject who could not, of course,
have access to it.
That’s the purpose of administration, the purpose of
counseling, to determine what the needs of the pupil are,
and then, of course, we work that into the curriculum im
mediately.
We have here not a fixed and inflexible curricula whatso
ever. It changes year by year. Subjects are added; others
are deleted and the like. It’s a dynamic, constantly chang
ing thing, and, of course, the differences between what one
school and what another does are insignificant, of course,
without consequence.
Q. Will that continue into the future— A. Oh, yes.
Q. —so far as the— A. That’s the policy of the School
Board. Surely.
Q. All right, sir.
Tell us something about the qualification of the teachers
in the several schools of the system. A. Well, for several
years since we have had schools on an accredited basis in
Mississippi certification standards have been held, I would
B e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs— Cross
624
R e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1966
Gycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs— Cross
—476—
say, rather highly. In fact, teachers coming into this state
from California, elsewhere, frequently cannot qualify for a
certificate. So, we would be in the upper 10 or 12 so far as
certification requirements are concerned. Of course, that’s
a fact that is oftentimes of complete amazement to teachers
coming into the state.
In the position which I held previous to coming here, on
the Mississippi coast, with a very large center at Keesler
Field, we frequently had people coming in there from Cali
fornia and elsewhere, and, of course, we hunted for the top
ones for our school system, and frequently a person with
three and four years of experience could not qualify in our
system since we had the regular state regulation for certi
fication.
Now, in this school system no beginning teacher may be
employed unless that teacher has a Bachelor’s Degree from
a college, plus a certificate from the State Department of
Education.
Now, we do not have regulation concerning age. The
certification regulation makes this stipulation regarding
age, and so far as I know this is the only one: It says sim
ply no teacher less than or no person below the age of 18
- 4 7 7 -
may be given a certificate unless that person is a graduate
of a four-year approved college.
Now, of course, that never affects us. Usually the begin
ning teachers are in their early 20s, 21, 22, 23, along there,
but we have had for several years identical requirements
throughout this school system, for our teachers so far as
certification, their qualifications and the like are con
cerned.
625
Now, we have several teachers in some of the schools, in
the northwestern area of Clarksdale, who did not have
Bachelor’s Degrees some years ago when these rules and
policies, of course, came into being at the state level. Those
teachers, I suppose you would say, are under a grand
mother clause or grandfather clause, or something of the
sort, and by periodically attending college for a certain
number of semester hours can continue to maintain their
certificates.
We have some four or five teachers in that category. It
so happens all of these teachers are white. We have no
teachers of the Negro race with less than an A certificate.
Of course, we have a sprinkling of AA certificates, a Mas
ter’s Degree or equivalent, throughout the system.
— 478—
Q. Something has been said about overcrowding in cer
tain school systems or certain schools in the system.
Will you address yourself to that matter, sir! A. Well,
we have one or more empty classrooms in every school,
every elementary school, south of the tracks, railroad
tracks, which run from Lyon to Bobo, -with the exception
of Riverton. We did have one spare classroom there, but,
oh, sometime in January, I think it was, that teacher or a
teacher was necessary to come in there because of tempo
rary crowding.
Now, we have one spare classroom at Booker T. Washing
ton. We have one at George Oliver. We have what we call
two permanent ones plus four semipermanent at Myrtle
Hall. We have one at Eliza Clark.
Now, we have blueprints in preparation now for this six-
classroom addition at Riverton, which was planned, of
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle T yn es—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
626
course, from the beginning, which, of course, will enable
that addition to be ready this fall.
Now, if you go to the southeast part of the zone or the
district, you will find, of course, there, to take Myrtle Hall,
we have 502 pupils at Myrtle Hall. Now, that’s net enroll
ment at present. Now, we have 20 classrooms there. At the
same time, of that 502 pupils, we have 62 pupils who come
—479—-
under this blanket prohibition here of the Legislature and
the State Auditor’s Office. If we, of course, have to, of
course, eliminate these 62 pupils, that will leave only 440
pupils in that center. I f you divide that 440 by even 30—
oh, you get less than what? Fifteen classrooms needed or a
maximum of 15 there. Consequently, we have this situation
right before us, this legislation here, which must be imple
mented, which was passed during this fiscal year, sometime
in July of ’64.
We, of course, must be cognizant, especially in southeast
Clarksdale, concerning any construction. We know there
are pupils in southwest Clarksdale who will occupy the
classrooms we are setting up there. We know the growth
is there and the potential. We have studied the population.
Our census figures and the like convince us of that. In fact,
we can’t afford to build classrooms anywhere unless we
justify it to the State Educational Finance Commission and
to the State Department of Education that these are needed.
I would have to say just categorically we have no crowd
ing in this school system. We have no threat of double
sessions or anything of the sort. We’re meeting, of course,
A A standards on teacher-pupil ratio completely. We have
these step-by-step plans there, which will, of course, eom-
—480—
pletely eliminate the small disparity which we have between
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 196S
G ycelle Tynes—fo r P la in tiffs— Cross
627
some of the schools or among some of the schools in the
teacher-pupil ratio.
I would say we have a very comfortable situation here
compared to more or less the standard of the norm over the
nation.
This school district has attacked its problems of construc
tion periodically; in fact, more or less in a continual fash
ion. As a consequence, we have no serious threat of over
crowding, and, of course, we have some factors and some
conditions which are right before us indicated here which
the School Board must pay careful attention to lest it over
build in some areas of the City.
Q. All right, sir.
Now, you spoke about accrediting agencies and what-not.
Will you tell the Court about the standards of our schools,
that is, with respect to their accreditation, both with the
Mississippi State Accrediting Association and the regional
accrediting association? A. Mississippi has a voluntary
accrediting commission.
I think perhaps only one or two other states in the union
have accreditation on a local or voluntary basis—possibly
—481—
Georgia or Florida; just one or two others.
Now, this function is carried out through the educational
association of the state. This is an old, old arrangement.
It came on well before World War I, and now through the
years it has served completely, even though this state has
been quite saturated at times by politics—this voluntary
professional arrangement of accreditation at the state level
has served to completely keep politics out of the schools of
Mississippi.
Perhaps that one statement indicates why this state, with
its low ability to invest money in its schools and in its chil
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
Gycelle Tynes—fo r P la in tiffs— Cross
628
dren, has still been able to turn out the Faulkners and the
Youngs and the others. In fact, it’s doubtful that any state
in the union gets a return from its money that this state
does in education.
Now, under the Accrediting Commission of Mississippi,
the four schools in this system which are primarily at
tended by white pupils have a Class A rating. They can’t
quite measure up in two or three, I would say, not too sig
nificant particulars, but still they are in the manual and
we can’t measure up to them. Consequently, we have had
to be satisfied with a Class A rating for some years.
—482—
I do not know whether these schools have ever been Class
AA. They have not during my tenure here these five years.
Now, we have four schools at the present time primarily
attended by Negro pupils at the elementary level. Three of
these schools have been in operation for several years, one
but not about—I think this is the third or fourth year for
George Oliver. All three of the older schools are Class AA
and, of course, were Class AA last year. Riverton has made
full application for Class AA rating.
The rating will be announced sometime, I would say, the
middle of this month or the latter part. They usually come
out about April 20th. We have every espectation that we
have met fully and completely all accrediting requirements
and that Riverton will be so classified at the AA level.
Now, all three secondary schools—-junior high, senior
high and one junior-senior high—have classification at the
AA level in the State Accrediting Commission, and they
are also full-fledged members of the Southern Association
of Colleges and Schools, and possibly we should add here,
simply for the record, that when—oh, about two or three
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs— Cross
629
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle Tyn.es—fo r P la in tiffs— Cross
- 4 8 3 -
years ago—two years—it was two years ago—in fact, last
December, one year before—that would be December of ’63
—when the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools
had its annual meeting in Memphis, at that meeting permis
sion was given for the first time for schools made up pri
marily of the Negro population to come in as full-fledged
members of the Southern Association.
Now, a number of the states in the South, a number of
these so-called progressive states, held back. They did not
stand up before that body and move to have their schools
who had been on an approved list to come in as full-fledged
members. It was my pleasant duty as Chairman of the
Mississippi Committee of the Commission on Secondary
Schools for the Southern Association to stand before that
body and to move that our schools come in,—-that’s all the
schools in Mississippi, some 12 or 14 at that time, primarily
attended by Negro pupils—to come in as full-fledged mem
bers. That action carried unanimously.
Now, we, therefore, have every school in this system,
secondary and elementary, and chiefly populated by Negro
pupils at the highest rating which it can achieve.
And now one word about elementary schools of the South
ern Association: The Southern Association about three
- 4 8 4 -
years ago opened up full memberships at the elementary
level for the first time, and now two or three schools in
Mississippi—I think one at Port Gibson and one or two
others—have come in. We have targeted the year of ’66 for
all of ours to come in. I know for a fact Oliver, Booker T.
Washington, Myrtle Hall and Eiverton will be able to meet
these standards. I cannot say at this time, but I certainly
630
hope—and if I expect to remain in this community I better
make certain of the fact—that the schools Kirkpatrick and
Heidelberg and Oakhurst and Eliza Clark, if it’s, of course,
still in session at the time, will come in likewise.
But we are simply meeting standards just as rapidly, of
course, as standards are set before us, constantly upgrad
ing the schools.
Q. Well, in that connection, sir, something has been said
about special teachers, teachers not assigned to classroom
work.
Are additional teachers, additional special teachers, be
ing employed for the coming school year, ’65-’6 6 f A. I
think—
What was the figure ?
— 485—
Five perhaps. Either five or six—
Q. Five. A. —special teachers.
Q. Five was the figure. A. Now, some of these teachers
are working in special education classes, one in the area of
speech, speech therapy, possibly one or two in music and
the like.
We have given our principals instructions already to
employ this year three teachers, what we call special teach
ers, in the schools generally in the south Clarksdale area.
Of course, the second step will be taken one year hence in
order to completely take care of that situation and the edu
cational needs of children.
Q. Now, Mr. Tynes, that concludes everything I would
like to ask you about except to ask you if you have any
thing to say with reference to the zones, and in that par
ticular I would like to ask you to tell the Court so that it
can be in the record if there are any children in this area
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
Gycelle Tynes— fo r P la in tiffs— Cross
631
that forms a part of Zone E-l-B which is bounded on the
north by U. S. Highway 61, on the west by the railroad line
and on the east by U. S. Highway Number 49.
The reason I ’m asking you that is that it seemed to have
been suggested that those children in there might move over
—486—
to the Booker T. Washington.
Are there any children in that areal A. At the extreme
northern limit I think there are two Chinese children who
attend a private school. There could possibly be one other
family, the color of which I don’t know, living in that entire
area, which, of course, makes up geographically, oh, pos
sibly 40 per cent of the Myrtle Hall zone.
That area there is completely industrialized and commer
cialized. In fact, when we drew that zone, I didn’t think
that there was a child in there. The principal had so re
ported to me.
Q. This area south of Wissler and east of Highway 49
—that’s in the same condition that you referred to? A.
Bight.
I think one witness perhaps mentioned a horizontal or
east-west zoning. Of course, if you’d zone there and attempt
to get some children in Booker T., you’d miss completely.
You wouldn’t have a child in that entire area. All of that
is commercial and industrial. That’s not residential.
Q. If you made a horizontal drawing of a line through
Biverton, what would happen to the children that are south
—487—
of that line? Where would they go to school? A. They
perhaps would have to go—where? To Booker T., wouldn’t
they?
Q. Would that be much further— A. Oh, yes.
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle Tynes— fo r P la in tiffs— Cross
632
Q. —than the Riverton? A. Three times,
Q. Well, do yon have anything to say to the Court with
respect to the lines, sir? A. There has been some question
raised from time to time concerning, I suppose you would
say, the efficacy of geographic zoning or, as we have fre
quently called it here, neighborhood schools.
This, of course, type of zoning or type of school assign
ment is the prevalent means of assigning pupils throughout
this nation. We tried perhaps last August to make that
fairly clear to the Court.
In this publication which I hold in my hand here called
“Guidelines for Southern School Desegregation”, which
comes out from Dr. G. W. Foster, Jr., Professor of Law and
Consultant to the U. S. Office of Education, University of
Wisconsin—even though this is set up and called “Guide
lines for the Desegregation of Schools in the South”, still
—4 8 8 -
Professor Foster, in all honesty, has to say that he cannot
commit the federal government or the U. S. Office of Edu
cation, but that he knows what the policies are being worked
up, and in general these are the policies, but they are not
what you would call 100 per cent official. In fact, there are
still none.
Now, Dr. Foster says there are chiefly two types of com
pliance with the courts’ desegregation orders, and he says
this on Page 3 under Topic A, “Assignment by Geographic
Zoning”. He says:
“First, throughout the country geographic zoning
is the prevalent means for assignment of pupils to
schools.”
And now he goes ahead and points out that in -the dual
system in the South there was zoning before the desegrega
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle Tynes— fo r Plaintiffs-—Cross
633
tion orders were implemented, but, of course, they were on
the racial patterns, and now he states in order to comply
with this type of an arrangement through geographic zon
ing with the courts’ decrees there must, of course, be a uni
tary assignment of pupils, and he says that the chief test
of whether or not that compliance is being made with that
unitary geographical arrangement is simply this: He says,
puts it in the form of an example:
—489—
“All elementary schools of the district, whether
formerly Negro or white, would have to be zoned on
a single map without any overlapping of attendance
zones,”
I submit to this Court that the zoning map which this
School Board has given to this Court in compliance with
a temporary order for desegregation has no overlapping
whatsoever. There is not one square foot in the Clarksdale
Municipal Separate School District which contains two ele
mentary school attendance zones. I would have to say,
therefore, that is meeting the basic criterion that Dr. Foster
has enounciated.
I have heard Dr. David Seligman; I have heard Dr. Sulli
van and numerous ones from the U. S. Office of Education.
I have heard them speak, I expect, four or five times in the
past four or five months, even including the recently held
University of Tennessee Point Institute at the Hotel Pea
body, which was 10 days ago, at which these men were there.
They constantly enounciate these guidelines, even though
they say they have not had the final word of Commissioner
Keppel’s stamp of approval upon them. Yet they are all
we have to guide us at the present moment, and I submit to
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle Tynes— fo r P la in tiffs— Cross
634
this Court that we’re completely in compliance with the
- 4 9 0 -
guidelines which have been enounciated thus far by the
U. S. Office of Education.
Q. Are the lines, the zone lines and the district lines and
the subdistrict lines, in your opinion, reasonable and ra
tional lines! A. I would have to make this statement to
this Court: If this School Board had come with any other
zones than these, the Court could have viewed them as be
ing suspect, possibly invidious.
We have large lumps of integrated housing—southeast
Clarksdale; southwest Clarksdale; there’s a little bit in
north Clarksdale in Zone E-4-A; the Riverton zone.
There are several Negro pupils who live there, inciden
tally, and I suppose will be in school next year or the fol
lowing year.
Q. That’s E-3-A! A. No. E4-A.
Q. Yes. E-4-A. A. There are at least several school-age
children in there now. Of course, their grades haven’t been
reached thus far. First and second have not caught them.
But if we had come with any sort of gerrymander at
tempt, simply to exclude pupils or include pupils, or anv-
—491—
thing else, I would have to say this Court could have
doubted the good faith of this Board of Trustees and the
Superintendent who are defendants in this ease.
Viewing this entire school district as a whole and with all
the information which we could amass on it, combined with
the counsel of our principals of the various schools affected,
we came up with this plan in good faith and we submitted
it to this Court in the belief that we were complying fully
not only with the Court’s order, but with the civil rights
statute as passed in July 2nd, 1964.
R e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle Tynes■—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
635
Again I say everyhing seemed to happen in July.
But we believe that this is the sort of evidence or integ
rity and of attempting to measure up to a most difficult and
awkward situation. There’s no question about it.
One of the chief complainants in this case has testified
concerning the over-all difficulty of getting desegregation,
of course, accepted here in the South, and perhaps this is
the first school district, that is, to my knowledge, with a
ratio of perhaps 60 per cent Negro, 40 per cent white and
perhaps yellow, to grapple with a problem like this, and it’s
amazing to me that a school board and a school community
would have the courage, instead of attempting to come here
—492—
through plans of compliance based on freedom of choice and
this ruse and that and the other.
Dr. Foster says here very bluntly that any of these other
plans, other than geographic zoning, must be viewed by the
U. S. Office of Education as transitional in nature, as not
full compliance, but more or less temporizing and compro
mising with the issue and, of course, playing for time.
Now, the defendants in this case came all out with a
plan here, as they stated to the Court last August 19th, they
hoped would get them out of litigation, get them out of the
courtroom, in order that we could spend our professional
effort and that the School Board, itself, could spend the
time which it has to do in deliberation and adjudication of
the various matters brought before it in looking after the
twin responsibilities which the laws of Mississippi spell
out for every school board and every school superintendent
in this state, that of looking out for the educational welfare
of children and of being concerned with and about the eco
nomic welfare of the supporting school district.
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs— Cross
636
I say to this Court the defendants in this ease are en
deavoring, with all of the knowledge and all of the courage
they can amass within the resources of this school district,
—493—
to do the thing which has to be done, not only under the
U. S. Supreme Court decision in the Brown case and all
the following cases and in the light of the Court’s decree
in this case, but in view of the larger legislative mandates
which were set forth in the Civil Bights Act of ’64.
Q. Did the defendants bring forward in their plan any
transfer provisions which might be manipulative with racial
considerations in mind? A. There is not the first possi
bility of any transfer from zone to zone in this situation.
I noticed that some of the witnesses for the plaintiffs
yesterday afternoon or this morning possibly—I think it
was this morning—seemed to be not absolutely certain
concerning that thing. Apparently they had in mind free
dom of choice or something else.
This thing is completely rigid. We’ve had to tell parent
after parent that: “You must attend this school or none
other in the school system.”
Naturally, these parents haven’t been happy with the
Superintendent and with the Board of Trustees, as you
could well imagine. They’ve had to adjust, to accommodate
to this sort of thing.
—494—
I think this Court had, of course, completely in mind this
fact: That south of the railroad there were 464 white pupils
in a completely integrated housing situation, and, of course,
those pupils are simply scattered throughout that area.
Now, of course, there were nearly 80 north of the rail
road, some of which, of course, still remain.
H ea rin g o f A p ril 9, 1965
G ycelle Tynes—fo r P la in tiffs—-Cross
637
Q. Now, just one other thing, Mr. Tynes: Did you and
I request the City Engineer to provide a map which shows
in green color the residences built in Clarksdale during the
past 15 months? A. We did so; yes.
Q. Was that done so as to show the Court the future
development of Clarksdale or the way the City of Clarks
dale is developing? A. It was.
Q. Do we have to take those things into consideration in
planning our needs as school needs? A. Some of the ex
pert witnesses brought in by the plaintiffs in this case, of
course, have set forth the fact that every school district
must study population trends and projections and the like.
Of course, that’s part of the work which is represented right
there.
—4 9 5 -
May I say one other word in connection with that: I
suppose that the first undertaking I engaged in after com
ing to this school system in July of 1960 was simply to
spell out the period 1950 to 1960, simply showing what we
call the average number belonging or roughly equivalent to
tfye average or the net membership and the ADA by school
for every school in this school system—of course, part of
the over-all look—to see how the trend was setting up as
regard population, when and how rapid and the like.
Of course, we study these population figures. We make
our projections in the light of them. Constantly—in fact,
continuously—these problems must be before us. Other
wise a school system will come up quite similar to the one
that I worked in before coming to this school system here.
When I went to that system, it had 175 classrooms. I made
a study there and it needed 176 more, and we immediately
had to engage in a five-million-dollar building program to
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle Tynes—fo r P la in tiffs— Cross
638
get the 176 more in a two-year period. We had to double
the number of classrooms there plus one. A school district
can wander into a situation like that if it doesn’t constantly
stay informed.
Mr. Luckett: This map I referred to has on it
Plaintiffs’ Exhibit 8 for purposes of identification,
and it has the figure 178, showing the number of resi-
—496—
dences that have come into being in Clarksdale in
the last 15 months.
If you have nothing further to add, that’s the end
of my interrogation, if your Honor please.
The Court: Mr. Tynes, one thing that I would like
to ask you about: One of the witnesses testified that
there was a difference in the curriculum for Higgins
High School and the other high school.
The Witness: Yes.
The Court: Latin, for example, is not being taught
at Higgins, according to that witness.
Is this correct?
The Witness: That is correct.
The Court: Did you—-
The Witness: It ’s offered from time to time, but
the students just want no part of it.
The Court: Let me ask you one other question.
The Witness: Yes.
The Court: Did you have any requests for this
course at that school?
The Witness: None.
The Court: I believe the witness testified also that
there was a shop course offered in one high school,
but not at Higgins.
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle Tynes—fo r P la in tiffs— Cross
639
The Witness: Yes.
The Court: Do you have a shop facility at Hig
gins?
The Witness: We have what’s called—actually,
three shops there. To answer your question directly,
three shops there. One is a composite shop, what we
call a unit shop, in which a whole number of unit
skills are offered. One shop is a masonry shop. The
third shop is a carpenter, wood-working shop. Actu
ally, virtually the same skills, training, are offered
in one, in the Higgins shop, as in the other.
These things vary somewhat by title. They may
be a little more intensive in one than in the other,
but in general these shop programs are geared to
meet the needs and the demands and the wants of
the boys and girls-—of course, here chiefly boys—in
the shop program who attend that school.
Again we have flexibility. Actually, of course, at
Higgins we have what we call straight-out vocational
shop programs in masonry and in wood working,
what we call Type B, which we do not have in Clarks-
dale High School or Clarksdale-Coahoma at the
moment.
—498—
The Court: And also a course in drafting.
The Witness: Yes.
The Court: I believe he mentioned that was avail
able in one high school and not in Higgins.
The Witness: Actually, there’s unit work at Hig
gins.
Now, of course, at Higgins any time there is a need
for a drafting course they can get it, of course, at
R e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle Tynes—fo r P la in tiffs— Cross
— 497—
640
the drop of a hat. They have some preliminary draft
ing. Of course, that’s a prerequisite in some of their
shop activities; in fact, virtually all in the composite
shop program. They do blueprint work, minor draft
ing, of course, in a number of those courses. It’s not
a full year of straight-out drafting. It ’s just simply
short periods of three weeks, six weeks, like that.
The Court: Has this school district since you came
here or from the knowledge you acquired about its
operations before you came—perhaps I should have
asked Dr. Wilkins this question—ever used eminent
domain to acquire property for school purposes?
The Witness: We’ve had to go into court twice
since I ’ve been here under eminent-domain proceed
ings acquiring sites.
— 499—
The Court: Let me see if I understand the state
support that you get for your public schools in Missis
sippi. I think I have it in mind, but I want to be sure.
You actually have two different types of funds;
you get assistance in capital funds and you get as
sistance for operating funds?
The Witness: Right. That’s correct.
The Court: The capital funds come from the State
Education Finance Committee?
The Witness: That’s correct; yes, sir.
The Court: Your operating funds are based on
your pupil census?
The Witness: No. The small per capita fund, that
old constitutional provision, still comes from the
census, but that’s just a minor school part, just a
fragment.
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
641
Now, virtually all state operating funds come
strictly on a basis of average daily attendance. You
simply are given so many teacher units; in other
words, one for each 30, 30 pupils, average daily at
tendance or major fraction thereof.
Now, as to how much money that will be, this one
to 30 is tied into the certification and experience of
the teacher employed, of course, for that unit, that
teacher unit.
— 500—
The Court: The reason I was asking that: I
wanted to try to get clear in my mind the purpose
of this last directive that you mentioned from the
state with respect to state money for pupils going to
the Clarksdale school system—
The Witness: Eight.
The Court: —who live actually outside of the
Clarksdale school system.
The Witness: Eight.
The Court: Is that designed to require the district
of the residence of the child to pay the local part of
his education?
The Witness: The district is doing that already,
but under this—
The Court: They are not getting the benefit of it?
The Witness: Pardon me.
The Court: What I ’m talking about—
The Witness: I think I understand.
The Court: Let’s take a pupil now attending the
Clarksdale school system, not paying tuition, whose
parents’ permanent residence is outside of the dis
trict. Is this directive designed to require that the
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle Tynes— fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
642
S e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle Tynes— fo r P la in tiffs— Cross
- 501-
district where he should he going will bear the local
expense of his education rather than the Clarksdale
district?
The Witness: That’s correct.
If he stays here, then the Clarksdale district must
underwrite not only the district’s share of the cost
of his education, but the state’s share also.
The Court: I see.
The Witness: In fact, it’s simply a belief on the
part of the state, to which I would have to subscribe,
that any pupil who is not a bona tide resident of a
school district, if he’s supported by the district or
by the state, and, of course, jointly or by either—
that that’s somewhat of an extralegal situation.
We have known from the mores of a large segment
of the population of this state down through the
years—this is common knowledge—that this thing
has been prevailing. We have grappled with this
for years and years and years. Of course, we have
dozens of children who don’t know their parents.
They’ve never known their parents or anything else.
They have no identification with them.
The Court: Well, this directive actually would not
change the state’s responsibility for a state-resident
- 502-
pupil?
The Witness: That’s correct. That’s correct.
The Court: It would shift the local responsibility
when this is carried out from the Clarksdale district,
in this case—
The Witness : That’s right.
643
The Court: —to another district—
The Witness: Yes, sir.
The Court: —in the state?
The Witness: Yes, sir.
The Court: Do you have any estimate as to the
loss of pupils by reason of attendance at private
schools ?
I ’m concerned only—
The Witness: Yes.
The Court: —since the order was entered—
The Witness: Yes.
The Court: —in this case.
The Witness: We’ve had two new schools come
into being this year. I think one has approximately
26 or 28 pupils. The other possibly has 26 or 27 or 28.
Now, one of these schools is adding a grade. It has
two grades at present and kindergarten. The figure
I gave was for Grades 1 and 2. Now, next year that
school will add a third grade.
— 503-
In addition to these two new schools, there were
three schools already in operation, one a parochial—
The Court: They are long-time schools that have
been in operation for a good while!
The Witness: Well, one has come into being since
I ’ve been in Clarksdale, the past five years; the other
two well before that time, apparently.
Now, the attendance at at least one of these schools
has jumped greatly in the last 12 months—in fact,
this school year and the year before, these two years.
I expect the public schools lost at least a hundred
pupils to private schools this year and the year pre
ceding.
H ea r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs— Cross
644
The Court: I ’m concerned really with the loss of
pupils since this case began—
The Witness: Yes.
The Court: —by reason of the development of
private schools.
The Witness: I expect the figure would approxi
mate a hundred. Of course, you can’t say—I can’t
say—let me make it that way—I can’t say what
prompted some pupils to attend some of the private
schools, but I know what prompted some. At least
—504—
I think I do. Of course, I ’m not as omniscient as one
of the witnesses this morning concerning motives, but
some came to our schools, enrolled, and, of course,
had to go to a different school. They refused. It
would appear, of course, their motive for so going
to a private school was somewhat clearly established
by that act.
The Court: Was the Washington School, the
present Washington School, built after you came
here?
The Witness: No. It was occupied when I came
here in 1960. It had been occupied in the ’59 and ’60
school year. I think possibly about March of ’60.
The Court: When was the Higgins School built?
The Witness: Nineteen fifty-two, I believe.
Of course, we have added considerably to it since
I ’ve been here.
The Court: I believe that’s all I have.
Mr. Bell, do you have anything further?
Mr. Bell: Just a few questions, your Honor.
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r P la in tiffs— C ross
645
Redirect Examination by Mr. B e ll :
Q. Would you indicate, Mr. Tynes, what are the few little
points that the white schools, the white elementary schools,
—505—
lacked that prohibited them from having the same AA rat
ing that has been given by the state agency to the Negro
schools? A. Would I indicate, you say?
Q. Yes.
You said— A. List them?
Q. —there were a few small things. A. I perhaps don’t
have the whole list in mind, but one simply a free period
for each teacher each day,—I think at least 20 minutes,
possibly 30 minutes—one standard right there.
Q. Could you indicate what’s the reason that hasn’t
been—in view of the teacher-pupil ratio data that we have
had here, why it is that the white teachers in those schools
can’t have this 30-minute free period? A. They simply
say they can’t. The principals say there is just no way to
work it in the schedule.
Q. All right.
Is there anything else? A. I think we have four or five
teachers with Class B certificates. Of course, that’s a miti
gating circumstance there.
—505-A—
Q. Would that fact alone be sufficient to prohibit the
granting of an AA rating to the white schools? A. I think
it would eliminate two of the schools.
Q. I see.
Is there anything else? A. I think those are the chief
two. Of course, there would be some more.
Q. You indicated or at least the interrogatory indicates
that the Negro junior high schools have had a Class A
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1965
G ycelle Tynes-—fo r P la in tiffs—R ed irect
646
rating, the Negro elementary schools, Washington, Hall
and Oliver, have had a Class A rating, since 1963,— A.
Class AA.
Q. —Class A A—and yon indicate that when you came
the average number of pupils per class in the Negro schools
was up to 50, 60 per class and it’s been brought down slowly,
but surely, since then, so that it is correct to assume that
at the time when these schools received the Class AA rating
that the average number of pupils per class was approxi
mately 40? A. Forty, upper limit, as a maximum.
Mr. Bell: All right.
No further questions, your Honor.
Mr. Luekett: Just one question to get it in the
- 5 0 6 -
record.
Recross Examination by Mr. Luekett:
Q. What does “rated capacity” mean, Mr. Tynes?
That got into the record. A. Well, as used here, of
course, that expression simply, which was introduced in the
interrogatory—we simply gave the square footage of each
classroom in the system. It would depend upon the function
of that classroom, whether it was science or whether it was
homemaking or whether it was a general academic class
room or a shop classroom and so forth, and we simply used
a factor commonly accepted by professionals, number of
square feet per pupil, and, of course, divided the factor
into the number of square feet and came out with X num
ber of children as capacity, but in all cases we showed on
the interrogatory that the maximum allowed any classroom
by the Accrediting Commission’s regulation is 40. Conse
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 196S
G ycelle T ynes— fo r P laintiffs-—R ecross
647
quently, if you came out here with 45 or 50—if you had,
say, a thousand square feet in this classroom, you’d divide
20 into it as your factor and get 50. Yet the Accrediting
Commission says to you: “You’re going to be Class AA.
You stop here at 40.” Consequently, we had to use the
- 5 0 7 -
figure 40. Of course, for shops it was quite different. Maybe
we used a hundred feet there a person or per pupil. A
2400-square-foot shop divided by 100 would be 24-pupil
capacity.
Now, we showed two capacities beyond that. In our
summary we showed what it would be at 35 and we showed
what it would be at 30, the optimum figure.
I think that information is clear if a person, of course,
would just read it carefully.
Mr. Luckett: Thank you, sir.
The Court: Anything further with this witness?
Mr. Bell: Nothing further from the witness, vour
Honor.
The Court: You may stand down.
The Witness : Thank you.
Mr. Bell: Plaintiffs have no further witnesses,
your Honor, and a few loose ends of the case to tie
up would be, I guess, a request for permission to fol
low the Court’s instructions as to having a copy made
of the decree concerning that ordinance of last year.
The Court: That needs to be supplied for the
record,—
Mr. Bell: Yes.
The Court: —I think, on the understanding we
—508—
had about that matter earlier.
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 1.965
G ycelle Tynes—fo r P la in tiffs— R ecross
648
Mr. Bell: And I will take care of that.
The Court: All right.
Mr. Bell: And with that plaintiffs would rest.
The Court: Do you have anything to offer for the
defendants, Mr. Luckett?
Mr. Luckett: I think our case is in the record, your
Honor.
The Court: All right.
What are your wishes about submission?
I can give you this much information: I have no
idea at all of disposing of this thing summarily this
afternoon. We are not under the strain nor in the
rush that we were in August. I want to give it
mature consideration. I want counsel to give me
their very best efforts.
What would you propose, Mr. Bell?
Mr. Bell: I ’ve prepared and would like to submit
a brief today that summarizes the facts and material
prior to the hearing and also summarizes the cases
that I think are applicable, even including the mate
rial that we’ve had during the present hearing.
I would submit this in lieu of an oral summary,
as I think it is just as complete, has all of the cases,
— 509—
and as far as the summary of the facts—
The Court: Actually, I would prefer a brief, es
pecially because of the time of day right now.
Mr. Bell: Then-—
The Court: Would you like an opportunity to brief
it further on a transcript?
Mr. Bell: I think that that might be helpful also,
as far as a more complete summary of the facts,
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 19GS
Colloquy
649
although the testimony already shows that the Court
perhaps is more familiar with the facts than at least
one of plaintiffs’ counsel.
The Court Reporter indicates that it would per
haps he a month before he could get a copy of the
transcript, but at that time—
The Court: From the time that transcript was re
ceived, how much time would you need !
Would you need very much time after that!
Mr. Bell: I would think that the time factor, con
sidering the opening of school and the possibility
that one party or the other would like to appeal,
and certainly the idea that both parties would like
the matter settled before school opens, would mean
that we would try to get it within perhaps a week,
further brief within a week, after we receive the
—5 1 0 -
transcript.
The Court: Would 15 days be surely enough!
Mr. Bell: Yes, sir.
The Court: All right. Fifteen days from the time
you receive the transcript—
Mr. Bell: Yes.
The Court: —furnish me a brief.
Mr. Bell: Yes.
The Court: Give it directly to me.
Mr. Bell: Yes.
The Court: It’s not properly a part of the jacket
file, as you understand.
Mr. Bell: Yes, sir.
The Court: Fifteen days from the time plaintiffs’
brief is served on you will you respond with your
brief, Mr. Luckett!
B e a r in g o f A p r il 9, 1965
Colloquy
650
Mr. Luckett: Yes, sir.
The Court: Anything further we need to deal with
on this particular case at this time?
Mr. Bell: I can’t think of anything further, your
Honor.
Mr. Luckett: Not that I know of, your Honor.
The Court: All right. The hearing on this case,
—5 1 1 -
Henry against the Clarksdale School District, is
adjourned.
(Thereupon, at 4 :30 p. m., the hearing in the above-
entitled cause was adjourned.)
H ea rin g o f A p r il 9, 196S
Colloquy
651
Hearing of November 15, 1965
Proceedings had and evidence taken in the ahove-entitled
cause on the 15th day of November, 1965, at 9 a. m., in the
United States District Court for the Northern District of
Mississippi, Delta Division, at Clarksdale, Mississippi, be-
for the Honorable Claude F. Clayton, United States Dis
trict Judge.
A ppearances :
F or the Plaintiffs:
H enry M. A ronson, E squire,
5 3 8 % N o rth Farish S tr e e t ,
Jackson, Mississippi.
F or the Defendants:
S em m es Du ckett , E squire,
121 Yazoo Avenue,
Clarksdale, Mississippi.
— 10—
# * # # #
Gycelle T yn es , a witness called by and in behalf of the
defendants, having been first duly sworn, testified as fol
lows:
Direct Examination by Mr. Luckett:
Q. Is this Mr. Gycelle Tynes! A. Yes.
Q. You have testified before in this case, have you not,
Mr. Tynes! A. I have.
Q. And what is your position with the Clarksdale Munici
pal Separate School District, Mr. Tynes! A. Superinten
dent of the Schools.
652
Q. Mr. Tynes, you know, of course, that in the order of
August 10, 1965, in Paragraph 13 thereof, that it is pro
vided :
— 11—
“That defendants shall be, and they hereby are, di
rected to reconsider their proposals with respect to the
proposed elementary attendance zones listed in Para
graph 12, supra, and to resubmit to this Court a plan
for attendance zoning for elementary school purposes
of all of the school districts now included in the said
proposed elementary attendance zones. The attendance
zones to be devised by defendants in preparing the said
plan shall be predicated on the efficient utilization of
available school facilities on a racially nondiscrimina-
tory basis in accordance with sound educational princi
ples.”
Are you familiar with that paragraph of the order, sir!
A. I am.
Q. Did the defendants in the case, that is, the members of
the Board of Trustees of the Clarksdale Municipal Separate
School District and yourself as its Superintendent, attempt
in all good faith to comply with that paragraph? A. We
did.
Q. Did the Board and you reconsider the proposal with
respect to the elementary attendance zones that are listed
— 12-
in that particular paragraph? A. We have done so.
Q. Do you have before you a copy of the revised plan
that was prepared in accordance with those directions? A.
I have.
Q. Is that a copy of the plan that was later submitted to
the Court? A. It is.
H ea rin g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— D irect
653
Q. Mr. Tynes, when we speak about the elementary at
tendance zones listed in Paragraph 12, we are really talk
ing about the elementary zones in Zone E -l and E-2, are we
not, or Subdistrict E -l and Subdistrict E-2! A. That is
correct.
Q. Can you see that map, Mr. Tynes? A. Push it this
way.
I can see it.
Thank you.
The Court: Mr. Aronson, if you wish to come
around here where you can—
Or do you have a map on which you can follow
this?
Mr. Aronson: Yes, your Honor.
I think this is the same map, is it not, Mr. Luekett?
—13—
Mr. Luekett: Yes. I t ’s bound to be the same map,
I ’m sure.
Mr. Aronson: I can follow it from here.
Thank you.
Mr. Luekett: Now, on this map, your Honor, the
schools have been sort of dubbed in in red ink. I
don’t think it appears on Mr. Aronson’s map.
You might want to take a look at that, if you don’t
know the whereabouts of the schools.
By Mr. Luekett:
Q. Is this a copy of the map or one of the maps that are
on file here in this case, Mr. Tynes? A. It is, with the
single exception which you indicated. Some indication has
been made to indicate where the schools are located, certain
ones,—
H ea rin g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants—D irect
654
Q. In other words,— A. —simply for clarity.
Q. —this is an identical copy of the map, of the composite
map, of the Clarksdale Municipal Separate School District
showing all subdistricts, including the senior high school
subdistricts, junior high school subdistricts and elementary
school subdistricts, and also all of the attendance zones?
—14—
A. That’s correct.
Q. And you have, as you say, dubbed in the particular
spots where the schools are located? A. That’s correct,
especially elementary, with possibly one or two exceptions.
Q. All right, sir.
This particular— A. Riverton.
Q. —spot right there— A. Riverton Elementary School
Center.
Q. That is the location of Riverton Elementary School
Center ? A. Right.
Q. This spot right here—is that the location— A.
That’s the Booker T. Washington Center.
Q. This spot right here? A. That’s the Eliza Clark
Center.
Q. And this right here? A. Is Myrtle Hall Number—
Of course, the whole complex is Myrtle Hall. There are
three buildings.
Q. And this right here? A. That’s the Higgins Junior-
Senior High School.
—15—
Q. This right to the east of that? A. That building is
George Oliver Elementary School Center.
Q. So, as I understand it, these show all of the elementary
schools that are in those two subdistricts that are dealt with
in this revised plan? A. That’s correct.
S e a r in g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—-for D efendants— D irect
655
Q. There are five in number, are there not, Mr. Tynes?
A. That is right.
Q. There are three in Subdistrict E -l and two in Sub
district E-2? A. That’s so.
Q. Will you tell the Court something about the relative
ages of these buildings?
For instance, the George Oliver Elementary School? A.
It is about three years old.
Q. Is it a modern building? A. It ’s a modern 18-class
room building.
Q. Now, you say there are three buildings here on the
Myrtle Hall property? A. Eight.
One of them is a quite old building, Myrtle Hall Number
—16—
1, at the north section of the campus there where you have
the pointer indicating.
Q. Yes, sir. A. That building perhaps is at least 40
years of age. It was remodeled six years ago and is in quite
good condition. It has 10 classrooms—Myrtle Hall 1.
At the south end of the campus, indicated there where you
have the ruler pointing, is a modern six-classroom building,
constructed about 10 years ago. It has six classrooms.
There’s one other building on the campus, besides the
cafeteria, four-classroom frame building, some 20 years of
age, which is not being used for regular classroom pur
poses. We have one special education class in that small
group. I think perhaps one or two of the rooms are used
for special purposes. Music groups meet there or something
like that, but for our regular academic program is not in
use.
Q. All right, sir.
We’ll point to the Eliza Clark, sir. A. That building is
some 10 years of age. It has seven classrooms. Of course,
H ea rin g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants—D irect
656
it’s a brick building, except the cafeteria, a frame building.
The building, of course, is quite new, but considerable de
terioration in the foundation has occurred. In fact, the
—17—
building is in a continuing deteriorating condition. How
long it will be serviceable without complete renovation, ex
tensive work on the foundation, I can’t say. The School
Board twice a year has its architects and engineers study
it extensively and complete and make measurements to see
how much deterioration is continuing. The deterioration
seems to be accelerating rather than arresting. Conse
quently, the building may not be serviceable for many years
longer. In fact, last Christmas the engineers found condi
tions in there which occurred which were endangering two
classrooms. In fact, some of the girders overhead were
about to turn off pilasters supporting them, a hidden con
dition in behind the ceiling of the building and had not been
observed previously. Fortunately, some bricks had fallen
out and knocked the ceiling down. The engineers discovered
the trouble during the holidays and extensive repairs, run
ning into several thousand dollars, had to be made on an
emergency basis.
Q. That was caused by the north wall moving— A.
Simply gravitating northward.
There are a number of motions, horizontal motions, verti
cal motions, of course, resultant motions, occurring from
—18—
the two particular types of stresses.
Apparently the foundation is simply washing out from
under it by some subsoil condition, which—even though the
building is on concrete pilings, still it’s not holding up at all.
Q. Actually, that’s the site of the original white school
there in Clarksdale, isn’t it? A. That’s correct.
H ea rin g o f N ov em b er IS , 1965
G ycelle T ynes—-fo r D efendants—D irect
657
Q. Are you familiar with the fact that this property was
deeded to Clarksdale by way of gift? A. It was. Of
course, it had the reverter type clause in it.
The same is true of some of the other buildings in the
district.
Q. For use only by children of the white race? A.
That’s right.
Q. Now, down here is the Booker T. Washington School?
A. That’s correct.
Q. Will you tell the Court about that particular building?
A. That’s a 16-classroom building, completed in 1960. It ’s
an outstanding building, so far as architecture and func
tional qualities, not only in the School District, but in the
—1 9 -
state at large and perhaps in the southern area. It is an
outstandingly functional building. In fact, it’s a building
of such character, such quality, for any particular portion
of the city, I would be hard to recommend one of that
quality. It looks to me sometimes as if it was actually over
built. The classrooms are huge. Of course, 30 pupils in a
classroom designed for 45 or 50 are almost lost, almost like
having 20 or 30 people in this courtroom. It’s quite an ex
cellent building.
Q. Now we’ll move over to the Riverton building. A.
The Riverton School first had 12 classrooms erected in 1964.
Six additional classrooms were added the summer of 1965.
It now has 18 classrooms, and, of course, a brand-new, mod
ern building.
Q. All right, Mr. Tynes.
Now, of course, this map shows the whole City of Clarks
dale, does it not? A. That’s correct.
Q. And it will include some area that is commercial and
some area that is industrial? A. Quite right.
R e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle Tynes—fo r D efendants—D irect
658
Q. As well as the residential areas! A. Yes.
— 20—
Q. And to that extent it may be misleading insofar as
school areas are concerned, may it not! A. In fact, one of
the zones yon might pick ont may appear to be abnormally
large, abnormally long, with dimensions which seem to be
somewhat peculiar for a school zone.
Q. Now, I was going to come— A. The fact may re
main, of course, considerable of that territory may be ter
ritory in which not a single residence is to be found.
Q. We probably were derelict in not pointing out to the
Court before, because I think the Court is wondering, why
the children in this area bounded on the north by U. S.
Highway 61 and on the east by U. S. Highway 49 and on
the west by the railroad track could not go to the Booker
T. Washington School. As a matter of fact, what is in
this area that’s bounded on the north by IT. S. Highway
61, on the east by U. S. Highway 49 and on the west by the
railroad track? A. That area is completely industrial and
commercial in character. To my knowledge, not a single
child resides in that whole area.
Q. And no students in that area? A. I don’t know a
- 21-
single one.
Q. All right, sir.
Here’s a street here that goes in an easterly and westerly
direction called Wissler Street, and there is some area south
of that Wissler Street and east of the highway, H. S. High
way 49. Is that area also commercial and with no children?
A. It ’s completely commercial and industrial. To my knowl
edge, not a single child resides in it.
Q. So, to the best of our knowledge, there are no children
in that part of Clarksdale that would run from the inter
S e a r in g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle Tynes—fo r D efendants— D irect
659
section of the railroad track and U. S. Highway 61, thence
in an easterly direction to the intersection of U. S. Highway
49, down south towards the intersection of U. S. Highway
49 and Wissler Street and to the east from Wissler Street
out towards, we’ll say, the boundary line of Zone E -l-B !
A. To my knowledge, there’s not a single child residing in
that total territory.
Q. All right, sir.
Now, here’s a street called Louisiana Street that runs
in a northerly and southerly direction, and a portion of it
runs in a northerly direction from Fourth Street to the
— 22—
railroad track, that is, the railroad track that runs in an
easterly and westerly direction. From that particular
street, Louisiana Street, on out in an easterly direction
towards the end of Clarksdale and between the railroad
track and Fourth Street, are there any children in there,
sir? A. There may be two or three. That’s primarily in
dustrial and commercial. I f any children are in there, I
would say you could count them on the fingers of perhaps
one hand.
Q. All right, sir.
So far as the dividing line that is between the Subdistrict
E -l and Subdistrict E-2, the dividing line that makes the
easterly boundary line of Subdistrict E-2 and the westerly
line of Subdistrict E -l, there is a railroad track, is there
not! A. That’s correct.
Q. That is a railroad track that’s constantly referred to
in the plan as the railroad track that runs from Clarksdale
to Mattson! A. That’s correct.
Q. Now, when we speak of a railroad track, sometimes
we think of it as just a railroad track with two rails on it,
do we not! A. True.
B e a r in g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle Tynes—fo r D efendants—D irect
660
H ea rin g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle Tynes—-for D efendants—D irect
—23—
Q. Actually, insofar as these railroad tracks within the
City of Clarksdale, as they divide these two subdistricts, is
there really more than just simply a right of way of the
railroad company with one line of tracks down it! A.
That’s a multitrack system in there. In fact, some areas of
it have as many as six tracks parallel.
Numerous and extensive switching operations are carried
out there. In fact, it is referred to as the Tallahatchie Yard
in which trains are broken up, made up, in that entire area.
It’s quite a busy area.
Q. Sometimes it’s necessary to kick the trains, that is,
there will be boxcars turned loose and not even connected
with a locomotive; is that not true! A. I would say that’s
a daily occurrence.
Q. All right, sir.
Now, is that one of the reasons that led the defendants
in the case—and when I refer to the defendants I ’m talking
about the Board of Trustees of the Clarksdale Municipal
Separate School District and yourself as its Superintendent
—to adopt that railroad line as one of the boundary lines,
—2 4 -
sir! A. That is one of the considerations, of course, haz
ards, the safety of children.
Q. Would it be dangerous for elementary school children
to cross over those railroad tracks daily? A. Evidently
it would be.
Q. Was that one of the main, defects of the Clarksdale
school system prior to the building of the Kiverton School?
A. One which gave me and the Board of Trustees continued
concern and anxiety.
Q. Is it a staging yard for the railroad tracks? A. It is.
661
Q. It was publicized in a TV show one time, was it not,
sir? A. Yes.
Q. All right, sir.
Now, for that reason, because of the composition of those
tracks, would you say, in reconsidering this plan for these
two subdistricts, that is, Subdistricts E -l and E-2, that is
the principal reason that led to the conclusion that that par
ticular line should not be disturbed insofar as the dividing
line between the two subdistricts? A. I would have to
say it’s a major consideration. Of course, there are other
factors, but the factor of safety is certainly one of the over
whelming issues. Of course, there are other factors, but
—25—
the factor of safety is certainly one of the overwhelming
issues.
Q. Insofar as school population is concerned, what about
the school population east of that line, that is, in Subdistrict
E-2 as it’s now set up,— A. West of the line.
Q. —and that west of the line, in Subdistrict E-l, or vice
versa so far as east and west is concerned? A. The rail
road which extends north-south of Clarksdale, south to
Mattson and Tutwiler, just about mathematically bisects the
population of that entire area south of the easterly and
westerly railroad track. Actually, there are perhaps a
thousand elementary pupils east of the line and possibly
940, 950 west of the line, almost exactly divided.
Q. Now, the Court speaks about the efficient utilization
of available school facilities.
Are there just about the same so far as the pupil ratios
per classroom east of the track and west of the track? A.
That’s correct.
We have 34 classrooms west of the track, in the south
west quadrant, which houses Booker T. Washington and
S e a r in g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle Tynes—fo r D efendants—D irect
662
H ea rin g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— D irect
..-26—
Riverton. We have 18 classrooms at George Oliver and 16
serviceable, first-class condition classrooms at Myrtle Hall,
which makes 34, pins seven at Eliza Clark. Of course, we
have slightly more pupils in the southeast quadrant.
Q. And those are the considerations, in addition to the
safety factor, that led to the conclusion that we should main
tain that railroad line as one of the boundary lines! A.
That’s correct.
Of course, the School Board had several options. It had
the highway, Highway H. S. 61, U. S. 49; it had a river, all
of which are clearly defined boundaries, easily identifiable,
but the highway would not serve because it does not divide
the pupil population into manageable factors or divisions.
For instance, the total population south of H. S. 61, includ
ing both subdistricts, is less than 500 pupils out of a total
of more than 1,900. Consequently, you’d have only about
one fourth of your population—that’s the entire school dis
trict—-south of U. S. 61. I f you come to the Booker T.
Washington zone, E-2-A, there’s something like 240 pupils
south of H. S. 61, which, of course, would occupy only eight
classrooms at Booker T. Washington. You couldn’t cross
the railroad going east and pick up any children until you
had gotten completely across Highway 49, way over within
- 2 7 -
two or three blocks of Myrtle Hall and the George Oliver
Schools. Consequently, the only way to utilize efficiently
the classroom capacity at Booker T. Washington was to
pull in pupils north of U, S. 61 highway, as indicated there
on the map before the Court.
Q. Well, let’s go now to Subdistrict E-l.
It is stated in the plan that the Board came to the con
clusion that Zone E-l-A should remain as it is? A. That’s
correct.
663
Gycelle Tynes—for Defendants—Direct
H ea rin g o f N o v em b er 15, .1965
Q. Now, we’ve already pointed out to the Court that from
Louisiana here, which is pretty close to the westerly bound
ary line, that is, insofar as the residences north of Fourth
Street are concerned, that there’s only one or two children
in this particular area, that is, the area north of Fourth
Street? A. That is correct.
Q. All right, sir.
Now, these children—can they he conveniently cared for
in the George Oliver School? A. South of the highway,
Highway U. S. 61, in that zone are perhaps more than
something like a hundred and forty pupils. Consequently,
with the 18-classroom facility, which needs to he filled to
—28—
be utilized to its capacity, it’s necessary, of course, to go
north of the highway and bring in something like 300 chil
dren.
The lines as indicated on the map, bordered on the west
by Florida Avenue and on the east by the city limits, bring
in a sufficient number of students to utilize rather to a max
imum degree the facilities located at the Oliver School.
Q. Mr. Tynes, while the U. S. Highway 61 is a through
highway, when it gets into the city limits of Clarksdale it
becomes almost a street, does it not? A. It simply does.
Q. Does traffic slow down for that reason? A. Yes.
Thirty-mile speed limits.
Q. Well, is there a crossing here that the children can
cross with perfect safety? A. There’s Ritchie Avenue,
the intersection of Ritchie and IT. S. 61, which is also called
Tenth Street here in the city, the traffic light there, which,
of course, is manned by a policeman during the time when
children are crossing to and from school.
Q. That’s the Immaculate Conception, Negro Catholic
school,— A. That’s correct.
664
Oycelle Tynes—for Defendants—Direct
H ea rin g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965
—29—
Q. —right north of that ? A. Yes.
Q. In other words, these children in here, by crossing at
this crossing where there is a stop light and a policeman,
can cross with perfect safety? A. That’s true.
Q. Would it he closer for these children in the easterly
section of Zone E -l to come to George Oliver rather than
to Myrtle Hall or Eliza Clark? A. There’s not a block dif
ference. Consequently, it does not operate. Of course, it’s
perfectly obvious on the map.
Q. Now, we have stated in the revised plan what would
be the pupil-teacher ratio by utilizing this particular zone.
I don’t remember exactly the figure, but we have set it up.
A. That’s correct.
Q. Under this plan as we have developed it, these pupil-
teacher ratios would be just about the same at all the
schools, would they not? A. The School Board is setting
them up 1-30 all over in all the elementary centers.
—30—
Q. You speak of one to 30 very often. Is that really the
key to the accreditation of the school system? A. One-to-
30 ratio meets any accrediting standard, to my knowledge,
in the nation. That’s certainly true here, AA, with the
State Accrediting Commission. It also meets the revised
and projected standards for the Southern Association.
Q. As a matter of fact, it’s possible to have one-to-35
average pupil-teacher ratio in a classroom and still be ac
credited A in Mississippi? A. That’s true.
Mr. Aronson: Your Honor, I would like to enter
an objection.
I think that some leading may be permissible, but
I think it’s gotten a little bit out of hand and I would
like to object to the leading questioning.
665
The Court: Don’t lead your witness any more than
you have to, Mr. Luckett.
Mr. Luckett: All right, sir.
I ’m sorry.
By Mr. Luckett:
Q. Mr. Tynes, there has been spoken of on several occa
sions something about the overcrowding of the schools in
—31—
the Clarksdale school system.
Will you tell the Court how Clarksdale rates in the
schools of the State of Mississippi with reference to pupil-
teacher ratio or pupils to the classroom ? A. I would think
this school system would certainly rank in the top five school
systems anywhere in the state, teacher-pupil ratio.
Q. The School Board has said that in its opinion what
was Zone E-l-B and E-l-C should be combined as one single
zone? A. That’s correct.
Q. To be known hereafter as Zone E-l-B? A. That’s
right.
Q. We have already pointed out to the Court, have we
not, that there are no children in this area that’s south of
U. S. Highway 61 and west of U. S. Highway 49, and also
south of Wissler Street, have we not? A. Bight.
Q. All right, sir.
What is the distance between the Eliza Clark School and
the Myrtle Hall complex? A. Hardly three blocks.
Q. Heretofore we have drawn a line between the two
—3 2 -
schools, have we not? A. That’s correct.
Q. Do you know whether that line followed the boundary
lines of subdivisions? A. It followed lines of old, clearly
established subdivisions; that’s correct.
H ea r in g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle Tynes—fo r D efendants-—D irect
666
Q. It is also true that west of that line there are white
people and east of the line that there are Negroes, with the
few exceptions that there are some whites in there? A.
That’s true.
Q. All right, sir.
To get away from the objections insofar as calling this
a racial line, what would be necessary for us to do in that
respect, Mr. Tynes? A. Because of the number of children
in the total combined Zones E-l-B and E -l-C ; of course, the
diminishing population in E-l-C, the white zone; of course,
in an effort to get out of court, in order that the defendants
can stop spinning their wheels, losing administrative lead
ership which the school system so badly needs, we’re pro
posing to the Court that the line simply be abolished com
pletely, the two zones be consolidated, and end that problem
once and for all.
—33—
It’s the feeling of the defendants that any movement of
that line perhaps would never be acceptable to the com
plainants, the quantity and the number and the like there of
the pupils brought in from Zone E-l-B perhaps would never
completely satisfy them; but, disregarding the issue com
pletely, the School Board for several years, since the popu
lation began declining in Zone E-l-C, the Eliza Clark zone,
has recognized eventually that would have to be completely
abolished. So long as that zone was free to draw white
pupils from the entire southeast quadrant of the city, it had
an adequate number of pupils. Of course, the school center
has been administratively expensive throughout its recent
history. However, three years ago it did have some 240
pupils. However, Desoto Street, which is really the north
ward extension of U. S. 49 as it comes into the city south,
the extension of that street several years ago on northward
S e a r in g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle Tynes—fo r D efendants—D irect
667
to Florence Avenue and then on northwestward to Friars
Point Road, is producing a very rapid commercialization of
the territory all along Desoto Street, which, of course, was
the heart of the residential section of Zone E-l-C, the Eliza
Clark zone. Consequently, with these factors of economy,
efficiency, the need, of course, to get all possible from its
administrative staff, its teaching staff, to utilize its build-
—34—
ings to the maximum degree possible, and, of course, to get
out of court, the School Board simply believes it is wise and
prudent, feasible, to abolish that line which separated those
two zones. Then, of course, that would cease to be an issue.
Q. Is it proposed that all the first and second grade pu
pils in the new zone, E-l-B, go to what is called the Eliza
Clark School! A. That’s correct.
According to our figures, the entire two grades, first and
second grades, would just about utilize seven classrooms at
Eliza Clark.
Q. And then the third, fourth, fifth and sixth would go to
what is now the Myrtle Hall School? A. Right.
Q. What is called the Myrtle Hall complex! A. That is
correct.
Q. Would it be served by two sets of principals or— A.
At present we have two principals and two secretaries serv
ing those two schools; of course, one set at each school.
Under the consolidation, one principal and one secretary
would be necessary, thereby effecting a savings of some
- 3 5 -
seven thousand dollars annually. In fact, more than that.
Close to eight.
Q. All right, sir.
Well, suppose we go over here to Subdistrict E-2.
Now, after due consideration, was it decided that the
H ea rin g o f N o v em b er IS , 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants—D irect
668
best interest of all the children in that particular subdistrict
would be served by leaving the lines as they were? A.
That’s correct.
The School Board could find no reason—educationally,
administratively, for the safety and the welfare of the pu
pils or any other factor—for changing the present bounda
ries of those two zones.
Now, the School Board requests, in its most recent an
swer, through its counsel, that the School Board have the
privilege from time to time, in order to utilize to the best
possible or the maximum extent possible its educational
facilities, to change slightly boundary lines within a sub
district; in other words, the zones that make up the sub
district. For instance, in Subdistrict E-2, southwest quad
rant, it’s quite possible that the line presently at the north
portion there of Zone E-2-A, along Fifth Street, will need
to be moved one block south to Sixth Street and that that
—3 6 -
group move over to Riverton where we have several class
rooms not in use at the present time.
The only reason in the world for making any such
changes in zone boundary lines, of course, would be for the
educational welfare of children, enabling the School Board
to utilize its existing facilities to the maximum extent pos
sible.
Q. Now, we were saying, Mr. Tynes, suppose the city
built a bridge across Sixth Street. Would that add to the
feasibility or make more feasible the utilization of Riverton
School for those children who live in the northerly part of
Zone E-2-A? A. It definitely would. Of course, it would
place those children much closer to their attendance center
than is the case at present where they have to go south to
Booker T. Washington.
H ea rin g o f N ov em b er 15, 196S
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants-—D irect
669
Q. Should the area south of Booker T. Washington build
up where there would be enough pupils in that area to at
tend Booker T. Washington, that is, the area that’s south
of Highway 61, would that enable the utilization of that
building by those particular pupils without anybody cross
ing the highway? A. It would.
—37—
Q. Now, there is a necessity at the present time for those
children who are south of Fifth Street and north of U. S.
Highway 61, which is called on this map State Street, to
cross over Highway 61,— A. That’s true.
Q. —is there not? A. True.
Q. All right, sir.
Is there a stop light there where these children can and
do pass over? A. There at the intersection, Sunflower—
Is it not Sunflower ?
—and U. S. 61, that is, of course, right at the east end of
the bridge across Sunflower River, there is a traffic light.
Of course, that’s the only crossing in that entire school zone
crossing along IT. S. 61. Of course, a traffic light there is
supervised by a policeman at all times when children are
going to and from school.
Q. The children are shepherded across? A. Definitely
so.
Q. Does the School Board consider that there is anything
unusually dangerous about this crossing, any more than
there is this crossing that’s utilized to get across to the
—38—
George Oliver School? A. To my knowledge, we have had
no accident, pupil accident, at either crossing.
Q. Do we have any unusual hazards, that is, any in the
opinion of the defendants, about those in Zone E-l-B south
of the highway going across to Myrtle Hall? A. We have
S e a r in g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants—D irect
670
nearly a hundred pupils, 95, who live in that Zone E-l-B
south of U. S. 61. There is a traffic light at Grant Street
where it intersects U. S. 61. That crossing, of course, also
is supervised by a policeman during all times when children
are going to and from school.
Q. All right, sir.
Now we’ll get over here to Zone E-2-B. It includes some
territory which is south of U. S. Highway 61, does it not?
A. It does.
Q. Are there any children in that territory in Zone E-2-B
that are south of U. S. 61? A. To my knowledge, there’s
not a single child residing in that particular portion of that
zone.
Q. So, there is no problem about any highway crossing?
A. We have no problem there.
—39—
Q. All right, sir.
Is there any problem connected at the Riverton School
that you know of at all about the utilization by anybody?
A. I have had none brought to my attention and have dis
covered none.
Q. In addition, is there much vacant land out here that
can be developed for residential purposes that’s west of the
present school? A. The Riverton School, of course, is
located just on the west side of Washington Avenue. That
entire territory west of Washington Avenue within the
city limits is completely open. It ’s expected, of course, to
develop at least partially in a residential pattern. Some
of it no doubt will develop along commercial or industrial
lines.
Q. Are you familiar with the fact that there is a sub
division that’s been opened up down here just immediately
west of the Booker T. Washington School? A. I am.
B e a r in g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants—D irect
671
Q. So, there’s area for development for houses in that
area? A. Quite a development is under way in there at
the moment.
—40—
Q. All right, sir.
Now, such building as we have in Clarksdale and south
of this east-west raiload line, where is that building going
on at the present time? A. Quite a bit of it is located
southwest of the Higgins High School in the territory
where you are indicating with the pointer.
Mr. Aronson: Your Honor, at this point, with
respect to this line of inquiry, I would like to object
also to the form of leading with the pointer as well
as leading in the form of a leading question.
Counsel is asking him where building is going on
while lie’s pointing to a certain part on the map, and
I think that is an impermissible form of leading.
Mr. Luckett: Well—
The Court: As a matter of fact, for counsel’s in
formation, as I sat here and observed it, Mr. Tynes
had said in the southwest area before the pointer
ever went to the board.
Let’s get the record straight on that.
Mr. Luckett: And may I say, if the Court please,
Clarksdale is a relatively small place. Mr. Tynes
knows this as well as I do. I don’t have to tell him
—41—
this information. He can see it. Anybody knows
where the building is going on. I don’t have to
prompt Mr. Tynes to tell him where the building is
going on in Clarksdale.
The Court: All right.
H ea r in g o f N ovem 'ber 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants—D irect
672
Your objection is overruled.
You may proceed.
By Mr. Luckett:
Q. Mr. Tynes, do you know of anything else that should
be pointed out to the Court with respect to how these new
lines were drawn or how the old lines were left or why the
old lines were left as they have been? A. The School
Board and its administrative staff can see no reasons, edu
cational reasons, administrative reasons, for following any
other course or proposing any other zones and subdistrict
boundaries other than those which have been proposed to
this Court.
The school officials, including the Board and its adminis
trative staff, have studied these total situations for years,
long before this School Board was ever called into court.
The School Board was seeking to solve its problems in a
satisfactory, administrative, educational way.
I would say again, which I have said before, there is not
—42—
a racial consideration in any proposal before this Court,
anything under discussion here today at this hearing.
The School Board is disregarding totally the racial char
acteristics of the people and is simply proposing these
zones as being the best for the children and patrons of this
school district, and racial considerations are just simply out
the window.
Q. Let’s get now to the problem of combining the Eliza
Clark and the Myrtle Hall School.
Mr. Tynes, will the consolidation of those two schools
into one school, with the first and second grades that are
now present in Myrtle Hall switched over to Eliza Clark
and the third, fourth, fifth and sixth now at the Eliza Clark
S e a r in g o f N ov em b er IS , 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— D irect
673
switched over to Myrtle Hall, present any particular or
peculiar administrative problem or can it be easily accom
plished! A. That consolidation can be easily effected and
administered during the summer months.
Of course, in the summer months we keep our elementary
principals on duty two weeks into June after the end of
the school year. We bring them back in August two weeks
before the new term is to begin. In addition, we bring in
all teachers three days before the opening of the fall se-
— 43—
mester for a workshop, preschool workshop.
Now, during these periods of times set aside for plan
ning, changes of this type, whether consolidation or decon
solidation,—of course, we have experienced both types here
in this district—we can plan a phasing out of one zone—
in other words, a combining of the two—-in an efficient, or
derly and educationally conducive manner.
On the other hand, if this consolidation process were en
gaged in during the school year, it would almost amount to
educational chaos. We would have no time for planning
with teachers or principals. The administrators involved
are busy with their task already and very little time would
remain for them, of course, to do any planning. Not only
that; it takes a teacher, of course, some days to get estab
lishment of communication or rapport between herself and
her pupils. The confidence, the empathy, the compassion,
these lines of feeling, sensitivity and the like, must be es
tablished because a teacher, as is set forth in the law,
stands in place of the parent with these children, in loco
parentis, of course, a legal term.
Now, that has been done for this school year. Each
teacher has her group. She has studied their permanent
records, their cumulative records, their antodontal records.
S e a r in g o f N ov em ber 15, 1965
G ycelle Tynes—fo r D efendants— D irect
674
H ea rin g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle Tynes—fo r D efendants—D irect
— 44—
She has studied their intelligence test scores. She has
studied their achievement test scores, aptitude scores and
the like. She knows these children quite adequately. She
knows their strengths, their weaknesses. She has studied
their home backgrounds, all of these factors which enter
into the learning-teaching process.
Now, if we come into the middle of the year and cast
aside all these preparations which have been made, plan
ning in June, planning in August, and the orientation which
teachers and principals have made, of course, contact with
parents and the like, if we should come and simply junk
all of this planning, this entire community would wonder,
of course, what sort of local administrative leadership it
has. There certainly would be doubts raised as to the com
petency of the School Board, the School Superintendent,
the principals and all concerned. In fact, we wouldn’t have
a leg to stand on to defend that sort of thing before the
community.
Q. Would it require two thirds of the pupils now at the
Eliza Clark School to transfer over to Eliza Clark? A.
That’s true.
Q. I mean to Myrtle Hall. A. That’s true.
— 45—
Q. Would those children have to adjust to new class
mates? A. They would, of course.
Q. And to an entirely different environment? A. That’s
true.
Q. To an entirely different teacher? A. Right.
Q. Would that be hurtful or helpful to them from an
educational viewpoint, Mr. Tynes? A. It would be de
cidedly hurtful and harmful.
Q. Even the one third that are left here—
675
A third from Myrtle Hall would come over and be
with— A. A third would have to—
Q. A third would come over to Eliza Clark? A. That’s
true.
Q. Even the third that’s left at the Eliza Clark—would
they have to adjust to new classmates? A. That’s true.
Q. New teachers and what-not? A. True.
Q. The whole thing would have to— A. In fact, all the
children at each center would have to adjust to a new situa-
— 46—
tion. There would simply be a period there of turmoil.
Of course, there’s the legal side here. The School Board
is under a contract with two principals and two secretaries.
Once a consolidation is effected, one principal and one sec
retary will no longer be needed. Consequently, the School
Board would find itself paying off contracts simply to a
principal and a secretary and from which it would be re
ceiving little or no service.
Not only that; the School Board contracts with teachers
to teach at a particular center pursuant to state law, which
requires the Superintendent to nominate principals to the
School Board. Once the School Board has selected its prin
cipals, then the law and Board policy both require the prin
cipal to nominate his or her staff. He or she nominates
them to the Superintendent. He in turn passes on the fit
ness and qualifications of those recommended, makes his
recommendations to the School Board, and, of course, the
final appointments are made then. We therefore, have all
of the teachers at each center recommended by their re
spective principals; of course, approved by the Superin
tendent finally upon advice of the Board of Trustees. If
these are shifted about, of course, there will be confused
H ea rin g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— D irect
676
H ea rin g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle Tynes—fo r D efendants— D irect
— 47 —
loyalty, whereas one principal had recommended them and
later they’re being exchanged or reassigned, and, of course,
there will be a great weakening of teacher morale in a sit
uation like that.
Q. If this consolidation is brought about during the mid
dle of the year, will teachers from one school have to be
transferred to the other school? A. They would have to be.
Q. Do we have any legal right to transfer the teachers?
A. I know of none.
Q. Do you know whether the teachers would rebel at mak
ing the change or whether they would refuse to make the
change? A. I do not know.
The teacher, of course, would have to weigh that prob
lem, and what would occur I do not know.
Q. Would those problems disappear if we can make that
transition at the beginning of the next school year? A.
Totally so. It would never enter the picture.
Q. Will the benefits that will accrue to the consolida
tion inure to the school district if it’s done in the middle of
— 48 —
the year? A. No. The benefits, advantages, would be en
tirely dissipated.
Mr. Duckett: I f the Court please, that’s all I have
of Mr. Tynes at the present time.
The Court: Mr. Tynes, what are the administra
tive values of what you call here subdistricts?
The Witness: The chief thing we’re attempting
here, of course, is a long-range plan. We expect this
city to grow and grow. In fact, its history of recent
growth indicates that some day there will be a good
size metropolis.
677
Now, we’re hoping here to set up subdistricts in
which eventually more or less the entire school sys
tem will grow up, all 12 grades.
We have that, of course, in the southeast quadrant.
We have it in the northwest quadrant.
We’re proposing right early in the future to add a
junior high school just south of Riverton where
we’ve already acquired the acreage. The School
Board has title to the site now.
Of course, that is for efficiency. It ’s for maximum
utilization of teacher resources. It ’s for the purpose
of keeping the schools as close to the pupils and
— 49—
the people as possible, where loyalties can be built
up. In fact, it’s for the successful administration of
a school system.
We have seen other centers grow up in which
planning wTas not carried out, and all sorts of prob
lems arose. We’re hoping here to circumvent some
of those problems by long-range planning.
Of course, we have pointed out already that within
these subdistricts we would hope that the Court
would yield to the Board of Trustees some discre
tion in—
The Court: Flexibility?
The Witness: That’s right.
—altering slightly—never, of course, in a major
way, but slightly—the boundaries in order to utilize
school facilities to the maximum or optimum degree.
The Court: Do you envision a development of
the school system so that you might or—I say you—
the Superintendent might need assistant superin
tendents ?
H ea rin g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle Tynes—fo r D efendants—D irect
678
The Witness: That’s correct.
The Court: That may not have a thing on earth
to do with the problems now before the Court, but
percentagewise what growth prediction do you have
pupil-wise for this system?
—50—
The Witness: In what period of time!
The Court: Over the next 10 years.
The Witness: The next 10 years.
In the past—well, 1950 to 1960 the pupil popula
tion just lacked a fraction of doubling. Consequently,
the next 10 years we would expect, with the present
5200 enrollment, to push up somewhere around, ap
proaching 8,000.
The pupil population for some reason is really
constantly expanding, especially in the urban areas.
The Court: Thank you, sir.
By Mr. Luckett:
Q. Mr. Tynes, what would you say, along that line, about
the holding power of the schools, particularly with reference
to the children who are south of the track? A. It has vastly
increased. In fact, just a few years ago I would say close
to one third of the entire population, 12 grades, would
have been located in the first grade—almost a third. At
present there is no more than, oh, 14 or 15 per cent located
in the first grade. Consequently, the pupils are now taking
their place all the way across the structure from Grade 1
to 12. The upper grades are constantly increasing in size.
In fact, the fastest growth right at the moment percentage-
—5 1 -
wise is occurring in the secondary grades, junior high and
senior high.
S e a r in g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle Tynes—fo r D efendants— D irect
679
Q. Are there not more elementary school children south
of the track than there are north of the track!
I ’m talking about the east-west track now. A. Consider
ably more.
Q. Considerably more.
Are there not considerably more high school pupils north
of that east-west track— A. That’s true.
Q. —than there are south of the east-west track? A.
That’s true.
Q. With the schools south of the track developing a hold
ing power comparable to the schools north of the track, as
you seem to indicate that they’re beginning to develop,
will it not be true that there will be more high school pupils
south of the track than there are presently north of the
track? A. That’s true. It ’s bound to happen.
Q. That being true, given that same holding power south
of these tracks as there is north of the tracks, will there
not be enough senior high school and junior high pupils
in the southwest quadrant and in the southeast quadrant
—52—
for a separate school district? A. There will be for a com
plete 12-grade system in each quadrant. Of course, that’s
back in the planning which the School Board has here, has
projected.
Q. Now, this map does not show the new subdivision
that’s created—it’s actually outside of the City of Clarks-
dale at the present time—in what is now or joins what is
now Zone E-3-A? A. That’s true. It does not.
Q. Are streets being installed at the present time? A.
Streets are being laid out. Utilities are being run out there
at the present. I think one, possibly one, unit is under con
struction.
S e a r in g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— D irect
6S0
Q. We have already pointed out to the Court at another
time that the westerly boundary line of the town and of this
zone, elementary zone, in the northwest—well, the whole
northwest quadrant—hits the sixteenth section line— A.
That’s true.
Q. —out there? A. True.
Q. That’s a barrier to the future development to the
west? A. That’s true.
—53—
Mr. Luckett: I have no more questions, your
Honor.
The Court: You may cross-examine.
Cross Examination by Mr. Aronson:
Q. Mr. Tynes, to clear one factor up, you were just mak
ing some distinctions about the so-called holding power
south of the track and north of the track. Are we talking
about Negroes and whites, Mr. Tynes? A. Primarily. Pri
marily; yes.
Q. Primarily? A. Yes.
Q. Or exclusively? A. Almost exclusively. Of course,
some whites south of the track.
South of the tracks include some white,—
Q. Do you— A. —but chiefly the school Negroes south
of the track,—
Q. Do you— A. —except one white elementary.
Q. Do you find that the whites south of the track act
differently than the whites north of the track? A. Well,
— 54—
not a great deal; no.
Q. A little bit? A. Well, I haven’t studied that matter
per se.
H ea rin g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— Cross
681
I would say, so far as that’s concerned, in any residential
areas in the city there would be slight differentials, but
no perhaps major ones.
Q. It’s a fact, isn’t it, Mr. Tynes, what you are talking
about is Negroes and whites when you were talking about
south of the track? A. Primarily.
Q. Well, if your judgment is influenced by the activities
or responses of some white people, I would like you to tes
tify to it, Mr. Tynes. I f not, I would like your answer to
indicate— A. Well, of course, the witness is under oath
here to tell the whole truth and nothing but the truth.
Consequently, I cannot cover the truth more exactly than
I have by use of the term “primarily”.
Q. All right. A. There could be some differences in
there which the witness does not know.
Q. Mr. Tynes, I ’d like to talk to you just for a moment,
without reference to any specific zone, about the philosophy
—55—
of the School Board and your office in setting up these, and
most particularly what considerations in terms of impor
tance, from most important to the least important, were
you and your associates evaluating when you set out the
school zones.
Mr. Luckett: If the Court please, I object to any
testimony except in respect to the zones which are
now under consideration with this revised plan. The
rest of the matter of the zones has been covered by
the order of August the 10th and I don’t think we
ought to retry the lawsuit that’s already been tried.
Mr. Aronson: I respectfully submit, your Honor,
I ’m going into areas that were opened up by Mr.
Luckett and his witness at the time that he asked
H ea rin g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— Cross
682
about areas that weren’t even in the City of Clarks-
dale. I am, indeed, interested in these areas and
would like to expand them.
Mr. Luckett: I—
Mr. Aronson: He was—
Mr. Luckett: Excuse me.
Mr. Aronson: —-testifying about areas where they
don’t even have streets laid down yet north of the
city and an area which pursuant to the August 10
order is closed.
The door has been opened by Mr. Luckett, and I
—5 6 -
think it’s something that we can—
The Court: The door hasn’t been opened by the
Court, though, Mr. Aronson, and I do not want to
try the lawsuit, go back over the same ground we
covered in the hearing preceding the order of Au
gust 10th.
The objection is overruled, but I do want you to
stay on the track with the issues that are before the
Court, that is, whether the plan submitted for the
revision of the elementary school districts south of
the railroad will be approved or not.
You may proceed.
Mr. Aronson: Thank you.
Do you want me to repeat my question, Mr. Tynes 1
The Witness: Please do.
Mr. Aronson: There has been a lot said since.
The Witness: Please do.
By Mr. Aronson:
Q. I would like you to state for the Court those considera
tions, in order of importance, from most important to least
S e a r in g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— Cross
683
important, tliat you and your associates evaluated when you
set out the school zones. A. We did not attempt to give
the ranking—one, two, three, four, five. We simply set up
—57—
criteria or factors to which, of course, I have testified al
ready, and, of course, if you want those repeated I can go
into that.
Q. I would appreciate it. I— A. All right.
The question of various factors which the School Board
or administrators dealt with or reckoned with in setting up
zones in these five particular areas:
Of course, we have the utilization of buildings;
We have proximity of children;
We have, of course, the matter of their safety, of the
welfare of the children along traveled routes which
can be supervised in order to eliminate as many
hazards as possible, such factors as those.
It’s necessary, of course, to have clearly defined boundary
lines; otherwise always being open to question by plain
tiff lawyers and perhaps even by the Court.
Such factors as those general criteria.
Of course, the overwhelming consideration, since you
asked that, is the educational welfare of children.
The School Board is under state law in this particular
state to be responsible for the educational welfare of the
—58—
children and the economic welfare of the school district,
the supporting tax base. In all of its activities the Board
of Trustees of the Clarksdale Municipal Separate School
District endeavors to keep those two paramount functions
foremost in its thinking.
Q. But when you talk about general educational factors
H ea rin g o f N ov em b er IS , 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— Cross
684
I take it that what you refer to then is the composite of
proximity, safety, utilization of the buildings, which are
the prime factors that you have set out? A. Yes.
Q. Fine. That’s helpful.
Now, I am interested in the inquiry which was initiated
by the Court with respect to subzones or subdistricts, and,
as I gathered from your testimony, you talked about some
type of loyalty that it would tend to engender, but I wonder
if you would expand on that and state what functions at this
time the subdistricts serve. A. Perhaps a chief function is
to divide the total district into manageable units, whereby
the Board of Trustees can work on particular sections and
have them clearly identifiable.
Of course, we have pointed out earlier in testimony here
—5 9 -
today and in previous testimony if this School Board as a
defendant in this case does not come with clearly identifiable
boundary lines then, of course, its faith, its good intention,
its purposes and the like would always be questioned. Con
sequently, the School Board has come with lines which were
clearly identifiable, permanent type boundary lines,—you
could call them more or less natural boundaries—in the
hope that it could get out of court and get on with the busi
ness of administering schools for the children.
Q. I appreciate that, Mr. Tynes. I ’m just now interested
in the subdistricts, not the zones. I think I ’m pretty clear
on the reasoning behind your zones— A. Yes.
Q. —and I would just, for this moment, like to shift to
the subdistricts,— A. Bight.
Q. —E-l, E-2, E-3 and E-4. A. Bight.
Q. And I wondered if you would address yourself par
ticularly to the utility that these subdistricts serve. A. I
think we have possibly pointed out the immediate practical
purpose of the subdistricts is simply this: The School Board
H ea rin g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle Tynes—fo r D efendants— C ross
685
H ea rin g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— Cross
— 60—
would continue to maintain so initiative in the setting up
of its zones in order, of course, to be assured by the sub
district that some flexibility within that subdistrict could
be utilized by the Board of Trustees.
From time to time, every two or three years, in fact,
population will grow in this direction or that direction.
Commercialization or industrialization will come in one
zone. Residential development will occur in another. Con
sequently, populations are going to vary. Elementary
populations, secondary populations are going to vary within
these zones. If the School Board does not have some over
all area encompassing two or more zones, then, of course,
it will have no flexibility; it’ll have no options, no initiative.
Every time it needs to make a change for the benefit of
children, it’ll have to come back to court and request that
type of permission. That, of course, would be a time-con
suming business. It would weary the ears of the Court. It
would be a frustrating experience for the School Board and
its administrative staff.
Q. I certainly— A. We’re simply seeking here some
means by which we can operate schools and not have to be
continuously coming back to weary the ears of the Court.
— 61—
Q. I certainly have no desire to have you come to court
every time you wish to make a change, Mr. Tynes, but you
still haven’t explained what function the subdistricts serve.
As I understand the Court order which was entered in
this matter and each subsequent addition or modification
of the Court order, there has been no mention of subdis
tricts other than a passing recognition that they exist.
Subdistricts do not relate to where children go to school.
The fact that a child lives in Subdistrict Number 1 has
686
absolutely no bearing on where he goes to school. The
only factor that’s relevant in that child’s existence in rela
tionship to a school is the zone he lives in.
Is that not correct! A. That’s a half truth. That
wouldn’t be a whole truth. In other words, I couldn’t tes
tify to that.
Q. All right. Let me ask you this: I f I told you that a
child lived in Subdistrict Number E-l, can you tell me any
thing about where that child would go to school? A. Yes;
surely.
Q. Where would he go to school? A. He, of course,
would go to the elementary school contained in one of the
—62—
at present three zones—
Q. Precisely. A. —contained in that subdistrict.
Q. Ah, but that requires you to ask me a question, and
that is : Where does he live— A. Surely.
Q. —with respect to the three zones? A. Surely.
Q. And what I ’m now trying to establish is that the sub
districts at this point serve no function, and that’s what I ’m
asking you to address yourself to.
What functions do these subdistricts provide? A. Well,
possibly I didn’t get through to you, but I would say within
12 months surely we will need to make some changes in
Subdistrict E-2 in two zones. If we don’t have a subdistrict
set up there within which we have some legal permission
to slightly modify those zone boundaries, then, of course,
the hands of the School Board would be tied. It would
have to come back to the Court for permission.
Q. Perhaps I don’t understand the Court’s order.
As I understand the Court’s order, no direction or no
permission or no import at this point in time follows from
the subdistricts. In other words, if I were to get a letter
H ea r in g o f N ov em ber 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— C ross
687
H ea rin g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— C ross
—6 3 -
in. the mail tomorrow and I was to be informed that Sub
district E -l had been changed and you drew a zigzagging
line which went all around in a circle on this map and bore
no relationship to anything, I would have no response to it
because at this point, as I understand the plan, the subdis
tricts have no function, and that’s precisely what I ’m ask
ing you to clear up for us now.
What functions do the subdistricts serve? A. Surely
you have read this response of the defendants’ attorney
here in the revised plan for elementary attendance zones in
Subdistricts E -l and 2. That matter requests for the Court
to clarify this flexibility as set forth in this legal document.
Of course, it has not yet become a part of the Court order,
part of the August 10 order, to the extent requested here.
I think the Court more or less just approved the subdis
trict lines as they were, but mentioned, as you are men
tioning here, it did not see the present value of them.
Q. Yes. A. And, of course, that has been addressed here
in this document.
Q. Well, assume that your plan that you have submitted
and which you have just referred to is approved by the
- 6 1 -
Court. I ’ve read the revised plan. I ’m still unclear, and
let me ask again: If this is approved, i.e., the revised docu
ment, then what function will the subdistricts serve? A.
Well, Number 1, it gives to the School Board flexibility in
modifying slightly the elementary attendance zones making
up that elementary subdistrict.
Secondly—
Q. Can we stop at that point— A. Yes.
6 8 8
Q. —and just let me ask you a question about that? A.
Yes.
Q. Let’s assume momentarily there is no subdistrict.
Let’s just look south of the track, which is where we are
focusing today, and let’s just say we have got Zone E-l-A,
E-l-B, E-l-C, and we don’t have subdistricts. We’ll call this
E-2-A now E-l-D, and E-l-E , which will replace E-2-B. A.
Yes.
Q. In other words, we’ll just have five zones down here,
as we have now, without any relation to the subdistricts.
Now, let’s further assume, for good educational reasons,
that you wanted to move the westernmost boundary of
—6 5 -
Zone E-l-A, which runs generally north and south, west two
blocks, for good and sufficient educational reasons.
Now, if you wanted to move that, that doesn’t bear any
relation to this subdistrict. In other words, the only thing
that bears relationship to are the other zones.
Furthermore, Zone E-l-A, E-l-B, et cetera bear no rela
tionship to the high school. Furthermore, they bear no re
lationship to the junior high school.
I don’t understand, and I ask you to tell the Court and
to me: What do these subdistricts do? What function do
they serve at this time?
If you wanted to change these zones, the fact that the
subdistricts were approved would be irrelevant, as I un
derstand it. A. Well, I can’t agree there with your tes
timony.
Of course, the senior high school is made up of feeder
schools, junior high, elementary and the like coming up.
Of course, subdistricts are always envisioned with that
purpose in mind. You’re tying together your feeder schools
S e a r in g o f N ov em b er 15j 1965
G ycelle Tynes— fo r D efendants— C ross
689
into an organized, planned, systematic whole or at least a
major subdivision of your whole or entire school district.
The Court: I think one thing that troubles Mr.
Aronson and gave me some concern on this very
— 66-
problem: You have no administrative echelon or
control echelon between the principal of a given ele
mentary school and the Superintendent’s Office that
relates in any way to the sub-district.
The Witness: Well, of course, that’s envisioned,
definitely.
The Court: That’s what I gathered from your an
swer to the Court’s question earlier,—
The Witness: Surely.
The Court: —that ultimately you envision the de
velopment of a plan where a subdistrict would, in
fact, be an administrative district operating under
the Superintendent’s Office.
The Witness: The district superintendent or in
termediate superintendent; that’s correct.
Mr. Aronson: That’s somewhat clearer.
By Mr. Aronson:
Q. Then what you’re doing at this time, Mr. Tynes, is
looking to the future, and I take it that your answer would
be subdistricts today, November 15th, 1965, have no prac
tical function; is that correct? A. I couldn’t say that; no;
not at all.
Mr. Aronson: Your Honor, I ’m not trying to un-
— 6 7 —
duly prolong this. I don’t see what the function is,
and if there is some function it isn’t set out in the
H ea r in g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle Tynes•—fo r D efendants— C ross
690
plan, and I respectfully submit that his testimony
hasn’t indicated it, and on behalf of the plaintiffs I
think that we have an obligation to understand what
service or what function these things provide, these
subdistricts, if they’re to be approved by the Court.
The Court: Well, Mr. Aronson, taking your very
position on it, I can’t see that it has any relevance to
this hearing at all. We’re concerned with zones pri
marily, and I think we’re spending entirely too much
time on this.
I think I understand why they’re being used from
what the witness has said. They are actually a foun
dation for future projection and they feel that they
need flexibility within the district.
Truthfully, it occurs to me that the subdistrict
boundaries or subdistrict boundary lines superim
posed between zones, if there is to be any flexibility
within the subdistrict, itself, imposes rigidity with
respect to the adjoining other subdistrict.
Mr. Luckett: If the Court please, that’s the exact
point.
May I read you the paragraph where we ask for
— 68—
this flexibility, this Paragraph V or Part V :
“In the order to be entered herein pursuant to the
Court’s determination of the issues presented hereby,
it should be specifically spelled out that defendant
Board of Trustees will have the right to change or
modify the boundaries of all attendance areas or
zones within the school district whenever required
for the economical use of the school facilities, pro
vided such changes or modifications do not violate
H ea rin g o f N ov em ber 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— Cross
691
the boundaries of a subdistrict and do not result in
a transfer of a large number of pupils from one at
tendance area or zone to another.”
Now, that subdistrict line does provide a limita
tion upon what we’ve asked about our particular
right of modification, and that’s one of the reasons
we went into such detail. We do not think that the
Court should give us the right, because of the safety-
factor involved, to change this boundary line here
so we would straddle that railroad line. We shouldn’t
—we can’t—do that zigzagging all over town like
Mr. Aronson said, and we don’t think we have the
right to ask for that. We ask only for the right to
modify the zone lines within a particular subdistrict,
—69—
and we are bounded in each one of these subdistricts
by railroad tracks.
The Court: For the time being, Court is in recess
until 10 minutes of eleven.
(Thereupon, at 10:29 a. m., a 21-minute recess was
taken.)
The Court: You may be seated.
All right, Mr. Aronson. You may proceed.
Mr. Aronson: Thank you, your Honor.
By Mr. Aronson:
Q. Mr. Tynes, before we broke for the recess we were
talking about the concept of subdistricts. We’ll move on at
this time and expand just a bit into the philosophy of the
School Board, as you understand it or understood it, in
drawing up the zone lines.
S e a r in g o f N o v em b er IS , 1966
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— Cross
692
Now, you stated in broad, general categories the factors
which you and your associates evaluated when you set up
the districts.
Now, I ’d like to get specifics, if we might.
By way of background, when the Clarksdale School Dis
trict first considered the problems of desegregation, at a
time when you had a segregated system, you did have geo
graphical zones, did you not, for both children of the
—70—
white race and children of the Negro race! A. Yes; that’s
true.
Q. And it was against this background that you came into
the change in the one set of boundaries; is that correct!
A. That’s true.
Q. When did you first establish—
Mr. Aronson: Strike that, please.
By Mr. Aronson:
Q. When did you first put into operation the school
district lines which we see set out on this map before the
Court, which is Exhibit—
The Court: It hasn’t been introduced as an ex
hibit. It’s Map Number V that was filed as an ex
hibit to the original proposal of these defendants,
with the exception that this one has the school build
ings, the physical facilities, approximated on the
map.
Mr. Aronson: Thank you, your Honor.
The Witness: The question: When did the school
district begin operating under these attendance
zones!
H ea rin g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— Gross
693
H ea rin g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle Tynes—fo r D efendants— C ross
Mr. Aronson: Eight.
The Witness: That was 1964 and ’65, the school
year. Consequently, the first school year in ’64.
—71—
By Mr. Aronson:
Q. Now, at the time that you testified in this hearing on
the 9th of April you had been conducting your schools along
these lines that are set out then in Map Number Y ; is that
correct? A. That is true.
Of course, the Court’s order specified certain grades,
Grades 1 and 2 for ’64-’65.
Q. I understand. A. Yes.
Q. We’re talking about the grades— A. Surely.
Q. —that had been reached. A. Surely.
Q. Let me ask this: During ’64-’65, when Grades 1 and 2
had been reached, were any exceptions granted to students
living within a given zone which permitted them to attend
a school in a different zone? A. The Court granted excep
tion for grades not under the Court order; but for Grades
1 and 2, no.
Q. For Grades 1 and 2, no? A. No.
Q Now when you went into the 1964-’65 school year—
—72—
Mr. Aronson: Strike that.
By Mr. Aronson:
Q. When you went into the 1965-’66 school year, the cur
rent year, you entered into contracts with teachers and
contemplated classroom utilization on the basis of the zones
set out on this Map Number V? A. That is true.
Q. Is that correct? A. True.
Q. Did you contemplate any exceptions with respect to—
A. Teachers or pupils you have in mind?
694
Q. Either teachers or pupils. A. Of course, August the
10th the Court order most recent was issued. The teachers
were contracted with back in March and April. Conse
quently, those contracts entered into back there had some
degree certainly, I suppose you would have to say, of un
certainty to them, uncertainty not from a legal standpoint
as far as the contract is concerned, hut they were simply en
tered into on a basis of faith and confidence that these
centers would be operated during the ’65 and ’66 school
year.
—73—
Of course, once the order was entered in August, the bud
get had been finalized. All contracts had been finalized
months previous to that time. Consequently, the school dis
trict would have been in poor position to modify those con
tracts or anything else. In fact, those arrangements had
been finalized before the conclusion of the ’64-’65 fiscal year,
June the 30t,h.
Q. Well, going specifically to my question, in ’65-’66,
which is the current year, were your contracts entered into
and your projections with respect to attendance in the vari
ous centers made on the basis of each student, without ex
ception, in the desegregated grades going to the school
within his zone? A. Surely. Surely.
Q. In other words, the Court order—
This goes back sometime into the ’64-’65 school year. So,
when ’65-’66 came up, you made your predictions; right?
A. Right.
We didn’t know which grades would be desegregated, but
we knew additional grades would be. Which ones we did
not know.
Q. So, your testimony would be the same—I quote now
H ea rin g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle Tynes-—fo r D efendants— Gross
695
— 74—
from Page 493 of the record of the transcript of the April
9, 1965 hearing, wherein you were asked the question, and
I quote:
“Did the defendants bring forward in their plan any
transfer provisions which might he manipulative with
racial considerations in mind?”
And your answer:
“There is not the first possibility of any transfer
from zone to zone in this situation.
“I noticed that some of the witnesses for the plain
tiffs yesterday afternoon or this morning possibly”—
and we’ll skip some—indefinite about time—“seemed
to be not absolutely certain concerning that thing. Ap
parently they had in mind freedom of choice or some
thing else.”
And then in going on, and still quoting you:
“This thing is completely rigid. We’ve had to tell
parent after parent that: ‘You must attend this school
or none other in the school system.’ ”
A. That’s true. It’s rigid so far as this Court’s order ap
plies to a grade.
—75—
The school district would have no legal authority what
soever to entertain any request for transfer. If it did so,
it would be in contempt of this Court.
Q. Now, I take it that this is with the exception of Zone
E-3-A.
H ea rin g o f N ov em b er 15} 1965
Gy cells Tynes— fo r D efendants—■C ross
696
Mr. Aronson: And, yonr Honor, I think it’s pen
missible, and I request the Court’s permission, to ask
some questions about children in E-3-A because they
attend school in the particular area that we’re con
cerned with at this hearing.
The Court: You may do so.
By Mr. A ronson:
Q. Now, Zone E-3-A is at this time a meaningless zone, is
it not? A. In some respects, yes; but, of course, in others
it’s not.
It ’s a legal entity; at least a geographical entity—per
haps a better description.
Q. Well, is there a school Zone E-3-A? A. No. No.
Q. Have you acquired land in Zone E-3-A to build a
school? A. We have finalized—
—76—
The School Board has been negotiating for some months
for land in that zone.
Q. My question, Mr. Tynes: Do you own land—does the
School Board own land—in E-3-A for the construction of a
school? A. Only one small site, possibly four or five acres,
which hardly is sufficient.
Q. So, you don’t own a site? A. Well, we own about
four acres, which is larger than some of the other sites, but
we would prefer to add to it or exchange it for other
property.
Q. You would prefer to add to it or exchange it in for
other property? A. Bight.
Q. So, in other words, the site that you presently own
would not be sufficient for the type of school you’d wish
to build; is that correct? A. We’d have to say this: Some
what inadequate. It’s not totally adequate, but it’s perhaps
H ea r in g o f N o v em b er IS , 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross
twice as large as some sites which we have on which we now
have schools, but we would prefer a larger site, seven or
eight acres as a minimum.
Q. And did you not testify that, in considering this dis-
—77—
trict, you’re also contemplating the growth of the city and
the growth of subdivisions in a part of Coahoma County
which is not presently— A. That’s true.
Q. —within the city limits! A. That’s true.
Part of the long-range plans, projections.
Q. And, if I recall your testimony earlier in another hear
ing, you have absolutely no knowledge of what the zoning
authorities are going to do or what annexation will or will
not take place, do you! A. Except what I read in news
papers or what is common knowledge.
Q. Common knowledge that this is going to be annexed!
A. Well, it’s common knowledge that realtors and city gov
ernment have been dickering back and forth for months
concerning utility lines, concerning street development, all
of these things, which is normal. Any time property is sub
divided for residences this negotiating, of course, does be
come a matter always between realtors and municipal or
other authorities. Consequently, those articles have been
in the papers for many months.
Q. Is it my understanding that this is not a part of the
- 7 8 -
City of Clarksdale at this time! A. Only in the lines which
are drawn, and accurately drawn, and, of course, some of
these subdivisions are outside those lines; true.
Q. So, is my understanding correct that Zone E-3-A and,
indeed, Subdistrict E-3-A, for whatever use they have, have
no schools in them whatsoever! A. That’s true.
Q. All right.
S e a r in g o f N ov em b er IS , 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
698
Where do students attend, the elementary students at
tend, school that live within Zone E-3-A? A. Most of them
attend the Oakhurst School. A small group in the south
east corner of 3-A attend Eliza Clark.
Q. How many attend Eliza Clark, would you guess! A.
Somewhere—
Q. Do you know? A. I ’d say close to 25.
Q. Close to 25 attend Eliza Clark.
And in the old days, before you redesigned your zone
lines on a unitary basis,—in other words, back Avhen you
had both Negro school zones and white school zones—was
Eliza Clark the school for what is now known as Zone
E-3-A? A. No. No.
—79—
A small group of pupils in the southeast corner of Zone
E-3-A did attend Eliza Clark, in which case they have been
permitted to continue to do so, but primarily Eliza Clark
took care of children in that southeast quadrant where you
are standing.
Q. The southeast quadrant! A. Yes. All of Subdistrict
E-l.
Q. C? A. No. Subdistrict E -l. All three zones.
Q. Oh, the white children in all three zones went here?
A. Historically.
Q. Right. Right.
Now, where do children in Grade 1 in the southern part
of District E-3-A presently attend school? A. In the
southeastern part—that’s residential.
Southeastern. Back to your right.
No. That’s southwest.
Back in there.
That’s residential at the moment. However, it’s about
to be commercially developed. All that residential property
H ea rin g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T yn es—fo r D efendants— C ross
699
I notice is being sold at the present time for commercial
—8 0 -
development.
But the entire southwestern part of that, south-central,
all of that, is business district of the city.
Q. My question was: Are there any students in Zone
E-3-A in the first grade attending the Hall School! A. No.
Q. Excuse me. A. Clark.
Q. The Clark School. A. I answered previously some
where close to 25 from E-3-A attend Clark,
Q. But I ’m focusing on Grade 1 now. A. Well, I ’d have
to check records. I don’t have that.
Q. Is there a chance that there may be some ? A. There’s
a possibility; surely. I wouldn’t think there would be—of
the 25, roughly five or six.
Q. I see.
So, it’s not simply to accommodate those that have previ
ously gone there because you’re starting new people there
this year; is that not correct! A. That’s true.
—81—
Some of them have. They have a choice. They’ve had a
choice.
Q. They have had a choice! A. Permitted by the Court.
Q. I see.
To go to either the Clark School or the school— A. The
School Board was given, of course, discretionary authority
by the Court to place them there or at Oakhurst, depending
upon certain criteria, factors of safety and the like, prox
imity and so forth,—
Q. And given all— A. —utilization of—
Q. Given all those factors, there are still some attending
the Clark School! A. Somewhere around 25.
Q. Now, just for a moment focusing on, well, Subdistrict
H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15 , 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
700
E-2, which may have some value for this line of inquiry, in
the past where have white students at the elementary levels
attended school that lived within Subdistrict E-2! A.
Primarily at Oakhurst.
Q. S ir! A. Primarily at Oakhurst.
—82—
Q. Oakhurst! A. Yes.
Q. Which is north of the railroad track! A. Right.
Q. I see.
And how many people historically within the time that
you have been associated with the Clarksdale District would
this include in the elementary grades? A. Possibly 50 or
60 covered six grades.
Q. Fifty or 60! A. Possibly that number.
Q. Would go over to Oakhurst! A. Possibly.
Q. And, similarly, the students living in Subdistrict E-2
and Subdistrict E -l that attended junior and high school,
all those whites, would go up to the Clarksdale High School;
is that right? A. That’s right.
Mr. Luckett: If the Court please, this has nothing
to do with our revised plan; not a thing in the world
to do with it.
Mr. Aronson: Oh, I respectfully submit, your
Honor, it does.
—83—
The Court: In what way, Mr. Aronson?
Mr. Aronson: I think I can tie it up shortly, but
one of the great factors that is relied upon by de
fendants is safety and I think what we’re showing is
that the Clarksdale School Board—
The Court: You showed all of this on the hearing
that preceded the order of August 10th and the Court
H ea r in g o f N o v em b er IS , 196S
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
701
approved the northeast-southwest railway as a prin
cipal boundary in the school system.
Mr. Aronson: All right, your Honor.
The Court: I think it’s amply in the record, Mr.
Aronson, that before this plan was initially sub
mitted that there were pupils crossing that railroad
to attend school in substantial numbers, if that’s the
point you’re trying to make.
Mr. Aronson: Thank you, your Honor.
By Mr. Aronson:
Q. In the answers to interrogatories, Mr. Tynes, with
respect to the Riverton enrollment, you answered—the de
fendants answered—that in Zone E-2-B there are 461 chil
dren attending Riverton, and of the 461 all of them live in
E-2-B with the exception of one section of children who re
side in E-2-A. Now, what section, what grade, is that! A.
—84—
Sixth. Sixth grade.
Q. Sixth grade! A. Yes, which is yet to come under
the Court’s desegregation steps or plans.
Q. Something I am a hit confused about and perhaps you
can clear up for us: Were these zone lines drawn with the
thought of best utilizing the facilities for the grades being
desegregated in the given year that the lines were drawn or
were they drawn to best utilize the classroom facilities for
all grades!
The Court: Mr. Aronson, they were drawn before
the defendant’s knew which grades would be desegre
gated, if that will help you on this point.
They didn’t know which grades would come under
S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
O ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross
702
the Court’s order of desegregation when these very
lines were established by them.
Mr. Aronson: Your Honor, the point that I ’m in
quiring into at this time is that defendants have
taken the position that these lines were the most
utilitarian lines that they could conceive of, all things
considered. Yet their answers to the interrogatories
indicate that approximately 20 per cent of the chil
dren living in Myrtle Hall, i.e., the fifth and sixth
grades, reside in a different zone than where Myrtle
—8 5 -
Hall is found; that approximately 33 per cent of the
children attending the Clark School attend or live
in zones other than where they are attending, and
that approximately 5 per cent—
The Witness: Thirty-three?
That figure is perhaps incorrect.
By Mr. Aronson:
Q. Thirty-three per cent? A. I expect so.
Q. A hundred and five versus a hundred and forty-seven.
Maybe I ’m a little hit off.
Mr. Luckett: Twenty-five. He said approximately
25.
Mr. Aronson: Well, I ’m reading the answers to
the interrogatories now and the answers to the inter
rogatories say that 105 children attending the—
The Witness: A hundred and five. It should be
115.
I think that’s clerical.
S e a r in g o f Novemi>er_ 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
703
H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15} 1965
Gycelle Tynes—for Defendants—Gross
By Mr. A ronson:
Q. Well, are there any other corrections you would like
to make?
Let me let you review your answers to the interroga-
— 86—
tories.
I am relying on the information that you, the defendants,
have sworn to and submitted to this Court, and I draw your
attention to the figure 147— A. That’s correct.
Q. —attending Eliza Clark, on Page 2, in Answer Num
ber I (b), and to that figure we then refer to Page 3 of the
answers to interrogatories, where the answer is:
“White elementary school children residing in Zone
E-l-C and attending Eliza Clark number approxi
mately 105. The other pupils now attending Eliza
Clark reside in Zone E-3-A with the exception of a few
fifth and sixth-graders who reside in Zones E-l-A or
E-l-B .”
My point is that, of the 147 children presently attending
the Eliza Clark School, 42 of them don’t live in the zone.
A. That’s approximately correct.
We’ll let this figure stand, though. One hundred and five,
I think, is 115. I t ’s close enough.
Q. All right.
Then the point that I ’m trying to make, and what I would
like you to comment on, Mr. Tynes, is where you have got
—87—
fully one third of the students attending this school from
somewheres out of its zone, i.e., the Clark School, where
you have—
704
And the reason stated in the answers to the interroga
tories is to better utilize available classrooms.
All right. With respect to the Riverton School in Zone
E-2, you state that 461 attend Riverton and they live in the
zone with the exception of one section that resides in E-2-A,
and they’re being housed in Riverton in order to better
utilize classroom facilities, and I take it the average size
of the Class in Riverton, which I think is about 30. So,
that’s about 8 per cent live out of the district.
And then we move over to E -l-B — A. Stop there a
minute, and here in Riverton let’s point out one thing there.
Q. Sure. A. Could we do so?
Q. Please do. A. We had thought last spring that we
would seek permission of the Court this past summer to
drop the boundary line separating E-2-A and E-2-B at the
top, at the north, from Fifth Street to Sixth Street in order
to shift some 60 pupils over to Riverton, which had 18 class-
— 88-
rooms. However, we were still in court. We had the hear
ing in April. *WA did not get the order until late, about the
11th or 12th of August. Consequently, we did not make that
request. We simply waited for the order to come out. We
didn’t know what it would contain. Therefore, in order to
utilize the extra classrooms at Riverton, we transferred one
section of sixth-graders this year which live north of the
highway in the Booker T. Washington zone, E-2-A, to
Riverton.
Now, a year hence, when Grades 5 and 6 have come under
the Court order, we would no longer have that discretionary
authority. Consequently, we would have to come to the
Court, if it doesn’t grant up flexibility under our subdis
tricts, to move this line in order to equalize populations be
tween the two zones, two attendance zones.
H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes•—fo r D efendants— C ross
705
You see, of course, here again the chief reason that we
had in mind, one of the chief ones, in seeking to have these
subdistricts established was to grant to the School Board
this flexibility. It doesn’t have it now, or at least if it has
it it’s not clear to us. We wouldn’t exercise it, in other
words, unless the Court granted it clearly.
—89—
Q. Well— A. That was simply an administrative edu
cational technique there to utilize facilities and to prevent
one center from becoming slightly crowded where we’d have
three classrooms vacant in another.
Q. When did you plan this? A. It was planned last
spring, of course, to utilize it then.
Population has changed. This Riverton zone—
Q. No. I just asked a simple question. When did you
plan it, Mr. Tynes? Last spring? A. Plan which now?
The subdistricts?
Q. That the one section that technically lives in 2-A would
go to school in 2-B? A. Well, now, the actual planning did
not come until the fact was established when children actu
ally enrolled in September. We found that we had quite a
number of children in Subdistrict E-2, primarily in E-2-B,
Zone E-2-B, who were attending school out of the district
in prior years, and now, under the nontransfer basis, of
course, those children had to stay at home. Consequently,
that has modified our enrollment pattern somewhat in an
unpredictable way. We counted children who attended else
where. Of course, we were able to get those figures fairly
— 90—
accurately, but not exactly so. Consequently, we did not
make this change until school actually opened. We picked
up a teacher with her class and just shifted her over there,
H ea r in g o f N ov em b er 15 , 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross
706
which, of course, was not wise and which we hated to do,
but we would have had a crowded condition otherwise.
Q. Sure. A. It would have been the lesser of two evils.
Q. I understand. A. Surely.
Q. I am just trying to get the background. A. Surely.
Q. So, in other words, you took a fifth grade class with
a teacher— A. Sixth.
Q. Excuse me. A. Sixth grade.
Q. Excuse me.
You took a sixth grade class with a teacher and moved
her and that sixth grade class from E-2-A to E-2-B? A.
Right.
Q. Now, let me ask about one other situation— A. Pos
sibly we should give one additional bit of information there,
- 9 1 -
sir, to the Court.
We had a statute which created considerable confusion,
which came about in July of ’65, affecting quite a few chil
dren, some white, but primarily Negro,—I ’d say 90 per cent
Negro children—concerning pupils whose parents reside
outside the State of Mississippi. The legislature passed
that statute in the early part of July. That created con
siderable confusion. We perhaps had 200 children at least
who were affected by it. Many had to have adoptive papers
taken out for them. Others had to establish legal guardian
ship and the like. Some went back to their parents in vari
ous cities and states and out of state elsewhere. Therefore,
we had a very fluid situation facing us this year—not
merely the Court’s order here, but this new statute here in
the state. It was, therefore, very difficult for the school ad
ministrators to plan minutely and exactly just the popula
tion which each center would serve this fall. It was a very,
very nebulous situation—
H ea rin g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross
707
Q. In can appreciate that. A. —and quite unusual.
Q. I can appreciate that.
Now, going over to Zone E-l-A, you state—
We’re looking at E-l-A and E-l-B.
—9 2 -
Now, you say the Negro elementary school children resid
ing in Zone E-l-B and attending Myrtle Hall number 468.
You said— A. That includes two sections now—
Q. Bight. A. —from E-l-A.
Q. Right.
That is what I want to get to. A. A fifth section and a
sixth section.
Q. Right.
Now, of those 468, all but approximately 60,— A. Right.
Q. —figuring 30 per class, live in E-l-B? A. Right.
Q. And the 60 moved in from E-l-A from, the fifth and
sixth grade, the two sections.
Now, did this come about in the same way that this one
came about? A. Chiefly pressure of secondary population.
We have this planned junior high school in the southwest
quadrant there.
If you look just below the Riverton Elementary School—
—9 3 -
No. That’s at Booker T.
The one over here.
Q. Oh. A. Right.
We have the projected junior high school in that particu
lar location. We have the site purchased, architects work
ing on plans at present.
Now, we have had a considerable increase in secondary
enrollment this year. The holding power of the schools
plus other factors entered in. Therefore, at the Higgins
Junior High School way in the southeast quadrant, with the
S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15 , 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— C ross
708
George Oliver Elementary School 18 classrooms located
right nest to it, the administrators saw the feasibility of
emptying several classrooms at Oliver in order to take care
of some of the seventh-grade overflow at Higgins or crowd
ing. Consequently, we cleared three or four classrooms, but
we had one or two vacant. We shifted two more sections to
Hall in order to ease that condition and equalize there
that condition of temporary crowding at the secondary level.
Q. I see.
And when did that take place! A. That took place at
the beginning of this school year.
—94—
Q. I see.
And what you did was, in the same fashion, you moved
the teacher and her class then— A. Eight.
Q. —from one to the other! A. She just picked up with
her group and transferred, which again was not 100 per cent
desirable educationally, but it was the lesser of two evils.
Q. The reason I ask these questions: It seems that you’ve
done an extensive amount of inquiry into the number of
students within each district for the purpose of planning.
Now, here you’ve gone— A. Well, I ’d have to say also, in
all honesty, and for the purpose of answering interroga
tories, of course, naturally this counting of pupils is a re
quirement, is a continuous function, all the time. It goes on.
Q. Right. A. Surely.
Q. My point is : Being in such good control of the num
bers of people, I ’m somewhat astounded that you had to
move 60 students just before school started to another
school out of their zone after you had very meticulously
drawn zones. A. We had plenty of room for these chil-
—95—
dren at Oliver, plus empty classrooms. The crowding does
H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
709
not come at the elementary level. We have taken care of
that with our construction, but where we have added 36, 38
elementary classrooms in the last three years for elemen
tary children we have added perhaps no more than eight
or 10 at the secondary level. Consequently, we have some
temporary crowding at the secondary level.
Q. Now, let me— A. That is true with the round sys
tem, and is very ample.
Q. Fine.
Let me ask this: Do you remember when you contem
plated and when you informed the students and teachers
they would be moving from one zone to the other zone?
A. Well, of course, this condition actually entered the pic
ture—that’s true over here as well—even in the spring-
teachers were told, and that this shifting may have to come.
We couldn’t say that it would occur, but even in the spring
at contract signing time we had to tell them that; “These
conditions loom on the horizon and we may have to do these
things.” Of course, we did not do them until we had to,—
—96—
Q. Sure. A. —which was when the school opened.
Q. When school opened.
And, as you testified a few moments ago, you had so
many children here, for instance,— A. Right.
Q. —you had to tell the children and the teacher that
they move to this one? A. One teacher move there with
her section.
Q. And two— A. And two teachers—
Q. —with her pupils moved there? A. Moved there-,
right.
Q. All right.
Now, one last short line of inquiry with respect to this
plan: I have read the record and I ’m still unclear as to
H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross
710
what considerations led to the establishment of the bound
ary, the easternmost boundary, of E-l-C and the southern
most boundary of E-l-C. In other words, what considera
tions did you give rise to to create E-l-C? A. Of course,
we testified extensively concerning that in August 1964.
Of course, the record will point that out, but we were again
utilizing facilities of the schools. We were using old,
—97—
traditional subdivision lines. We were looking after safety
factors and the like. I t ’s a general criteria. However,
those no longer prevail since the Court referred to that
line as being somewhat tenuous or a tortuous one and,
of course, we are here now to wipe it out—
Q. Bight. A. —or obliterate it.
Q. Let me ask this, and I don’t think this question was
asked.
I will ask just one last question about this.
Was race a consideration when you drew these lines?
A. Bace is an incidental factor, but a year preceding that
school, Eliza Clark, was completely occupied. In fact,
three yaers ago we had to shift children away from that
zone. The school became crowded. That’s before this com
mercialization on Desoto occurred, before Desoto Avenue
was opened on up to Florence Avenue and on to Friars
Point Boad. After that condition occurred and commer
cialization started in that zone, the population has de
clined rapidly; but we were again utilizing the capacity
of the school. It was a small one, just seven classrooms,
—98—
and, of course, holding to the more or less traditional
boundary lines so far as Myrtle Hall was concerned, which,
incidentally, largely followed racial lines, but not exclu
sively. In the Myrtle Hall zone were many, many whites.
H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross
711
Q. They are no longer there? A. That I don’t know.
If they are there, the fifth and sixth-graders attend Eliza
Clark. None in one to four.
Q. Have you given any transfers to any white persons
living in E-l-B in Grades 1 through 4? A. No.
Q. Since the desegregation plan has been put into effect,
have you had a decrease in the number of students attend
ing school in the grades that have been desegregated?
A. Yes; we have. We have had some changes. We had
some falling off of whites; not in the Negro pupils.
Q. Not in the Negroes? A. In the whites we have,
whites and yellow pupils.
Q. Did you have any undue difficulties this last fall with
the students that transferred from here to here—excuse
me—from E-l-A to E-l-B or from E-2-A to E-2-B? A.
Well, of course, you have the matter of loyalties to schools,
which is a factor.
Q. Sure. A. But I ’d say we did not have insurmount-
—99—
able difficulties.
Of course, we had prepared the community back in the
spring that some shifts may have to occur, and, of course,
some did, but, fortunately, not too many.
Q. But no one knew precisely who would be involved?
A. Well, in general. Of course, when the Court order
came out, we did know which grades it would be. Prior to
that time we had to say, “If shifts occur, it will have to
be in grades not affected by the Court order.”
Q. No. I am not talking about—
We’re talking about different things.
I ’m not talking about the white-Negro problem now.
What I ’m talking about is the children, the one classroom
H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15 , 1965
G ycelle Tynes-—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
712
of children that was changed from E-2-A to E-2-B this
past September and the two classrooms— A. Yes.
Q. —of children that were changed from E-l-A— A.
That’s what 1 was speaking to. I was speaking to that
point; yes.
Q. Well, that— A. In fact, the only ones which we
could transfer were the ones who would not be covered
by the Court order. We could not transfer any pupil in
— 100-
Grades 1 to 4.
Q. Bight. A. But we did not know which grades other
than Grades 1 and 2 and presumably 3 back in the spring.
Q. So, you prepared the community by telling them
there would be some changes, but you— A. We told them
in all probability there would be some changes if present
population projections hold up. Of course, we couldn’t be
certain there.
Q. How did you— A. We had considerable confusion.
Q. I understand.
How did you prepare the community?
What steps did you engage in? A. Principals, teachers
speaking to PTA and the like; the normal community
contacts.
Q. And you also told the teachers involved— A. Oh,
yes.
Q. —there may be change? A. It could be.
Q. And got their cooperation? A. It could be.
Q. Well, you testified it did, in fact, happen.
— 101—
You said when you talked to the teachers at contracting
time in the spring you told them about the changes that
may be taking place; is that not correct? A. Well, now,
H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 196S
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
713
of course, we refer here specifically to these temporary
crowdings. We told the teachers at Booker T. Washington
that: “If we are not able to move this line from Fifth
Street to Sixth Street, we may have one case in which a
teacher would have to transfer with her pupils.”
Now, the same is true over—
Q. Wait. Let’s stop there for a moment. A. Right.
Q. I f you had, in fact, moved the line from Fifth Street
to Sixth Street— A. We would have had no transfer,
of course.
Q. But you would have had an influx— A. Surely.
Q. —of one class— A. Surely,
Q. —or approximately 30 people dispersed over four
grades. Would that not have required a change in the
teaching load over here!
In other words, you needed a teacher in one instance,
but not in another instance!
— 102—
I ’m not— A. Well—
Q. That would include— A. We had three empty class
rooms here at Riverton.
Q. But my point is this: I f you had 30 children to
relieve overcrowding here and sent them to Riverton, in
Grades 1, 2, 3 and 4, which would have happened if you had
moved the line down from Fifth Street to Sixth Street,—
Is that right? A. Yes.
Q. —then that would have been an increase on an aver
age of seven children plus a class.
Now, the answers to your interrogatories indicate that
the size of the classes at Riverton or the teacher-pupil
ratio is 30.4 to one. With an increase of seven, that would
have knocked the ratio up to 37, close to 38, to one, which
B e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efen dan ts— G ross
714
would have been too high. A. No; not that. Fifteen
teachers, see. Consequently, it would have jumped it pos
sibly 32; somewhere around 32 or 3.
Q. I see.
Because you have more in each section! A. Right
—103—
Q. I see. A. Right.
Now, that would have necessitated one additional teacher,
which in all probability would have been a new teacher to
the school over here.
Q. Which you would have gone out and hired this Sep
tember— A. Right.
Q. —or switched?
If you had to relieve one teacher from here or it would
have released a teacher at one level, would you have just
switched her over? A. Well, the chances are we would
have utilized all 16 teachers at Booker T. and employed
one over at Riverton.
Q. All right.
Now, my question at this point is: Why did you not,
seeing that this condition was coming about, submit a plan
with a line down one block? A. Well, we started to,
but there were so many issues before the Court we didn’t
want to confuse it. At the same time, we planned to seek
this relief through the use of subdistricts, to have this
flexibility. In fact, that had been our intention from the
beginning, but we realized we had not made it clear to
—104—
the Court.
Q. I see.
Now, you talked about community preparation. You
said you talked to the teachers. You also had the principals
H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15 , 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross
715
talking to the PTA and there was the general attending
publicity in the community, I assume, that there may be
this shift? A. Yes.
Q. Now, this Court’s opinion was published on August
10th, and in this Court’s opinion there is some skepticism
expressed with respect to Zone E-l-C, and in response
to this Court’s opinion you have come in with a revised
plan; is that not correct? A. That’s true.
Q. What, if any, efforts have you made to advise the
community or prepare the community for changes that
may take place in E-l-C? A. Well, the Court order, the
essential of it, has been published in the papers. Of course,
teachers have been apprised of it through bulletins from
our office.
We have sought to make the whole picture clear to
the community just as we know it. Of course, we can’t
predict what will occur the second semester. We do not
—105
know.
Q. Have you talked to PTAs also? A. I haven’t per
sonally talked to the PTA. I talked to the teachers, but
have had to tell them just what we essentially covered in
bulletins and in the newspapers, that these are the facts
and we are required to do these things. We have sub
mitted these plans. Now, what the pleasure of the Court
will be, we don’t attempt to guess.
Q. I understand that. I am not suggesting that, but
you have, in other words, taken some efforts to apprise the
community of the change that will take place here; is that
correct? A. We have—
Q. Of the fact that there will be a change in that zone?
A. Well, we know there will be sometime. We have not
S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15 , 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
716
sought to pinpoint the minute or the day, which we don’t
know. In fact, we have sought to communicate to the
teacher, principal, the facts. We have not engaged in
suppositions, and even when questions were raised of an
assumptious nature or supposition nature we have de
clined to answer those because we cannot deal with specula
tions.
Q. Are there any reports to your office of any turmoil
—106—
that took place when these classes switched from E-l-A to
E-l-B and from E-2-A to E-2-B1 A. Well, we had a few
parents, of course, which did not like it.
Q. And could you handle those all right! A. Ap
parently so.
Q. Did they get bucked up to your office or were they
handled at the local principal office! A. They were
handled at the intermediate level.
Of course, you recognize, Mr. Counselor, there is a
tremendous difference between transferring one class or
a section—really, not a class but a section—from one
school to another or two sections to another and com
pletely consolidating two schools. There is a tremendous
difference there. You don’t have a case here of where
one principal’s duties have to be terminated or diverted
or something else. In fact, your problems are quite dis
similar.
Q. Well, let’s get into those.
Now, as far as the principal is concerned, you’re obli
gated to pay that man for the year, aren’t you! A. Yes.
Q. So, whether or not he’s working in his present capacity
or in some other capacity is somewhat irrelevant; the fact
—107—
is you have got to pay him! A. He’ll have to be paid.
H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
717
Q. So, if the Court should order that this plan of con
solidation of E-l-B and E-l-C into a new E-l-B —if the
Court should order this consolidation to take place in
January, the financial position of the district is no dif
ferent, is it?
You’re going to have to pay that man some consolida
tion now or at a later date; right? A. Well, of course,
we would have minimal services, if any, from one of the
principals. The financial load would be the same, but the
services rendered would be quite another picture.
Q. Do you question that you could find something for
this man to do? A. Well, of course, that’s again specula
tion or supposition. We have not dealt with that. The
person, himself, would have to be, of course, agreeable to
the change. We’d run into different questions and prob
lems there, of course.
Q. Have you talked to these principals and told them
that this may be coming about? A. I have simply given
them the facts.
—108—
Q. What facts have you given them? A. Well, we have
given them the Court’s order of August 10th. We have
given them the plan here which the School Board has
proposed and the phasing out of one zone or the combining
of the two zones, in which we have asked respectfully that
this be consummated as of the end of the school year.
Q. Now, if you were to start planning immediately,—
let’s assume for the purposes of discovering what your
difficulties will be—if this Court should order today that
the revised plan with respect to the consolidation of E-l-B
and E-l-C were to be put into effect today,—I should say
to be recognized today to be put into effect come the
H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
718
second semester—what difficulties do you think that you
would encounter? A. Well, I covered some of those par
tially this morning earlier.
First, would be the principal situation to work out,
Secondly—
Q. All right. Let’s stop and go through them one by
one.
With respect to the principal, at worst one principal
—109—
would no longer be a principal? A. Eight.
Q. You might have to pay him for a year? A. Eight,
The choice has to be made of one principal,—
Q. Eight. A. —which you can imagine what will hap
pen. With two of them around, the other principal—and,
too, the faculty recommended by that principal—you would
immediately—well, you’d undermine anywhere from a
morale of seven teachers all the way up to 16 teachers or
17. Consequently, you would have at the very outset,
whichever principal the School Board appointed to handle
the situation—naturally, one would be left out, and, of
course, a principal’s secretary, the community loyal to
that one. You immediately have that kickback or boomer
ang facing you right there.
This is a can’t-win proposition. In fact, if the consolida
tion—
Q. What you’re talking about— A. —is made at the
middle of the year, it’ll be impossible to prevent wide
spread loss of pupil-teacher-community morale. The edu
cation of the children will be hurt. It ’ll be hurt seriously.
— 110—
It will be impaired greatly.
Q. What have you done to avoid this?
R e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross
719
Have you talked to the people and told them that this
is going to be coming about? A. We give nothing but
facts. We don’t know—
Q. You knew— A. —when this will come about.
Q. When you knew that you were going to be combining
or perhaps sending a grade to E-2-B from E-2-A, you
didn’t know which grade it was going to be; yet you told
this Court— A. Well, we knew—
Q. —that you went to the PTA— A. Yes.
Q. —and that you talked to the teachers and that every
body was fully apprised that some change might take
place, and they were adequately prepared for this change,
and I ask you: What have you done along similar lines
to prepare the people for an even similar change involving
more people and more teachers in E-l-C and E-l-B? A.
we have talked with the principals and with the teachers,
published the facts in the papers concerning where we
—1 1 1 -
are, but we’re not attempting to anticipate what this Court
will do.
We’re saying that: “We know for a certainty that this
district or these two zones will consolidate or something
will happen by September 1 of ’66.”
These other things can occur, but what we don’t know.
Q. Did you— A. If the Court does not accept this plan,
we don’t know whether it will say, “Use this plan,” or tell
the School Board to come up with another plan or what.
Consequently, if we go out speculating, dealing in suppo
sitions, rumors and the like, we’d stir up our community
and never be able to get it calmed down this school year.
Q. Yet— A. Consequently, we have dealt with facts.
Q. All right.
S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T yn es— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
720
You told them the fact— A. Yes.
Q —that you asked this Court— A. Right.
Q. —to wait until next September? A. Right.
— 112—
Q. Did you also tell them the fact that the plaintiffs
asked that this be expedited to January? A. Well, we
told them that the present zones are under a temporary
Court order giving them duration or life only through
the first semester and that the Court will make some
dispensation or some disposition of that situation the
second semester.
We told them what we had requested, but what—
Q. Did you tell them also what the plaintiffs had re
quested? A. No. That has come in recent days and I
have not given that information to them.
Q. I see. A. That’s very recent.
And, of course, we expected this hearing, and, of course,
when something comes from it factually we’ll immediately
communicate that; surely.
Q. Now, let’s get back to the community.
Now, you talk about loyalties and you talk about com
motion, and I wish that you’d be very specific.
Did you have any rioting when the change went from
E-2-A to E-2-B? A. We have a fairly stable community,
—113—
considerably law-abiding. We have had no Watts area—
Q. I ’m not— A. —or Greenville, Alabama, demonstra
tion of that sort. Consequently, we have a history here
of a law-abiding people, all citizens. Consequently, our
parents have considerable confidence in the School Board,
the school system, and in general we, of course, have en
joyed good relations with them. Of course, if the School
S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T yn es■—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
721
Board should do something completely out of character,
we couldn’t predict then just what would occur.
Q. All right.
Now, you say that you have got a rather sensible com
munity here. Have there been a minimum of demonstra
tions here! A. That’s true; yes.
Q. A minimum of unrest! A. Yes.
Q. And the maximum amount of respect for the School
Board, do you feel! A. I think there has been.
Q. So that if the School Board were told to do some
thing by this Court then I take it that your very sensible
— l i d -
community would react by knowing that the School Board
had no choice; is that correct! A. Of course, we would
do our best to lead it through any situation which any
court should put upon our shoulders, but at the same time
even desegregation, itself, has not posed this type of
problem which we have right here, in which we’re con
solidating two schools and in something not entirely re
lated to desegregation. Actually, this thing right here
that we are proposing, even though at the instruction of the
Court, to work out some sort of change in this boundary
—actually, our chief purposes in coming here are from
educational and administrative or financial reasons—
Q. But let’s— A. —to eliminate a situation—
Q. Let’s be realistic. A. —which is festering.
Q. Let’s be realistic.
Isn’t it true, sir, one of the factors involved is that this
will be the first time in Clarksclale that there is a significant
mixing of the races if this takes place!
H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
722
Isn’t that true? A. Well, that’s not so consequential.
—115—
Here in Riverton—we had dozens of white children in
there. This problem is no different from what we had—
Q. You had dozens of white children attending the Negro
school? A. No. That lived in the zone.
Q. No. I am talking about attending schools. I am
not talking about living. People have lived there and
they’ll continue to live there, or they may not continue to
live there. A. Yes.
Q. What I ’m asking you is: Will this not present the
first meaningful or first large-scale potential desegregated
system in Clarksdale? A. Well, under the situation there
which has racial overtone, we would encounter some deseg
regation of grades not yet covered by the Court’s order.
Consequently, if the School Board voluntarily entered into
that, it, of course, would have tremendous reaction.
Q. Sure.
And you’ve got to be cautious of this reaction,— A.
Surely.
Q. —don’t you? A. Surely.
— 116—
Q. Because, isn’t it a fact, if the city and the people in
the city knew that you voluntarily agreed to bring about
all this mixing in January you’d have problems, wouldn’t
you? A. Surely.
Q. So, there is—
I mean let’s be honest. This is a desegregation suit and
these are racial considerations and there’s no reason to hide
from it. A. But a chief reason we’re phasing out one
school center as such is a financial reason.
We have a declining population, a commercialization of
a zone, and we can no longer justify the administrative cost
H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— C ross
723
of operating an attendance center at that zone or in that
zone.
Q. So, what you’re saying is that, while there are very
good reasons to combine all three of them, jumping in would
not be wise because there is the racial overtone; isn’t that
right? A. Well, of course, that’s a problem; but if all the
children in both zones were of the same race the problem
would still be there, and approximately the same magni
tude, which it would be with different races.
—117—
Oh, you don’t think, then, that the fact that you have got
100 or 105 white children and some 460 Negro children or
four-to-one Negro to white would have any consequences in
that area? A. That’s not the major consideration which
the Board, of course, is facing here; no.
Q. I see.
There are pure administrative difficulties? A. That’s an
overwhelming issue.
Q. All right.
Let’s get into the administrative difficulties now.
First, we talked about turmoil. Now we’re talking about
administrative difficulties.
What are the administrative difficulties? A. Well, tur
moil, of course, is part and parcel of those.
This matter here of working out with principals, secre
taries, teachers just assignments and the like which they
have not contracted to do. That’s particularly a problem in
itself.
Teachers may be compliant. They may be congenial.
They may not.
—118—
If we should lose a substantial number of these teachers,
we’d be hard put at this season of the year to staff these
positions.
B e a r in g o f N o v em b er IS , 1965
G ycelle T yn es—fo r D efendants— C ross
724
Of course, this is outside the confines of this lawsuit, but
we have now another employing agency in the community,
our local Community Action Program, which is looking to
the schools of Clarksdale to secure its staff. We’re having
great difficulty at the moment by being raided by this agency
at salaries, of course, completely foreign and unrealistic to
normal standards for professional teachers in this com
munity.
Now, for some of these vacancies that have occurred,—
we have had only three or four thus far the school year—
it has taken the principal a solid calendar month to find a
single replacement. Therefore, if we should lose any sub
stantial number of teachers,—by that, I mean two or three
—this school system would be crippled for this school year
in a hurry. In fact, we can get crippled by being raided if
this Community Action Program grows very much, as it’s
now projected, with almost limitless resources and funds.
Our school system here is going to be sadly crippled.
Of course, that’s outside the confines of this case,—
—119—
Q. I ’d agree with you. A. —but we have this pressing
problem and one which gives our school administrators in
creasing concern and anxiety.
Q. Let’s get back to the case.
You’ve got this tremendous problem. Is this your biggest
fear, then, a walkout of teachers! A. Well, that’s just part
of it, part of the total picture.
Q. And what are— A. Of course, I ’d say—I’d have to
say this—our biggest concern is what will happen to the
education of boys and girls. That’s a number one issue.
Q. Well, something I ’m not clear on: Really, we’re talk
ing about Grades 1 and 2 in E-l-B and E-l-C going to
E-l-C ; right? A. That’s true.
S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— G ross
725
Q. Now, Grades 1 and 2 could be picked up as a compact
unit with their teacher and moved from here to here, which
you have testified so freely is a mere three and one-half
blocks,— A. Yes.
— 120—
Q. —and, indeed, I would submit would be closer, many
of them, to this school, or as many would be closer to this
school— A. True.
Q. —as are closer to this school. A. True.
Q. Then you would lift up as packages Grades 3, 4, 5
and 6 with their teacher and send them down to this school;
is that not correct! A. Well, no; it wouldn’t work out that
way.
Q. Wiry! A. Well, you want to look at your composite
population, balance your teacher-pupil loads as completely
as possible.
If a teacher moved in here and she had 27 pupils and
another had 30, you’d get frictions and confusions and the
like there, the chances are, especially in a situation of that
caliber.
Q. Well, do you mind— A. Of course, you would want
to keep your transfers down to the minimum, surely.
Q. Well, you have got Eliza Clark with 30.2 average stu
dents in the class; you’ve got Myrtle Hall with 29.8, or .4
— 121—
child difference. A. Yes.
Q. Now, we’re not, I take it—
And I think you have testified— A. Well, of course—
Q. —you are very proud of the fact that there isn’t a
disparity any more— A. Yes.
Q. —and that the teacher-pupil ratio is pretty close to
gether; right! A. Quite close.
B e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15 , 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross
726
Q. So, let me just ask you this simple question— A. Let
me—
I think I can unconfuse you right here.
Q. Okay. A. We have five teachers at Eliza Clark, six
grades. Consequently, we have a broken grade. Therefore,
in shifting to a consolidation, you’d have to take such fac
tors as that one in mind.
Q. Repeat that. I ’m not quite sure what you mean by—
A. If you have five teachers teaching six grades, you have
one grade which is divided. Consequently, we’d have a
- 122-
problem of that character which would arise, which would
simply entail a considerable transferring, reassigning and
the like. You couldn’t just pick up A and move to B and B
to A in toto. We’d like it to be that way, but it won’t quite
work that way.
Q. Let’s—
The Court: You have five classroom teachers
teaching six grades—
The Witness: That’s true; yes, sir.
The Court: —at Eliza Clark1?
The Witness: Yes, sir.
By Mr. A ronson :
Q. Which is the double class? A. That’s third grade, if
I recall.
Q. Third? A. Third grade there is apportioned out.
Q. So that some third-graders are in the fourth grade
class and some third-graders are in the second grade class?
A. Possibly. I won’t say just two grades. Several teachers
teaching other grades teach this third grade also, a portion
of them.
S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T yn es— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
727
Q. Could you acquaint yourself with that over the lunch
- 1 2 3 -
recess, the facts of that? A. Well, I have it pretty clearly
in mind now.
The Court: Do they—
By Mr. Aronson:
Q. I wondered if you—
The Court: Excuse me just a minute.
Do they have a separate home room?
They are grouped together as third-graders?
The Witness: They have, of course, their entity
or identity as such, hut different teachers teach them.
The Court: I understand.
Are they grouped separately as third-graders in a
separate classroom and do the teachers come to that
classroom and teach them in their own room?
The Witness: That’s true primarily, with possibly
one or two exceptions in which a group will go to the
teacher’s classroom, but in some cases a teacher
comes to the classroom.
By Mr. Aronson:
Q. I wonder if you could find out over the noon hour—
and I think this is very relevant to the precise point that
we’re hitting in this area—the answers to the following
questions:
—1 2 4 -
How many pupils there are in each class by grade at both
the Hall School and the Clark School. A. I have that be
fore me.
H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— C ross
728
Q. You’ve got that? A. Yes.
Q. In each class? A. Yes.
Q. So, then you could answer for the third grade.
Then if you could also find out for us— A. Nineteen
pupils.
Q. Are in the third grade ? A. Yes.
Q. I wondered if you could find out a precise answer to
the Court’s question about how those children are taught.
Do they, in fact, go to other grades; and, if so, which ones,
or do teachers, in fact, some to the 19, and if teachers, in
fact, come to the 19 who takes care of their classes while
they are gone? In other words, how does it work, if you
could find that out for us? A. Well, I have a pretty close
picture of that at present.
Q. Well, could you tell us about it? A. Oh, surely.
—125—
The principal, secretary and teachers—in fact, say a
teacher of the fifth grade at a certain point will shift to the
third grade; a principal or secretary will supervise her
group while she’s down in the third grade. That is worked
out throughout the day involving virtually all of the five
teachers. In fact, to my knowledge, it will involve some
where between three and five, with secretary and principal
rotating in. They simply catch a group, supervise them, at
some study-time activity. The actual teaching is done by
five classroom teachers, but supervision will be done of a
teacher’s group who is down working with the third grade.
Q. I see.
So, the third grade is kept as a contiguous unit during
the day? A. Right.
Q. It has a home room,— A. Right.
Q. —as you indicated in response to the Court’s ques
tion? A. Right.
H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
729
H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
Gycelle Tynes—for Defendants-—Cross
Q. I see.
—126—
The Court: Court is in recess until 2 o’clock.
(Thereupon, at 12 noon, the Court recessed until
2 p. m.)
—127—
A fternoon S ession
(The Court reconvened and the hearing was continued
at 2 p. m.)
The Court: You may be seated.
All right, Mr. Aronson. You may proceed.
Mr. Aronson: Thank you, sir.
Gycelle T yn es, a witness called by and in behalf of the
defendants, resumed the stand and, having been previously
duly sworn, testified fu rth er as follow s:
Cross Examination by Mr. Aronson (Continued):
Q. We left off just before lunch discussing the situation
with respect to the Hall School and the— A. Clark.
Q. —Clark School, and most particularly the situation
in the Clark School of five teachers for six classes, and I
wonder if we could refer back now, and, as I understand it,
you had a breakdown. I wondered if we might use this
breakdown.
Now, in the Hall School this is the breakdown by classes
—128—
for each of the six grades? A. Right.
Q. In Grade 1 we have 83 students? A. Yes.
730
Q, Anri how many teachers? A. Three.
Q. In Grade 2—71 students? A. Two teachers.
Q. Two teachers. Grade 3? A. Two teachers.
Q. For 64 students? A. Yes.
Q. Grade 4? A. Two teachers.
Q. For 70 students? A. Yes.
Q. Grade 5? A. Three teachers.
Q. For 95 students? A. Yes.
Q. And Grade 6—105 students? A. Three teachers.
—129—
Q. Three teachers. Okay. Now, over at the Clark School,
Grade 1 with 27 pupils, one teacher? A. Eight.
Q. And Grade 2 with 28 pupils, one teacher? A. Eight,
Q. Grade 3 with 19 students? A. No teacher. Floating
situation.
Q. Grade 4 with 25 students? A. One teacher.
Q. Grade 5 with 29? A. One teacher.
Q. And Grade 6 with 22? A. One teacher.
Q. Now, when you figured out in answer to the interroga
tories the teacher-pupil ratio, you added up all of the chil
dren in the Eliza Clark School and divided it by the num
ber of teachers? A. Five teachers.
Q. By the five? A. Yes.
Q. But in reality they’re all very small classes? A.
True.
—130—
Q. You just have a straight— You have a very few num
ber of teachers. The largest class you have there is 29,
and it drops down to 19? A. True. Of course, 19 have to
be absorbed by five.
Q. I ’m sorry, sir. A. Nineteen pupils have to be ab
sorbed by five teachers.
Q. Eight. A. Surely.
S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross
731
Q. May I look at this? A. Surely.
Q. I ’m not trying to take your papers from you. Is the
principal of the Clark School— Again this is the school
that’s located in E-l-C? A. Eight.
Q. Presently constituted E-l-C f A. Eight.
Q. Now, is the principal a qualified teacher? A. Surely.
Principals have to be qualified teachers before they can be
considered for principalships.
—131—
Q. And how long has he been a principal? A. I don’t
know how many years. Six years since I have been in the
system.
Q. And he’s been a principal since you arrived? A. Yes.
Q. And— A. Plus some years before.
Q. I see. And the principal of Hall School? A. Six
years to my certain knowledge, but some years prior.
Q. Now, your testimony was that you weren’t quite cer
tain—there was a floating situation, and I would like to go
back just momentarily to this third grade, which has no
teacher.
Now, at different periods in the day is it my understand
ing the other five teachers come in and teach them and the
19 pupils stay stationary within their room throughout
the day? A. I think that’s correct. I couldn’t say that
all five teachers come and teach, but the majority would;
possibly three or four.
Q. In your best educational judgment, is that a good
- 1 3 2 -
way to run a class? A. It ’s not preferable, of course; no.
Q. And, in fact, the pupils-per-teacher ratios are some
what inaccurate, are they not? A. No.
Q. And— A. Perfectly accurate.
Q. "Well, if you look at these, each of these teachers’
load, he has primary responsibility— I ’m talking about each
of the five teachers— A. Surely.
S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
732
Q. —in the Clark School. He has a primary responsibil
ity, the first grade teacher, for 27 students; the second
grade teacher for 28 students; the fourth grade teacher
for 25 students; the fifth grade teacher for 29 students,
and the sixth grade teacher for 22 students? A. Plus five
teachers for 19—
Q. Well, then, it’s either way out of whack because you
either add 19 in to their normal responsibilities and say
that each of these teachers is responsible for his home
room plus 19, which is a pretty strange situation, or some
how another you take recognition of the specific situation
—133—
here, but it’s not—I don’t think—and I would like your
testimony as to whether or not you think—it’s accurate
to add this all up and divide by five as if these 19 were
distributed throughout the five. A. Statistically and abso
lutely accurate.
Q. All right. I appreciate this opportunity to have
cleared it up.
If these were to be combined now at mid-term, under
your proposed plan, I ’d like to ask you some questions,
under such a combination, with respect to your response
or your justifications for putting it off as set out in this
plan.
Now, you start out by saying—I refer to Page 8 of the
revised plan filed by the defendants, and I quote:
“The consolidation of the Eliza Clark Elementary
School and Myrtle Hall Elementary School will pre
sent many and serious difficulties for the pupils,
teachers and administrators involved. A large per
centage of the pupils involved will be required to
leave the school buildings to which they have become
H ea rin g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— G ross
733
accustomed and enter those to which they are
strangers.”
Now, let’s start with that. Is that a very big problem!
—134—
A. Considerable.
Q. You’d figure that as considerable— A. Surely would.
Q. —to go to one school rather than another one three
and a half blocks away? A. Yes.
Q. Now, I noticed when we talked about the changes of
the two classes in Zone E-l-A to E-l-B and the one class
from Zone E-2-A to E-2-B, which you did rather hurriedly
this past September, there was no consideration of this.
A. Well, we—
Q. How do you distinguish this situation? A. No one
has said there was no consideration. We said it was a
lesser of several evils, and it was not the most desirable
thing, but under the circumstances it was a solution to the
problem at hand.
Q. But you, as a school administrator, view as a very
serious proposition the fact that students would have
difficulty getting accustomed to one school as opposed to
another one? A. Of course, what we are doing here is
simply eliminating a school, paralleling in my professional
experience—
—135—
Mississippi has had a vast consolidation movement. In
fact, perhaps no state in the union has paralleled the work
which Mississippi has done in the past 12 or 15 years in
consolidation.
Now, to my knowledge, no two schools anywhere in any
school district have been consolidated during the active
school year, in the midst of it. It simply isn’t done that way.
H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross
734
Q. How many school districts— A. I know of no school
anywhere which has undergone such a combination.
Q. There are 82 counties in this state. How many of these
counties do you have intimate knowledge of? A. Well, I
have worked in perhaps six counties. I have, due to certain
functions which I carry out, fairly intimate knowledge of
the whole situation.
Q. All right.
You consider yourself an expert on the educational sys
tem within the whole state? A. Well—
Q. Let’s talk about the consolidation—
Mr. Luckett: Let him answer the question.
—136—
The Witness: May I answer the question?
The Court: Let him answer the question.
The Witness: I am Chairman of the Southern
Association committee, committee of the Southern
Association, which supervises all member schools in
Mississippi, and now there are some 120 high schools
having classification.
I ’m a member, committee member, of the Com
mittee on Elementary Education of the Southern
Association, which in turn looks after the members
of the Southern Association of Schools of Missis
sippi.
At present I hold those two positions, one at the
high school level, one at the elementary.
Only one other superintendent in the South—and
he’s from Virginia—holds two similar positions.
Now, with those two positions, working intimately
and with our Secretary, with other committee mem
bers, 1 naturally have to keep a very close super
R e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross
735
visory viewpoint of our elementary and secondary
schools.
I couldn’t say I know intimately the details of
every county, but I am reasonably well informed
on the state as a whole, especially during this period
of consolidation.
Q. Well, I ’m aware of some, and I would like to ask you
some questions as an expert in this area.
—137—
I ’d like to ask you: Are you familiar with the consoli
dation that took place in the Sharkey-Issaquena District?
A. Fairly well so.
Q. And are you familiar with when this took place? A.
Yes.
Q. When did that take place? A. Sharkey-Issaquena is
a line situation in which two counties, of course—
Issaquena has not had much of a school system, hardly
any schools at all, and now pursuant to the general legis
lation enacted in an extraordinary session in December
1953 there’s authority by which this line arrangement was
set up.
Now, of course, I ’m not sure this bears on this case
right here, but I ’ll answer this: Pursuant to that general
enabling legislation, which, of course, had to come into
effect by July 1, ’57, all the school districts in this state
had to complete a reorganization, and now it was close to
the end of that time when the Sharkey-Issaquena situation
was worked out.
There have been several situations—Pontotoc County;
Lafayette County; two or three other counties—which have
—138—
been slow in meeting that July 1, 1957 deadline. In fact,
H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
736
some have not entirely implemented the program since
that date.
Q. Well, I would like to ask you some questions about
the difficulties the systems have had with rather abrupt
changes.
Now, I would like to ask you—
You can start with Sharkey-Issaquena, which I am rea
sonably familiar with, and I am sure, as you have testified,
you have some knowledge— A. Some knowledge; yes.
Q. —about the interrelationship.
What problems were involved with the somewhat sig
nificant shift of pupils this last September?
Mr. Luckett: I object, if your Honor please.
This is going very far afield with respect to the
revised plan, with respect to these two schools in
the southeast quadrant of the Clarksdale Municipal
Separate School District, and I see no necessity for
trying this as a state-wide suit. I think it’s getting
into matters that might be quite interesting but
quite irrelevant so far as we’re concerned.
The Court: What is your purpose of this line of
- 1 3 9 -
questioning?
Mr. Aronson: Your Honor, the witness has testi
fied that he knows of no district that he’s aware of
where consolidation of any sort has taken place be
tween semesters. On the other hand, he has stated
that he is very familiar with the consolidations that
have taken place in the state. I am familiar with
several consolidations that have taken place on very
quick notice, as short as one and two weeks, and—
The Court: In the middle of a school year?
H ea rin g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
737
Mr. Aronson: Well, not in the middle of a school
year, but in comparable circumstances where the
order has come one week before school started, not
withstanding the fact that everyone has registered
at different schools.
The Court: I doubt its relevance here for this
reason: This witness’s preoccupation and concern
with the problems incident to merging these two
districts, attendance zones, into one in the middle
of a school year is the reorientation and the reloca
tion and the rearrangement of teacher-pupil rela
tionships and pupil-building and grounds relation
ships twice in one school year rather than once,
which is considered the normal every year.
I think this is his principal concern, and I doubt
the—
— 140—
Mr. Aronson: All right, your Honor.
The Court: Well, necessarily, at the beginning of
every school year there’s going to be a reorienta
tion of a certain degree, even if the system is un
changed entirely, a moving of children from one
grade to another, the establishment of teacher-pupil
relationships, perhaps the moving to a new school
building as the child advances in the school system.
But I may have misunderstood him. I thought the
doubling up of this in the middle of the school year
and his concern about the effect it would have on
the pupils, themselves, was his primary concern
about why the proposed merger shouldn’t take place
until the beginning of the school year next fall.
I don’t want to unduly limit you, but I can’t see—
Mr. Aronson: All right.
H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
738
The Court: —anything comparable in the Issa-
quena-Sharkey County matter where apparently,
from your question and from your statement, it took
effect at the beginning of a school year. Therefore,
the teachers and the pupils had only one period of
orientation to get accustomed to the change.
—141—
Mr. Aronson: Your Honor, another situation that
this Court is aware of is the West Point situation,
and in West Point they reopened registration after
nine weeks and let pupils change, and I can cite
seven, perhaps more, seven off the top of my head,
school districts that after the nine-week period have
had a reregistration of students going to different
schools and in a far more complicated context. In
deed, in Canton one week after school started, pur
suant to an order of Judge Cox, they lifted up
buildings and moved them five miles to a different
site.
My only point in going into this is to show that
this is a rather simple move, and I ’ll let the record
rest at this point on this issue and just ask him more
questions about Clarksdale.
The Court: All right.
Mr. Aronson: I ’m not trying to unduly burden
the record, your Honor, but I ’m very, very con
cerned, frankly, about defendants offering as an
excuse for changing or not being able to change for
a year a line which I think is rather clearly imper
missibly drawn, and I ’ll make the record as brief as
I can. I ’m sorry for unduly burdening it.
The Court: All right. Go ahead, sir.
S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
Gifcelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— C ross
739
S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15 , 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
—142—
By Mr. Aronson :
Q. Let’s go back to the revised plan, and I ’d like to ask
you some questions then about your specific statements.
You say:
“A large precentage of the pupils involved will
be required to leave the school buildings to which
they have become accustomed and enter those to
which they are strangers.”
If they do it this fall rather than at this time, what dif
ference—
Excuse me.
If they do it, change, in January rather than this com
ing September, what difference will there be with respect
to orientation? A. It simply doubles a problem that is
normally present.
Some loss of motion will occur at the beginning of a
year, but two weeks in June, two weeks in August, plus
a three-day workshop will minimize, of course, mitigate
these conditions which normally would cause this lost
motion; and now if we come in the middle of the year,
come again with all of this reassignment, reorientation and
the like, then we, of course, not only duplicate that lost
—1 4 3 -
motion, but actually we aggravate the situation by not
having time in order to plan for this new orientation.
Q. Well— A. Now—
Q. Excuse me. A. I was going to say actually it doesn’t
just double the loss. It does far more than that.
Q. I see.
740
Now, all students presently attending the Hall School,
the Myrtle Hall School, attended the Hall School the year
before, except for first-graders and those which were in
troduced to the school by the Board’s order of sending
over a section of the fifth and a section of the sixth grade;
right? A. Substantially so. Of course, some pupils move
in; some move out. You have that constantly.
Q. But, taking the over-all view of the district, aside
from those few that may have moved in and moved out,
do you have percentage rates, of attrition in the district
that you can give us? A. No, but we have a fairly con
siderable turnover of students, of transferring in and out.
It ’s constant.
— 144—
Q. It’s constant? A. It’s constant. Every month we
have that.
Q. How many would you estimate per month? A. I
would say in the years as a whole frequently about 10
per cent.
Q. About 10 per cent? A. Yes.
Q. All right.
Aside from this 10 per cent, any people in the Hall
School except for children starting this year in the first
grade would have gone to the Hall School last year ? A.
Right.
Q. Right? A. Right.
Q. So, then, if they are changed to the Clark School,
that would be the first change of a school for them?
It ’s not as if they went to one new school this fall and
then they had to go to another new school in January;
is that correct? A. Of course, as the Court has pointed
out, even where there is no change whatsoever, adminis
S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross
741
tration center or anything else, you still have this new
orientation each year.
— 145—
Q. Well— A. Of course, we have had that—
Q. Well, we will get to that. A. —behind us now.
Q. I would appreciate it—and maybe we can cut this
hearing short—if you would address your answers to my
questions, and we’ll keep them short. A. All right.
Q. I f you want to add anything, feel free to do so be
cause all I want to know is what problems you people
are facing.
So, with respect to the people required to leave the
school buildings to which they have become accustomed
and enter new ones, you would admit, would you not, that
they’re going to have to enter a new building either now
or in the fall if this plan is adopted; is that not correct?
A. That’s true.
Q. All right.
Now, you say they will have to adjust to new classes!
A. Of course, we assume that’s true.
They don’t have to. They could go to private school,
move away, stay at home. They have a number of options.
— 146—
I f they are in the public school, they would.
Q. All right. We’re only talking about the public schools
now— A. Right.
Q. —and I am just interested in your responses to
what would happen in the public schools. A. Right.
Q. All right.
You say they will have to adjust to new classmates.
Now, this one confuses me and I would like to go into
this in a little bit of detail.
S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle Tynes-—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
742
As I understand it, your plan proposes Grades 1 and 2
at the Clark School, Grades 3, 4, 5 and 6 at two centers
within the Hall complex? A. Yes.
Q. All right. Let’s forget the Grade 3 problem for a
moment. I ’m talking about the Grade 3 of the Clark School.
Now, Grades 1 and 2—how many sections of Grades
1 and 2 do you have at the Hall School this year? A.
Three sections of one; two of two.
Q. All right.
Three and two then? A. Five.
—147—
Q. Five? A. Five sections.
Q. Now, would it not seem sensible if the plan were to
take place at mid-year that you would keep these classes
as integral units with the same teacher and with the same
people in the class?
I mean I think that you would be heaping additional
problems on your shoulders if you were to reshuffle the
classes.
So, I ask you in response to your statement that they
have to get adjusted to new classmates: What adjust
ments are going to be required if you pick this class up
and move it over here just as you picked up a class from
E-l-A to E-l-B, or two classes, and just as you picked
up a class from E-2-A and moved it to E-2-B? A. The
principal plus supervising help, of course, may recom
mend such a course of action, but they may recommend
instead of that simply to group these pupils according
to some ability level, whether achievement test results,
maturity, physiological maturity, or other bases or cri
teria.
Now, if they came up with—
S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross
743
Q. Who would recommend this!
I ’m sorry. A. The principal or the supervisor.
An elementary supervisor works with the principal and
teachers.
Now, should they come up with some solution like that
for the consideration of the Board, then, of course, that
completely, you see, scrambles the entire picture. Of
course, as far as the learning average of the pupil, they
would be free to recommend whatever they professionally
felt to be the best solution, and what that would be I
could not say. They have not come to grips with the
problem.
Q. When you moved two sections from E-l-A to E-l-B,
did you give aptitude tests and did you reshuffle all the
classes! A. The principal and supervisor affected said it
was perfectly okay to do so just on the entirety basis.
Q. I say: Did you do it?
Did they reshuffle all of the classes?
The Court: He answered your question. You
didn’t understand him.
Mr. Aronson: They could, he said.
The Court: He said they agreed to leave the
— 149-
section intact and put it in the other building would
be acceptable practice.
Mr. Aronson: Oh, I thought you said they could.
The Witness: No.
Mr. Aronson: Thank you, your Honor.
S e a r in g o f N o v em b er IB , 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
— 148—
744
H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
Gycelle Tynes-—for Defendants—Cross
B y Mr. Aronson:
Q. What about shifting from E-2-A to E-2-B? A. The
same agreement was made there.
Q. That they would move as a class? A. That’s right,
sir. Entirety.
Q. And keep it as a unit? A. Right.
Q. So, what you’re suggesting—the possibility need not
at all be the best educational solution to shifting if you
were to shift at mid-year, and I would ask you in your—
A. Well, we couldn’t say that. These two persons have
intimate knowledge of these children far more than I have
or the School Board has. Consequently, we would look
to them for counsel and recommendations and, of course,
we’d be tempted to follow their recommendations.
Q. Have you talked to them about this yet? A. No.
Q. Yet you have known that this— A. I say I have
—150—
not talked to them. What I mean by that: I have not
given them any instructions to pursue the matter.
I have told them about the hearing, about the fact that
we have this situation, but we have not engaged in any
activity trying to anticipate what the Court’s decision will
be.
Q. So, this whole dialogue that you have gone into
about personality tests and achievement tests and various
other measuring devices for the students is something
that may or may not happen?
You have had no advice whatsoever from, the people
you look to, have you? A. Just it’s more or less routine.
In other words, we have three teachers here that teach 83
pupils. These pupils have been divided this year already.
745
Q. They’ve what? A. They have been divided, assigned
to three teachers, and now professional principals and
supervisors are free to work out their best methods and
techniques of dividing these pupils in order to group them
with roughly homogeneous groups, with peers who have
roughly equivalent learning abilities.
— 151-
Now, whether what they have done already is sufficient
or whether it would have to be given an agonizing re
appraisal would be a problem which immediately we would
place in the hands of these professional staff members
once this problem comes about.
Now, we do not anticipate giving them this problem in
the area of speculation and supposition until the thing
becomes a fact. To do so would cause these professional
workers to spin their wheels for a number of weeks per
haps. It would cause the community to become alarmed,
concerned, and, of cours, we would immediately begin un
doing what we have thus far set in motion for this school
year. We couldn’t afford to traffic in rumors of this sort—-
just simply couldn’t afford to.
Q. I see.
Anything that you would tell an immediate subordinate
to study, say, even sub silentio, to keep it real quiet, would
immediately get out into the community? A. The teacher
would recognize what was happening immediately.
Q. So, you have got a bad community problem then; is
that right?
I don’t understand— A. Well, no.
— 152—
Q. You testified a little bit earlier— A. I would say no
different here from anywhere else, but this is a situation
which is without precedent in my experience.
S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15 , 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross
746
Q. I ’d agree with that. A. I simply have not heard of
a community consolidating two schools in the middle of
the year. I have not.
Q. Now, you testify next that one of the difficulties will
be in switching at mid-year the teachers in many instances,
and I quote now from the plan:
“Their teachers in many instances will be other
than those whom they have known.”
Now, if you were to move these students as a unit with
their teacher, as you have done in the only three recent
instances in your district where you have made such a
move, why would they have to get to know different teach
ers? A. Of course, we can’t say which is which. A proba
bility exists here that considerable regrouping would occur.
Q. Is that your testimony?
- 1 5 3 -
Let’s get this straight.
Is it your testimony there is going to be considerable re
grouping, that if this— A. I am saying the probability
exists that there would be considerable regrouping.
Q. And upon what facts do you base your statement that
the probability is that there would be considerable regroup
ing? A. The figures here indicate that we have smaller
groups here in one school transferring in or being trans
ferred into another. Consequently, when you have smaller
sections here, 22 pupils, other teachers perhaps 30, you’re
going to equalize that situation.
Q. I think that you now are going to have to fish or cut
bait because you testified earlier that these per pupil rela
tionships were accurate.
N owt , as I understand it, at the Eliza Clark School the
pupil-teacher ratio is 30.2 to one and at the Hall School
H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross
747
it’s 29.8 to one. So, there’s only .4 of a student difference
per pupil,— A. That’s correct.
Q- —if I accept your figures? A. That’s correct.
—154—
Q. Now, I ’m a bit confused when you say there is such
a disparity in pupil-teacher ratios, and which I questioned
earlier, and you said, “No; those are accurate.” A. Eight.
Q. Which is it? Is it the situation now that you are
relying on to delay or is it these figures? A. The figures
you are holding there or these, the same ones.
Now, the teacher-pupil ratio simply means the number
of active teachers in the school divided into the number of
pupils which you have.
These 19 pupils are being taught, aren’t they?
Q. I take it— A. Consequently, these five teachers—
their time must be prorated to the 19 pupils. Consequently,
it’s a mathematical concept; just a statistical figure.
Q. So, what you’re suggesting now, as I understand it,
is that one of the difficulties of combining in mid-year is
the disparity in the pupil-teacher relationship; is that
right? A. It ’s not the teacher-pupil ratio. It ’s simply
this: I f you have 95 pupils in the fifth grade and you
bring in X number to them, you’re going to look at the
—1 5 5 -
total, make sure that the four teachers have a very similar
teaching load. Of course, in this case, it would be a grade,
29 in the fifth grade group; but these things are going to
move up and down, grade to grade, and you would attempt
to equalize this teaching load. Otherwise you’re going to
have dissatisfied teachers.
No teacher with a section of 30 fifth-graders wants to
see another teacher with a section of 25 or, of course, one
with 33 wouldn’t want to see one with 28.
B e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T yn es—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
748
Q. Well, that’s a problem that, you know, may have to
he worked out.
But, to the extent that that was worked out, it may just
involve a few pupils, the ones that were shifted to equalize
the burden; is that not true? A. Well, it’s usually not
quite that simple.
Q. Well, what are the others factors, sir? A. Well, of
course, you start shifting there, pupils moving in, moving
out and the like.
Of course, if you take that example right there—
Q. Moving in and moving out of where? A. Out of the
zones and what-not.
Q. Do you anticipate they would be moving out of the
- 1 5 6 -
zones? A. It ’s possible anywhere. They’re moving all the
time, every month of the school year.
Of course, now, you’d adjust perhaps three classes and,
take this fifth grade, pull up three and place in one, which
would not make such a significant difference. It would make
some, but not too significant.
Q. Well, if it wouldn’t make that much difference, then
I take it that the statement that this is a difficulty doesn’t
hold true; is that right? A. No; we can’t say that. We
can’t say that.
Q. All right. Again I take your statement:
“Their teachers in many instances will be other
than those whom they have known.”
Now, does that necessarily follow? A. That’s true.
Q. You can’t make that statement, can you? A. Yes.
In fact, quite a proportion of pupils throughout, and per
haps every grade, which would have new teachers.
S e a r in g o f N o v em b er IS , 1965
G ycelle T ynes■—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
749
Q. Well, your testimony seems to indicate that it would
be an accomplished fact in the event of a consolidation that
the classes would be reshuffled? A. I hardly see any way
at all to accomplish the task without considerable shuffling.
—157—
Q. Well, the results, then, I would submit,—and I would
like your judgment on these results—are one of two things:
On the one hand, you have in the first grade—
Let’s take the second grade at Hall. You have two
teachers for 71 pupils. So, that’s an average of 35— A.
Thirty-five.
Q. —.5. A. Yes.
Q. And you have got 28 at Clark. A. Yes.
Q. Now, didn’t the Court order of this Court provide
that the teacher-pupil relationship was to be equalized?
A. Eight.
Q. And do you consider that equalized when there’s a
difference of nine pupils per teacher? A. Seven pupils.
Twenty-eight and 35.
Q. Excuse me. Seven. A. Seven.
Q. Seven and a half. A. They’re not perfectly equal,
but this Court order applies to a school. You will always
—1 5 8 -
have disparities wuthin a school. You should not have dis
parities within a grade, but in a school from grade to
grade you will get disparities within an acceptable range.
Thirty-five is a limit, but in a given grade, once you
bring in another group, you’d have to then equalize that
grade to be fair.
Q. You’re over 35. You say 35 is the limit, and it’s 35.5
there in the second grade at Hall. A. Well, that was a
gross figure, which—in other words, it’s not a net enroll
ment figure, but a proposed figure. It could be 69, 68.
H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15 , 1965
G ycelle T yn es—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
750
Q. And it could be 73? A. No; not that.
Q. You mean this is the highest possible figure!
Is that what this is? A. In fact, 70, itself, is the highest.
I f there is one extra pupil, of course, he’s more or less a
temporary assignment.
Q. So, I take it, then, that your testimony is if you were
to combine these grades that one of the great problems
would be what you feel to be an inevitable reshuffling of
classes? A. I can’t see how it could be effected otherwise.
I can’t.
—159—
You’re bringing in unequal figures and, of course, when
you look at that total situation, that’s unequal within a
grade. Consequently, you’d have to look carefully at that
and reshuffle as was necessary to equalize.
Q. All right.
You also state the other half of the coin, and that is
“schooling of children to whom they are unaccustomed and
of whom they know nothing,” talking about the teachers,
and “an additional burden of adjusting to a strange student
body in the middle of a school year.”
Now, again I don’t mean to burden you with this ques
tion, but it seems to me that you suggest that it’s in
evitable that they be reshuffled and then from this re
shuffling you allege all kinds of problems that will follow.
So, it seems to me that what you’re doing is perhaps
creating your own problems and that on balance maybe a
disparity in class size would be the best thing if this
Court should find that this is an unconstitutional border
based upon race.
Is that a possibility, and on balance that you would be
best leaving the classes as units even though there is a
H ea rin g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— C ross
751
S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15 , 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— C ross
— 160—
disproportionate size? A. That’s simply an administra
tive matter or educational matter which the staff would
have to view in all of its facets, every possible factor
and phase that bears on i t ; simply a problem to be solved.
Q. And let me ask this again: We briefly mentioned
this this morning, but I would like to ask you what—
Mr. Aronson: Strike that.
By Mr. Aronson-.
Q. Is it your testimony that you do not feel that the
fact of mixing the races is a considerable fact— A. I
would have to say this—
Q. —that has to be recognized? A. Mixing races is not
even a factor for the School Board to be concerned about.
The same problem would exist exactly if the races were
of one race instead of two or three.
Q. In other words, it’s your testimony that the fact
that this is all white, E-l-C, and that this zone, E-l-B, is
all Negro is totally irrelevant to this problem?
Is that your testimony? A. That’s true.
Q. All right. A. In fact, all of the consolidation to
— 161—
which I referred, which has taken place in Mississippi
during my years as a schoolman, has been a monoracial
or a uniracial consideration. The consolidation to which
I referred was not biracial. It was monoracial.
Q. So, you’re saying there really is no race problem
there at all? A. No.
Mr. Luckett: He didn’t say that, if the Court
please.
752
The Witness: I haven’t said that.
Mr. Aronson: I think he did.
The Witness: I have said the primary concern—
The Court: Just a minute.
The Witness: —of the School Board is nonracial.
The Court: Just a minute, Mr. Tynes.
The Witness: Yes.
The Court: He has repeatedly said race was not
a factor that was given any consideration by the
School Board or by him in arriving at these plans.
He has never said that race is not a community fac
tor or a community concern.
By Mr. Aronson:
Q. Mr. Tynes, when you add the factor of race, which
your School Board has not considered in approaching these
—1 6 2 -
problems, does it become a much more difficult problem?
A. We have four grades desegregated now in the elemen
tary schools. Consequently, the factor of race can apply
to those grades. That situation has been solved.
Q. Mr. Tynes, you have four grades desegregated. You
say you have Grades 1, 2, 3 and 4 desegregated. A. Plus
Grade 12 in the high school.
Q. Plus Grade 12.
We are only talking about the elementary grades— A.
Bight.
Q. —in this hearing. A. Bight.
Q. How many Negro children are attending classes with
white students within the same schools within your school
district? A. To my knowledge, none.
Q. And would it be your testimony that if one was, or
more, you would know it? A. I think I would.
S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— C ross
753
Q. So, to your knowledge is tantamount to saying there
are none? A. I think that’s correct.
Q. And is it not also true that when Zones E-l-B and
—163—
E-l-C are combined there will be an inevitable mixing of
the races?
Is that not— A. I can’t say that. I have no knowledge
of that. We had the same thing before with E-l-A, E-l-B,
E-2-A, E-2-B. We had a considerable number of white
chidren in those zones. Up in E-4-A we have Negro pupils
living now, but they haven’t chosen to come to the white
public schools so-called. Instead, they have apparently
gone to a private school. Consequently, we don’t know what
will happen when zones are set up or anything of the sort.
The only thing we know is that a pupil living in a zone,
once his grade is desegregated by this Court, if he attends
a public school, of course, will go to that school in that
center. He can exercise other constitutional options that
he may have, which, of course, is no concern of ours, the
defendants.
When we say that Grades 1 to 4 have been desegregated,
that’s an established fact in this community. Whether or
not one, 10 or a hundred pupils of a different race come
in, that’s no major issue.
I f 20 pupils should move into a zone tomorrow in Grades
1 to 4 and attend that school, that would hardly create a
—164—
riffle because desegregation has come through this Court.
Q. So, then, you are testifying you have some knowledge
as to what would happen, and you say if 20 Negroes were
to move into E-4-A tomorrow there wouldn’t be a riffle in
the community, to use your testimony? A. That’s what I
would think.
H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
754
Q. You don’t think so? A. No.
Q. And, similarly, would you like to extrapolate that
knowledge and apply it to this situation? A. I think the
same is true. In fact, the community has already accepted
the fact that desegregation is a fact of life here. Conse
quently, people move from zone to zone, simply enter into
a desegregated situation, as they choose. They’re free to
do so.
Q. But you have testified that there are no Negroes and
no whites going to school together,— A. You understand
the reason why.
Q. —and you further testified— A. They have chosen
not to.
Q. I ’ll get to my question— A. They have chosen not to.
—165—
Q. —in a minute.. A. Yes. Now your question?
Q. You have testified in those zones where white children
lived in desegregated grades that they simply dropped out
of the school system?
That’s your testimony; you said there were whites down
here and they dropped out of the school system? A.
That’s correct.
Q. “Down here” being E-l-A and E-l-B. A. And, of
course, the same with E-4-A with Negro pupils up there.
They chose to discontinue their relationship in the schools,
the public schools.
Q. So, what you have posited to this Court, then, is the
fact that in those few instances where there was fortuitous
coexistence of Negroes and whites in one district that the
Clarksdale solution or at least the solution in Clarksdale
today has been for the person who is in the race other than
that predominantly attending the school to drop out of
school? A. That’s not the Board of Trustees’ solution.
H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
755
You understand the defendants in this case do not have
the power of Caesar. We have certain obligations, certain
authority, but beyond that citizens, themselves, have au-
— 166—
thority. They have rights, civil rights, and rights of that
character, and, of course, they are free to exercise those
without any restraint from the Board of Trustees.
Q. You also state, Mr. Tynes:
“Other administrative difficulties too numerous for
listing would present themselves.”
I wonder if you would list them for us, please. A. Well,
I have mentioned several already. Possibly one new one
which could be tossed in : This school district from time to
time has to float bond issues for capital outlay purposes.
I would venture this testimony: I f this consolidation oc
curred here in the middle of a school year, I expect that
10 years would pass, possibly a generation, before you
could ever get a school bond issue passed in this com
munity.
Now, we are in need right at present—
Q. Why is that, Mr. Tynes? A. Simply because that
would be a situation that would cause this community to
lose confidence in the leadership of its Board of Trustees,
leadership of its Superintendent. In fact, that sort of thing
isn’t done in educational circles. I ’ve never known of it
before,—
Q. Are you suggesting the community— A. —and we
- 167-
are not proposing it be done here.
Q. I know you are not proposing— A. Our total pro
posal is that this thing be done orderly and in a proper
S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross
756
and judicially feasible manner in the between-school-year
period; in other words, in the summer months, at the end
of the scholastic year, June 30th.
Q. Mr. Tynes, no one here doubts that you’re an ad
vocate of your plan, and no one doubts that you propose
the plan to wait at the end of the year, but I respectfully
suggest the reason we’re in court today is to explore the
possibilities of what an alternative might be, and I ’d ap
preciate answers to the question directed to that, if you
might.
Getting back to this questioning, what other numerous
instances which are too long to list is your Board relying
on in suggesting it’s impossible to change in the middle of
the year? A. I don’t recall whether that particular docu
ment spells out contractual relations with principals, with
teachers, with secretaries.
Does it do so?
Q. You allude to it; yes. A. Of course, they are all fac
tors, weighty factors.
—168—
We have testified concerning the double load that would
be placed upon the orientation process, in which children
would, of course, have to go through a second orientation
within one school year.
Those are the chief factors, I would say.
Q. All right.
Just a few more questions and we’ll be all done, Mr.
Tynes.
Do you have a copy of your plan? A. Yes.
Q. Could you take it out, please?
H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
Mr. Aronson: Let the record show that the wit
ness is being directed to the revised plan for ele
mentary attendance zones in Subdistricts E -l and 2.
By Mr. Aronson:
Q. Now, I direct your attention to Page 2, and we are
going to work through some figures. So, I ask you to pay
reasonably close attention.
We’re now at 2 (a), and you say that:
“There are approximately 1,000 elementary school
pupils residing in Subdistrict E -l and approximately
940 elementary pupils residing in Subdistrict E-2.”
- 1 6 9 -
Now, do you have handy a list of the number of class
rooms, teacher classrooms or instruction rooms, available
in E -l and E-2 ? A. Thirty-four in E-2.
Forty-one in E-l.
Q. In E-2 how many? A. Thirty-four.
Q. And in E-l? A. Forty-one.
Q. Now, these figures that you give—940 in E-2 and
1,000 in E -l—are those current?
Mr. Luekett: If the Court please, may I make a
statement—
The Witness: This year—
The Court: Wait just a minute.
Mr. Luekett: May I make a statement which might
clarify something for Mr. Aronson?
We’re talking about school population.
Now, that doesn’t necessarily mean the population
that goes to the public school.
I think we are trying to combine in there the num
ber of children, some of whom go to private school.
S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efen dan ts— G ross
758
S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
Gycelle Tynes—for Defendants—Cross
Is that right, Mr. Tynes?
—170—
The Witness: This is pretty close for what we
have at present.
Let me check this just a second.
These figures are current. They’re current.
Mr. Aronson: Yes, sir.
By Mr. Aronson:
Q. In other words, in E-2 there are approximately 940
students enrolled and in E -l there are approximately 1,000
students enrolled? A. Right.
Of course, that includes both races, all races.
Q. Well, as far as E-2 is concerned, you’d only be con
cerned with one race, wouldn’t you? A. No. We have
white children there, fifth and sixth grade. Not many. A
few.
Q. I see.
Do you have those figures handy? A. I think you have
them before you.
Thirteen, wasn’t it?
I think that’s in your interrogatory.
Q. If they’re in here, I ’ll get to them later.
All right. Proceeding now again down through your re
vised plan, referring you or directing your attention to
- I l l -
Page 4 (a), you say that E-l-A contains the George Oliver
Elementary School, which is a modern school building with
a capacity for 540 pupils.
All right. You say:
“To utilize it as it should be utilized, its student body
cannot be confined”—and you then give arguments as
759
to the highways—it can’t be confined to people north
or south of 61 and east or west of 49.
Now, going on, is it still your testimony that such should
be the case, i.e., that the students should not be bordered by
the various highways? A. We simply have insufficient pu
pils at present to utilize—that’s insufficient pupils south of
the highway, Highway 61, to utilize—school facilities which
are located south of the highway. In fact, looking at the
Oliver School, it has a capacity, as you see here, for 540;
yet the entire portion of Subdistrict E -l lying east of the
railroad and south of Highway 61—that entire area has
some 240 or 43 pupils.
Q. All right. A. Consequently, they would utilize only
eight of the 18 classrooms at Oliver.
—172—
Q. All right.
Then you go on to (b) and you say if E-l-A is constituted
as heretofore constituted by defendants—in other words, in
this fashion here— A. Right.
Q. —there will be some 320 pupils who will have to cross
over Highway 61.
Is that from the south? A. They live north of the high
way and they go south.
Q. Excuse me. South. A. South.
Q. All right.
Then you set out that you think it’s reasonably safe.
Now, what I would like to ask you is : What happens with
all that capacity?
You claim you have capacity for 540 students in Oliver
School. Your answers to your interrogatories indicate you
have 395 students enrolled and your earlier testimony indi
R e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efen dan ts—-C ross
760
cates that you have shifted two classes from E-l-A, Oliver,
to E-l-B, Hall.
Now, I would like you to clear up what appears to be a
discrepancy in your testimony. In other words, if you have
- 1 7 3 -
capacity for 540 pupils over here and, in fact, you only have
395, but in addition to that you sent approximately 60 to
another school, where is all this capacity? A. Well, we
testified this morning that, because of some temporary
crowding at the secondary level—
Oliver is located nearby Higgins Junior High School.
Consequently, we were simply making available classrooms
in the elementary school for seventh grade pupils at the
Higgins School.
Q. Do you have expansion plans for Higgins? A. Oh,
yes. I testified this morning concerning that.
Q. And when do you expect that to be open? A. Septem
ber of ’66.
Q. And how many pupils will you be able to accommodate
in addition to those that you can accommodate at this time ?
A. Something like 450 or 460.
Q. Four hundred and fifty or 460— A. Yes.
Q. —more than you can now? A. Right.
—174—
Q. So, that problem will disappear next fall? A. Yes,
if it materializes, the construction program which is under
way.
Q. You say if it materializes. Is there any doubt?
Have they already acquired the money and let the con
tracts? A. We have the land. We have paid for the site.
We have plans under way now with the architects, but we
do not have all funds in hand. There is some question about
funds, which is a common problem.
S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross
761
Q. When would you have to start to have it opened by
1966? A. In January or February the 1st.
Q. You would have to start by February 1st? A. I be
lieve so.
Q. What would you estimate the chances are that you will
have your funds by January or February 1st? A. Well,
we have constructed other buildings with the same amount
of time, the same chances that we have now.
Of course, I ’d be quick to point out here to the Court if
these plans do not materialize then we wnuld have to shift
some of Zone E-l-A next summer over to Zone E-l-B.
We will have several classrooms available in the eom-
—175—1
bination E-l-B and E-l-C next year. Consequently, we may
have to shift part of the zone there, at least temporarily, or
come to the Court and seek the permission to do so in order
to free more of the Oliver building for secondary school use.
Q. All right.
I direct your attention to Page 5 of the plan, and I ’d like
to know where you get the figures for the last paragraph
on Page 5, which continues over to Page 6, starting out
with:
“Should the attendance areas or zones in Subdistrict
E-l-B be reconstituted as herein proposed . . .”
First, let me ask: What does that refer to ?
Are you talking about the reconstitution? A. Two zones
into one.
Q. This combination? A. Right. Right.
Q. I f they are reconstituted as herein proposed, the ele
mentary pupils residing therein who number about a
thousand— A. Of course, not only those two zones com
bined, but E-l-A also.
S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
762
H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efendants— C ross
—176—
Q. I understand. A. The whole subdistrict.
Q. I understand.
You are talking about the whole subdistriet— A. Eight.
Q. —would be divided so 470 of them would attend the
George Oliver Elementary School and 530 would attend the
Eliza Clark School.
Now, where do you get these figures!
Most particularly, you say that— A. Five hundred and
thirty would be the approximate net number in Myrtle Hall,
at present its home pupils plus those in Eliza Clark, 105
plus 415, or 425, I believe it is.
Four hundred and twenty-five plus 105—530.
Q. Where do you get 105? A. That’s the figure which
you used this morning concerning the number of resident
pupils in E-l-B.
Q. Right.
But then what happens— A. Zone E-l-C.
Q. Yes. A. Excuse me.
Q. E-l-C? A. E -l-C ; right.
—177—
Q. But we also saw there was 147 or 42 that came from
out of the district. What’s going to happen to those 42?
A. Well, of course, your guess is possibly as good as mine.
Some will get caught by the desegregation next fall, and
what they will do I don’t know. Some, sixth grade, will
move up to seventh grade next year.
Q. What do you propose— A. The fifth and sixth are
not desegregated.
Q. You’re just assuming that these 105 students will be
all that you will have to draw on and you are making all
sorts of assumptions about them staying in school? A.
763
Well, next year all six grades will be desegregated. Con
sequently, we’re referring here in this paragraph to Sub-
district E -l, the pupils who live in it.
Q. But at this time you’re educating some 42 students
in E-l-C who live in E-3-A. A. No. Many of those live
out at E-l-A. Something around 25 or 30 live in E-3-A.
Q. All right.
What’s going to happen to those 25 or 30 that live in
E-3-A? A. The sixth graders, the seventh grade, the other
—1 7 8 -
pupils—that will be a matter that this Court and the Board
of Trustees will work out.
Q. You are coming into this Court with a revised plan,
and I think part of the information upon which the Court
must act is knowing what happens to E-3-A and the students
therein. A. Well, this morning I testified concerning the
commercialization of the southeast corner of E-3-A.
You heard that?
Q. Mr. Tynes,— A. Now—
Q. —let me— A. I ’m pursuing your question.
Q. All I want to know—
I don’t want to know about who is building what,
I want to know7 what’s happening to the children who live
here, and it’s a very simple question that can be answered
very simply or not answered.
What happens to the children who live in E-3-A? Where
do they go to school,— A. Some—
Q. —the Grades 1 through 6! A. —now go to Oakhurst.
—179—
A small group in the southeast corner attend Clark.
The Court here no doubt will advise the School Board
what to do wdth any pupils who may remain there. Of
course, none may remain by next year. I do not know.
H ea r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
764
Q. In other words, you have made no plans; you are sim
ply going to look to the Court for advice! A. Well, all the
way through we have proposed to the Court that some ad
judication be made of those pupils. Of course, traditionally,
those north of First Street have gone to Oakhurst, and now,
it, of course, makes educational sense, since that subdistrict
is tied to the junior high and to the senior high and in that
junior high zone and senior high zone, that those pupils go
to an elementary school in the same general junior high and
senior high zones. Normally you do that with feeder
schools, the children in feeder schools. That’s your educa
tional answer.
Q. That’s a nice— A. Whether it’s acceptable to the
Court is for the Court to determine.
Q. That’s a nice answer, Mr. Tynes, but I just hasten to
remind you that this zone has no school— A. Quite right.
—180—-
Q. —in it. A. Quite right.
Q. All right.
Now, I would like to ask you about— A. The adjudica
tion of those children has been by this Court.
Q. Thank you.
Now, proceeding on to Page 6, III, you say:
“Subdistrict E-2 should remain as presently consti
tuted and the present attendance areas or zones should
not be disturbed.”
Now, I wondered if your testimony remains the same
with respect to that after testifying this morning that you
lifted up one whole class with teacher and sent it. over to
another school. A. No; not at all.
Later on in here—take the whole document—you will find
that the School Board has asked the Court for permission
S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross
765
to make these modifications within a subdistrict within short
limitations.
Q. Well, is it your feeling that this problem will abate
next year? A. No. I think we’ll shift that line from Fifth
—181—
Street to Sixth Street.
Q. Oh, I see.
What you are saying is, then, you want permission to
juggle these or move these zonelines as you deem fit, and
you would ask the Court to so order so that if next year
you feel this should be moved down you would like to be
able to do that without asking the Court? A. Right.
Q. I see. A. Of course, what we want simply from the
Court is boundary lines within which the School Board
would have some latitude or freedom to act.
Q. Right.
Now, going back to Page 6, you say—again I redirect
your attention to the same sentence:
“Subdistrict E-2 should remain as presently consti
tuted and the present attendance areas or zones should
not be disturbed.”
Then I direct your attention to Page 7, Paragraph 2, the
first full paragraph, where it says:
“Should the attendance areas or zones in Subdistrict
E-2 be reconstituted as herein proposed . . .”
- 1 8 2 -
Now, who is proposing that redefinition or redrawing of
the lines? A. That’s the School Board. In other words,
the School Board proposes that the same lines be used and
simply be reconstituted.
The Court has directed the School Board to come up with
S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T yn es—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
766
new lines, a new proposal, recently, new zones, for these
five zones.
In three of the zones the School Board proposes the
present lines simply he reconstituted, that the zones be as
drawn at present.
I don’t think there’s anything mysterious about that. I
can’t see it.
Q. All right.
What you’re doing is you’re suggesting that somebody is
proposing a redrawing of lines, hut you start out by saying
E-2 should remain as presently constituted. Then you go
on, at the end of the next paragraph, and say:
“Should the attendance areas or zones in Subdistrict
E-2 be reconstituted as herein proposed . . .”
A. Well, should then these facts follow.
Q. All right. A. In other words, that’s just giving in-
—1 8 3 -
formation to the Court—
Q. Now, let me ask— A. —concerning the number of
pupils.
Q. Let me ask you this: You say:
“No good purpose would be served”—
I am now directing your attention to (b) on Page 6:
“No good purpose would be served by adding to the
zone served by the Booker T. Washington Elementary
School”-—
S e a r in g o f N o v em b er IS , 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efendants— C ross
Which is right here, is it?
—“the area bounded on the north by the right of way
of U. S. Highway 61, on the east by the right of way
767
of IT. S. Highway 49, and on the west by the right of
way of the Illinois Central Railroad . . . ”
And then yon testified this morning— A. There are no
children in there.
Q. —there are absolutely no children in there. A.
That’s what we’re saying here. Consequently, adding to
Booker T. Washington doesn’t help an iota, doesn’t help a
child.
—184—
Q. Well, also looking to the growth, if children should
move in there— A. That’s totally industrialized. That’s
simply an industrial complex.
Q. All right.
Now, you go on, and this is what I don’t understand. Go
ing to the first full paragraph on 7, which starts out:
“Should the attendance areas or zones be reconsti
tuted,” you say, “the elementary pupils residing therein
who number about 925 . . .”
Is that 925 in this district here? A. Right.
Q. E-2? A. Subdistrict; yes.
Q. Now, it’s 925 today, though, isn’t it?
That doesn’t involve any amending of lines— A. No.
Q. —to get to that figure? A. No.
Q. All right.
“. . . would be divided so that 475 would attend
Booker T. Washington School”—right here—“and 450
—185—
would attend Riverton School.”
S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T yn es—fo r D efendants— C ross
Is that what’s happening now?
768
In other words, that paragraph of your plan I ’m not
clear on. A. Approximately. That’s the approximate case
today.
Q. All right. A. Actually, we have 468 pupils at Wash
ington; one section is at Eiverton, but next year apparently
it will be close to 475.
Q. All right.
Are you in a position to make any estimate as to when
the earliest date of an opening of a school in E-3-A could
be effected? A. Possibly ’67. If this residential develop
ment occurs quickly, of course, it would have to be Sep
tember of ’66.
Q. But you have no money appropriate for it as yet,
and the residential area you’re talking about as yet is not
even part of the City of Clarksdale? A. I t ’s just begin
ning at the present moment.
Q. Bight. A. Of course, we hope it doesn’t develop too
rapidly It’s quite easy for development to get ahead of
—186—
your finances or capital outlay funds.
Mr. Aronson: If I could have just one short mo
ment, your Honor—
I think I ’m done. I just want to review and see
if I am.
I have no further questions at this time, your
Honor.
The Court: Any redirect, Mr. Luckett?
Mr. Luckett: I don’t think so, your Honor.
The Court: All right. You may stand down, Mr.
Tynes.
Anything further for the school district?
S e a r in g o f N ov em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes— fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
769
Mr. Luckett: Nothing from the school district.
The Court: Anything for the plaintiffs.
Mr. Aronson: I have no evidence to put on, your
Honor.
The Court: All right.
# # # # #
S e a r in g o f N o v em b er 15, 1965
G ycelle T ynes—fo r D efen dan ts— C ross
770
Defendants’ Exhibit 24
(S e e O p p osite) ISF3
FEETSCALE
URBAN RENEWAL. PROJECT
CLARKSDALE
URBAN RENEWAL PROJECT
LOCATION MAP
MICHAEL BAKER, JR, INC.
CONSULTING ENGINEERS - PLANNERS
JACKSON, MISS. DEC., I9S2
1
11 .11 1
j J l
-------- - ----------- 4 ii
^<■ ' \ /
\
""
\ \
r ' ' ~ .
i \
771
772
Defendants’ Exhibit 25
(S e e O p p osite) SSF
INSIDE PROJECT BOUNDARY
Deficient Structure
Standard Structure
OUTSIDE PROJECT BOUNDARY
Deficient Structure*
STRUCTURE IDENTIFICATION
Commercial
Industrial
L E G E N D
□
Remaining structures are residential
Entire lot shown.
CLARKSDALE
URBAN RENEWAL PROJECT
PROJECT
CONDITIONS MAP
MICHAEL BAKER, JR„ INC.
CONSULTING ENGINEERS - PLANNERS
Jackson, Miss. Rochester, Pa.
DEQ. 1962
773
774
Defendants’ Exhibit 26
(S e e O p p osite) IE§P
Ixm
n
O
M
im
ru
LEGEND
2 5 W HITE PERSONS------------ o
2 5 NON -W H ITE PERSONS-----•
i
C O M P R E H E N S IV E C IT Y P LA N
C LA R K S D A L E , M IS S IS S IP P I
POPULATION DISTRIBUTION
M IC H A E L B A K E R , JR., INC.
CONSULTING ENGINEERS — PLAN N ER S
ROCHESTER, PA. JACKSON , MISS-
Aliens*, 1959
r-'iGURETT'a
Defer
(S
ti
775
V $*®w*ia»«|
776
D efen dan ts’ E x h ib it 26
Residential blight in certain sectors of Clarksdale has been a matter of increasing
concern to C ity o ffic ia ls and citizens. These blighted areas, characterized by deteriorating
dwellings, deficiencies in basic u tilit ie s , mixed land use and other environmental inadequacies,
should be of v ita l concern to all of the C ity ’ s people. L ike a rotten apple in a barrel, b light breeds
more blight.
Ciarksdale’ s housing pattern is similar to the pattern found in many communities. The
C ity ’ s older homes are located generally in and adjacent to the Central Business D is tric t and
along the older streets radiating out from the core of the City. Within the c ity lim its , the new
and modern residential areas are predominantly in the western and northwestern sectors of the
City.
Housing conditions have become critica l in certain parts of the C ity and other less
deteriorated areas are showing evidence of residential blight. Although presently confined
primarily to the older sectors of the City, the housing problem areas w ill continue to spread and
eventually in filtra te into the now satisfactory residential neighborhoods unless proper remedial
steps are taken.
This chapter of the Comprehensive Plan has as its purpose a thorough study of prevailing
conditions and the formulation of suggested housing program designed to improve existing sub
standard housing and leading to the eventual elimination of residential b light through all of the
City.
SECTION I
INVENTORY OF EXISTING HOUSING
SUMMARY OF HOUSING CONDITIONS
Data enumerated by the U- S. Census of Housing (1961) provide an excellent basis for
evaluating the C ity ’s over-all housing conditions. Also, these data, when compared with similar
data recorded by previous censuses, indicate what progress, i f any, is being made in improving
areas of poor housing.
Age of Dwellings :
According to the I960 census, 56 percent of a ll dwelling units reported for Clarksdale
were constructed prior to 1940, 21 percent were bu ilt prior to 1950 and 18 percent prior to 1955.
Only 292 dwelling units, representing 5 percent of a ll units reported, were constructed between
1955 and 1960. These data indicate that re latively old structures predominate in the City.
Types of Dwellings:
The 1960 census reported a total of 6,427 dwelling units w ithin Ciarksdale’ s c ity lim its.
Of the total dwelling units reported, four-, five-, and six-room units predominated with an average
of four rooms per dwelling unit. Approximately 2,880 units were owner-occupied, 3,235 were
renter-occupied, and the remaining 312 units were either vacant or with status of ownership
not reported.
Value of Dwelling U nits:
The 1960 census reported only the values of owner-occupied dwelling units. Of the
2,880 units enumerated, 1,528 or 55 percent were valued at more than $5,000 but less than
47
777
Defendants’ Exhibit 26
$15,000 and 484 or 17 percent were valued at more thdn $15,000. The remaining 868 units were
valued at less than $5,000. A t the time of the 1950 census, 47 percent of owner-occupied dwell
ings were valued between $5,000 and $15,000 with oniy 8 percent of a ll dwellings valued at more
than $15,000.
Dilapidation and Sanitary Facilities*.
By census definition, dilapidated dwelling units were those units lacking essential
fa c ilitie s or in such poor state of repair that major repairs were needed to render them safe for
human habitation. Deteriorating units were units lacking some essential fa c ilitie s or that had
pronounced structural defects or a combination of structural defects and lack of essential fa c ilitie s .
This definition, employed in the 1960 census, varies somewhat from the criteria imposed by
the 1950 census. Of the 6,427 dwelling units reported by the 1960 census, 4,548 or 71 percent
were considered sound structures, 1,481 or 23 percent were c lassified as deteriorating and 398
or 6 percent were considered dilapidated. Of 4,300 units reported by the 1950 census, 82 percent
were classified as not dilapidated with 952 units or 18 percent of a ll units reported as d ilap i
dated.
THE VISUAL SURVEY
In June and July of 1959, a house-by-house inspection of dwelling exteriors was conducted
to determine the housing conditions in Ciarksdale. These conditions were recorded as satis
factory, substandard or c ritica l. These classifications were predicated on the following criteria.
1. Satisfactory housing consisted of those dwellings in a good state of repair
and requiring only normal maintenance to be kept in such condition.
2. Substandard dwellings consisted of those dwellings which have deteriorated
to some degree and where remedial measures are necessary to reverse
the trend toward dilapidation.
3. C ritical housing embraced those dwellings which constitute a detriment
to public health and safety and which have deteriorated to the point where
repairs are impracticable or can probably not be made at a reasonable cost
in relation to the current value of the homes.
The following is a tabulation of 1959 housing conditions as determined by the visual
survey:
TABLfE V -A
SUMMARY OF HOUSING CONDITIONS - CITY OF CLARKSDALE 1959
Approximate
Condition Number of Dwellings % of Total
Satisfactory Housing 2,397 40
Substandard Housing 1,984
C ritica l Housing 1,572 27
TOTAL 5,953 100
From the preceding table, it can be readily seen that over 50 percent of the houses studied
needed repairs in varying degree.
PROBLEM HOUSING AREAS
The Housing Condition Map (Figure V -1 ) portrays the location and condition of dwellings
in Ciarksdale. This map indicates that the majority of Clarksdale’ s substandard and critica l
housing areas are located in the older sections of the City and re latively near the Central
Business D istric t. A major part of the housing fa lling in these two categories is located in the
48
778
D efen dan ts’ E x h ib it 26
(See Opposite) SS?"
PL
A
N
N
IN
G
U
M
tr
j
MICHAEL BAKER, JR., INC.
CONSULTING ENGINEERS ------- PLAN N ER S
ROCHESTER, PA. JACKSON, MISS-
A p r i l , 1962
f (SURE I - l
779
780
D efen dan ts’ E x h ib it 26
sector of the City extending from Washington Avenue eastward to Nebraska Avenue, south of the
Illino is Centra! Railroad. There are scattered unsatisfactory dwellings in the remaining parts
of the City.
The substandard and critica l areas shown outside the present c ity lim its are primarily
shacks or makeshift rural dwellings which, in most cases, were orig inally bu ilt as farm tenant
houses.
The Housing Condition Map illustrates that the Town of Lyon has been infiltra ted with
substandard dwellings over much of its developed area and that critica l housing conditions also
exist in some sectors.
Clarksdale’ s substandard dwellings can, in most cases, be improved or corrected by the
enactment and enforcement of sound remedial codes and ordinances. Therefore, primary stress
should be given to improving critica l housing areas. A few of the major characteristics of these
critica l areas are:
1. Aged homes that have reached the point of collapsing.
2. Deteriorated dwellings scattered among commercial and industrial buildings.
3. Overcrowding due to inadequate space for dwellings.
4. Narrow and unpaved streets.
5. Littered and unsightly premises.
6. Lack of adequate u tilitie s .
SECTION II
A SUGGESTED HOUSING PROGRAM
PUBLIC UNDERSTANDING AND COOPERATION
Apart from the technical and planning aspects, the proposition of citizen participation
is essential to the success of any housing program formulated by Clarksdaie. Unless the co
ordinated efforts of C ity o ffic ia ls , local c iv ic groups and the citizens of the City can be solicited,
lit t le can be accomplished toward improving housing conditions and the creation of a good liv ing
environment for a ll the C ity ’ s people.
As a firs t step in the program, the C ity should begin to fam iliarize its people with pre
vailing housing conditions. This could be accomplished through informative articles distributed
to the press and other news media. These artic les should be supported by photographs of the
C ity ’ s critica l housing areas. As the public becomes more aware of existing conditions, the
remedial measures necessary to correct these conditions can be explained.
TOOLS OF THE PROGRAM - CODES AND ORDINANCES
Sometimes improvement of housing conditions can be brought about without rig id enforce
ment of legal controls. However, the adoption and enforcement, when necessary, of adequate
codes and ordinances is essential to the success of the housing program. These basic codes
are :
1. Housing Code
This code provides minimum standards for housing, enabling the City
to compel owners to remove slum dwellings and repair substandard dwellings. The
current code adopted in 1961, was prepared as a part of this Comprehensive Plan.
2. Zoning Ordinance
This ordinance should set the development pattern for the City, protecting
stable residential, commercial or industrial areas from the encroachment of
51
781
D efendants’ E xh ib it 26
objectionable land uses. Recommendations for any necessary revisions to Clarks-
dale’ s present zoning ordinance are a part of th is Comprehensive Plan.
3. Subdivision Regulations
These regulations should assure proper development of future subdivisions.
Proper building setback lines, adequate u tilit ie s , and streets should be inherent
parts of the regulations. Recommended subdivision regulations for the C ity are
a part of th is Comprehensive Plan.
4. Building Code
This code establishes standards and controls to assure construction
of structurally sound buildings. The building code, together with the housing
code, would require that a ll buildings be both safe and non-detrimental to the
health of the C ity ’ s people. The C ity has had a satisfactory building code for
many years, however, in 1961, the Southern Standard Building Code was o ff ic ia lly
adopted.
NEIGHBORHOOD ANALYSES FOR PROBLEM AREAS
The City should in itia te a series of detailed studies of their problem housing areas to
determine the cause of blighted conditions, the remedial steps necessary to remove existing
blight and the course of action necessary to prevent its recurrence. To assist the C ity in pre
paring these studies, suggested priorities for neighborhood analyses are illustrated by Figure
V -2 . These problem areas, listed in the order of priority for treatment, are as fo llow s:
Area I:
This area of extremely critica l housing begins at F irs t Street and extends northward
along the Sunflower River and Friars Point Road. A portion of the area embraces what is commonly
1 / called “ Tuxedo Park” , an area of very dilapidated, Negro occupied dwellings. A lso included
in Area I is an area of very poor Housing located just north of F irst Street, adjacent to the Central
Business D istrict.
Area II:
This area is very irregular, in filtra ting and surrounding the Central Business D istric t
to the north and east. The area extends eastward from Delta Avenue to a point approximately
850 feet east of Tunica Avenue, and northward from the lllin io s Central Railroad to the c ity
lim its. Though critica l housing consists of a small percentage of the total dwellings, these
dilapidated structures hinder the growth and appearance of the Centra! Business D istric t and its
fringe area. Substandard housing constitutes about 50 percent of the dw ellings w ithin this area
and the remaining dwellings, about 45 percent, are in good condition. The area predominately is
occupied by whites.
Area III:
The lim its of this irregular area extend eastward from Washington Avenue to Jackson
Avenue between McGee Street and the north side of the block fronted by Walnut Street. Though
this area is populated by both whites and Negroes, Negroes predominate. Approximately 25
percent of the dwellings fall in the critica l category. Good conditioned dwellings comprise about
15 percent and substandard dwellings about 60 percent of total dwellings in the area. Objection
able non-residential land uses are scattered throughout the area.
52
782
D efen dan ts’ E xh ib it 26
(See Opposite) IS?"
C O M P R E H E N S IV E C IT Y PLA N
C LA R K SD A LE , M IS S IS S IP P I
PRIORITIES
for
NEIGHBORHOOD ANALYSES
M ICHAEL BAKER JR., INC.
CONSULTING ENGINEERS------------PLANNERS
ROCHESTER, PSL JACKSON, M«SS.
rwMeir-*
783
784
D efen dan ts’ E x h ib it 26
Area IV:
This area extends eastward from the Sunflower River to the Illin o is Centra! Railroad
between Twelfth Street and South Edwards Avenue. The area predominately is populated by
Negroes. The majority of the dwellings therein are in the critica l category, and only a few dwell
ings are sound, standard structures. Mixed land uses prevail throughout the area.
Area V:
This deteriorating area extends eastward from East Tallahatchie Avenue to Lincoln
Place and northward from Sixth Street to South Edwards Avenue. Basically, the area is populated
by whites, though Negroes make up about 15 percent of its population. While there are a few
scattered critica l dwellings in the area representing about 3 percent of total dwellings, sub
standard dwellings make up about 35 percent of total dwellings and about 62 percent are good,
sound structures.
Area VI:
This area extends in irregular fashion eastward from Mississippi Avenue to R itchie Avenue
and northward from State Street to South Edwards Avenue. A large segment of th is area is Negro
occupied. Approximately 10 percent of the area contains critica l housing; about 80 percent
substandard, and the remaining 10 percent are good structures.
Area VII :
This area extends eastward from Ohio Avenue to Nebraska Avenue and southward from
Sixth Street to Eighth Street. It is populated by both whites and Negroes. Approximately 10
percent of the dwellings are dilapidated, about 45 percent are substandard, and the remaining
45 percent are in good condition.
Area VIII:
This small area extends northward from Wissier Street to State Street and westward from
Ritchie Avenue to Lincoln Place. The area predominately is Negro occupied. Approximately 4
percent of the dwellings are dilapidated, 90 percent substandard, and the remaining 6 percent in
good condition.
Area IX:
This area extends southward from Thirteenth Street to the south side of the block fronted
by Eighteenth Street, between the Sunflower River and the Illino is Central Railroad. The area
basically is Negro occupied. C ritical dwellings represent about 45 percent of total dwellings,
while substandard dwellings consist of nearly 50 percent and the remaining 5 percent are good,
sound structures.
Area X:
This small area consists of one block of dilapidated dwellings occupied by whites,
located between Pine Street and Qakhursf Road, eastward from Cheyenne Street.
Area XI:
This small area is located north of the Illino is Central Railroad at the northeastern
lim its of the City. The dwellings in th is Negro occupied area are in very poor condition.
Area XII:
This area consists of eight dilapidated dwellings just south of Lyon city lim its.
55
Area X III (Town of Lyon):
The d ilap idated dw e llings are in the northern part o f the developed portion o f the Town,
north o f Fontaine Street, on each side o f Webb Street. They are occupied by Negroes and co n s ti
tu te about 4 percent o f the to ta l dw e llings in the area. Substandard dw e llings are scattered
throughout the developed area and make up about 36 percent o f to ta l dw e llings.
TR EATM EN T OF SUBSTANDARD HOUSING
For purposes of th is report, substandard dw e llings were considered to be dw e llings in
need o f repa ir but not ye t in the c r it ic a l category. For substandard dw e llings, remedial measures
are urgently needed to prevent further deteriora tion .
A re a lis t ic housing code is an e ffec tive tool for restora tion o f substandard housing.
However, a housing code genera lly estab lishes minimum standards on ly and some o f the C ity ’ s
substandard housing can presently comply w ith these minimum requirements. A program appea ling
to community pride and re sp o n s ib ility usua lly is the most e ffec tive measure for im proving sub
standard dw e llings where the housing code is inapp licab le . Many c it ie s have been able to create
“ Neighborhood improvement Groups” among the residents o f substandard housing areas. Such
groups perform such desirable functions as:
1. Studies of the ir neighborhoods to determine needed improvements.
2. Plan neighborhood improvements in cooperation w ith the P lanning Commission
and C ity C ouncil.
3. Encourage neighborhood cooperation in in it ia tin g the improvement plan.
4. Promote and encourage campaigns such as “ Paint-up — F ix-up Week” or other
campaigns adding to neighborhood beau tifica tion .
5. Enlighten the people about the benefits o f m ain ta in ing a safe, healthy and
a ttrac tive neighborhood.
CONSERVING SATISFACTORY HOUSING
The primary purpose of the housing program should be the e lim ina tion o f ex is tin g residen-
t ia l b lig ^ a n < T th e prevention of its recurrence. Therefore, prime consideration should be given
tcTprotecting the res identia l areas tha t now contain sa tis facto ry housing. Th is ob je c tive is best
accomplished through the combined efforts o f loca l c itizens and the C ity government. The program
should include:
1. Adoption and enforcement o f basic codes and ordinances.
2. Planned development of future res identia l areas.
3. Continued e ffo rt by the C ity to provide basic u t i l i t ie s in new res identia l
areas.
4. Under the sponsorship o f the Planning Commission, in it ia te a p u b lic ity
program encouraging c itize n s to maintain a ttrac tive , w e ll maintained dw e ll
ings and neighborhoods.
IMPROVEMENTS THROUGH URBAN RENEWAL
Urban renewal is construed generally as the process o f clearing and redeveloping slum
areas or the rehab ilita tion o f substandard housing through the combined efforts of the local govern
ment and the Federal government. Th is de fin ition is not necessarily sound, since c itie s can
undertake urban renewal w ith the ir own resources and w ithou t Federal fina nc ia l assistance.
'"■"-However, c learing and redeveloping large slum areas is beyond the financ ia l means o f most c it ie s .
785
D efen dan ts’ E x h ib it 26
5 6
786
D efendants’ E x h ib it 26
The urban renewal process, where Federal ass is tance is s o lic ite d , cons is ts o f the fo llo w
ing general procedures:
1. D esignation of a sp e c ific area for urban renewal.
2. Determ ination that the area q u a lifie s for Federal ass is tance under established
governmental c r ite r ia .
3. A deta iled study of the area to determine w hich portions o f the area may
be salvaged and which must be demolished and cleared.
4. The preparation o f p lans for rehousing fam ilie s d isplaced from clearance
areas.
5. The preparation of plans for redeveloping the area.
6. The purchase of properties to be redeveloped and the p rov is ion o f safe,
decent and san itary housing for fam ilies to be displaced.
7. C learing o f the area.
8- C onstruction o f required pub lic fa c il it ie s such as water, s treets, and sewerage
for the planned development.
Sale of the land for redevelopment in accordance w ith predetermined plans. V
Without question, C la rksda le badly needs urban renewal for the areas set forth p rev iously \
on the “ P r io ritie s for Neighborhood A n a lyse s '' map (F igure V -2 ) . L ik e m o sT~cff ie s ^ C I a ricsHa'Te" /
probably w il l find i t necessary to s o lic it Federal assistance in undertaking th is program. Under /
present law, the Federal government w il l absorb up to three-fourths o f the net loss incurred in /
urban renewal p ro jec ts , the net loss being the d iffe rence in the sale price o f the redeveloped
land and the cost for purchasing, clearing and redeveloping the urban renewal area. Present
statutes a llow the C ity to c red it its costs for pu b lic improvements in the urban renewal area
toward the C ity ’ s share o f the net pro ject loss.
ADMINISTRATION OF THE URBAN RENEWAL PROGRAM
In an tic ip a tion o f future urban renewal pro jects , the C ity o f C larksdale has designated
its ex is ting P ub lic Housing A utho rity as the agency to adm inister its program. By v irtue o f th is
Agency's experience w ith the C ity 's housing needs, i t appears to be the most q u a lified organi
zation to supervise C ia rksd a le 's urban renewal efforts .
HOUSING FAMILIES DISPLACED BY URBAN RENEWAL ACTION
The re location of fam ilies d isp laced by urban renewal action into safe, decent and
sanitary housing is a major problem to be faced prior to clearing any o f C ia rksd a le 's c r it ic a l
housing areas. While some fam ilies could be relocated into housing ava ilab le on the local market,
there lik e ly would be an immediate need for add itiona l low cost or low rent housing. These un its
genera lly are provided from one of the fo llow ing sources:
1. Public Housing
Before implementation of an urban renewal pro ject, the C ity may w ish to
apply to the P ub lic Housing A dm in is tra tion for the construction o f add itiona l
low rent housing un its . P robably, many of the fam ilies d isp laced from C ia rksda le ’ s
slum areas would be unable to pay for p riva te ly owned housing.
2. Privately Financed Housing
The C ity ’ s bu ilders, developers and financ ia l in s titu tio n s should be made
aware of the ir re sp o n s ib ilit ie s to the ir community in providing additiona l housing
at the least possib le cost to displaced fam ilie s . Federal ass is tance is ava ilab le
in the form of FHA 221 Mortgage Financing, a llow ing d isplaced fam ilie s to pur
chase homes on a low down payment, long term and low monthly payment basis.
57
D efendants’ E x h ib it 26
6 . F ire Stations - The C ity currently m aintains 2 “ pumper" type fire stations
and one “ ladder-pum per" type fire sta tion in the locations shown on Figure
X -1 . Two of these stations are located adjacent to the Central Business
D is tr ic t. The National Board of F ire Underwriters recommends the fo llow ing
maximum service rad ii for certain d is tr ic ts and types o f service:
T A B LE X A
RECOMMENDED FIRE STATION SERVICE RADII
D is tr ic t Ladder Station
Commercial or Industria l ] m ile
Residentia l 2 m iles
Low D ensity Residentia l —
The fo llow ing recommendations are based upon the location o f present
fa c il it ie s , the condition o f structures w ith in the area they serve, and an tic ipated
development o f the C ity .
a. Construct a new pumper station in the v ic in ity of Lynn Street
and Anderson Boulevard.
b. C onstruct a new pumper s tation in the v ic in ity o f DeSoto
Avenue extension and F riars P o in t Road.
7. Branch L ib ra ry — A branch lib ra ry should be established in or adjacent to
the new high school for use by a ll residents on the extreme w est side of town.
Pumper Station
3/ m ile
V /i m iles
3 m iles
SECTION II
P U BLIC SCHOOLS
GENERAL
During the past decade growth in student enrollm ent w ith in the C larksdale School D is tr ic t
has resulted in additions to a ll ex is ting schools and construction o f 6 new schools, includ ing
the new high school under construction. The number o f enrollments has increased from 2,575
to 4,802 students. Funds budgeted for school purposes have increased from $310,540 in 1950-51
to $1,005,390 in 1960-61.
In the las t 10 years the C ity has experienced a tota l population growth of 27.6 percent
and a school enrollment growth of nearly 87 percent. Based on the needs of a projected population,
to ta ling approxim ately 40,000 persons by 1985, provis ion should be made for more new schools
and classrooms in the bu ild ing program.
EXISTING SCHOOL F A C IL IT IE S
Only two schools w ith in the en tire school system conform to desirable standards w ith
respect to tract size and playground area. Table X -B summarizes ex is ting school bu ild ing and
playground fa c il it ie s .
Present schools are w ell located to serve the developed areas o f the C ity . With the ex
ception of the C ity ’ s fringe areas, most students are w ith in w alk ing d istance of the ir schools.
As the ou t-ly ing areas develop, additiona l schools w ill be needed and desirable standards can
then be realized.
White Schools:
The area comprising Oakhurst Elementary, Dorr Junior High and Bobo Senior H igh is
117
grossly inadequate in s ize, to serve any one of the schools in d iv id u a lly , le t alone a ll three
co lle c tiv e ly . The removal of the students from Bobo Senior High to the new high school in the
1963-64 school year w ill help re lieve on ly a small part of th is problem. Upon re loca tion of the
high school, Dorr Junior High w ill take over old Bobo Senior H igh, in add ition to its present
fa c il it ie s . T h is manuever w ill a llow Dorr to achieve desirab le classroom standards; however,
it w il l s t i l l be inadequate in terms of proper s ite acreage. Thus, the s ite problem w ill be prolonged
un til it is possib le to re locate Dorr Junior H igh, as recommended by the Proposed School P lan.
With the exception o f K irkpa trick Elementary, the remaining w h ite schools are below desirable
s ite standards. Except for Dorr Jun ior H igh, w h ite school classroom fa c il it ie s are adequate under
ex is ting enrollm ents, as illu s tra te d by Table X -C .
As the 1961 -62 school year began, C larksdale had four schools serving elementary
students, one junior high school and one senior high school. The school system is organized on a
standard 6-3-3 basis. The on ly new school planned in the immediate bu ild ing program is the
senior high school now under construction, which w ill open in 1962.
Negro Schools:
C urrently , a ll Negro schools are over capacity in enrollm ent by national standards, but
adequate under standards derived by the O ffice of Superintendent of Schools (T ab le X -C ). A lso,
w ith the exception o f Booker T . Washington Elementary, none o f these schools have s ites of
su ff ic ie n t s ize (Table X -B ).
Two elementary schools and one combined jun io r-sen io r high school serve C larksdale s
Negro students. There is a th ird elementary school, George T. O live r, now under construction.
Its future students are now being instructed separately a t M yrtle Hal! School. These students
are carried on a separate ro ll, lis t in g them as students in George T. O live r School (Table X -C ).
The immediate bu ild ing program ca lls for no new construction other than George T.
O live r and some renovating being accomplished at H iggins Junior-Senior High School.
The Negro schools are organized on a 6-3-3 basis; however, for a ll p rac tica l purposes,
the School Board handles them on a 6-6 basis, which is the way they are presented in th is report.
788
D efen dan ts’ E x h ib it 26
118
TABLE X -B
SUMMARY OF EDUCATIONAL FACILITIES
CLARKSDALE SCHOOL DISTRICT
1961
Date of
Original
No. of
Standard Area of Site (Acres) Playground
School Grades Construction Classrooms Existing Required Area (Acres)
WHITE SCHOOLS
Elementary
Eliza Clark 1 -6 1955 7 3.2 7 2.2
Heidelberg 1 -6 1950 16 4.8 10 3.5
Kirkpatrick 1 -6 1956 13 12.4 9 10.2
Oakhurst 1 -6 1916 13 1.5 9 0.5
Junior High
Elizabeth Dorr 7 -9 1919 22 2.5 23 0.8
Senior High
Bobo 10-12 1930 16 3.5 34 1.5
New (Coahoma County)
NEGRO SCHOOLS
10-12 1961 40 44.5 42
Elementary
Myrtle Hall 1 -6 1920 18 2.8 11 1.1
George T. Oliver 1-6 1961 12 5.9 9 4.3
Booker T. Washington 1 -6 1960 16 15.5 10 13.3
Junior — Senior High
Higgins 7-12 1954 18 8.1 30 6.0
Plus A thletic
Field
D
efendants’ E
xhibit 26
790
TABLE X -C
CAPACITY OF SCHOOLS
SEPTEMBER, 1961
D efen dan ts’ E x h ib it 26
Name Capacity* Enrol Iment Variable
WHITE SCHOOLS
Eliza Clark 210 224 +14
Heidelberg 480 447 -33
Kirkpatrick 390 323 -67
Oakhurst 390 355 -35
E liz. Dorr Jr. High 550 645 +95
Bobo Sr. High 400 430 +30
NEGRO SCHOOLS
Myrtle Hall 540 (720)** 560 +20
Oliver 360 (480)** 510 +150
Washington 480 (640)** 616 +136
Higgins Jr. - Sr. 675 (810)** 692 +17
*Derived by using ratio of 30 pupiis/grade school classroom and 25 pup ils /jr. and sr. high
school classroom.
**Secondary figure derived by using the existing criteria of the Clarksdale school board of
40 pupiis/classroom.
Source: Office of Superintendent of Schools, Clarksdale, M ississippi.
ENROLLMENT TRENDS
Total enrollment has increased in every year since 1950. However, th is growth has
been irregular, with a biennial average increase of 11.5 percent. The largest increase in en
rollment occurred between 1958 and 1960, when 358 more students were enrolled than in the
previous two years.
White Enrollment:
Within the past 11 years white enrollment has grown at an average rate of 11.1 percent,
the largest increase occurring during the 1952-54 period. Current figures indicate white en
rollments increased 12.2 percent over the prior 1960-61 school year. (Table X -D ).
Negro Enrollment:
Negro enrollment for the period 1950-61 was very erratic, with the largest increase in
enrollment (403 students) occurring during the 1958-60 period. The least growth occurred during
the 1956-58 period, when an enrollment of only 11 students was recorded. Current enrollment
figures reveal that Negro enrollment increased by only 121 students from the previous 1960-61
school year.
120
791
D efen dan ts’ E x h ib it 26
TABLE X -D
ACTUAL ENROLLMENT FOR PERIOD 1950-61
White Negro
Year Grades Grades Sub- Grades Grades Sub-
Ending 1-6 7-12 Total 1-6 7-12 Tote 1 TOTAL
1950 711 584 1295 971 309 1280 2575
1952 832 615 1447 1209 327 1536 2983
1954 1004 697 1701 1289 510 1799 3500
1956 1109 781 1890 1365 478 1843 3733
1958 1217 825 2042 1378 476 1854 3896
1960 1277 883 2160 1641 616 2257 4417
1961* 1349 1075 2424 1686 692 2378 4802
*Figures for September, 1961
Source: Office of Superintendent of Schools, Clarksdale, M ississippi.
PROJECTED ENROLLMENT
Based upon a projected population of 40,000 by 1985 and the present plan of school
organization, Table X -E represents a summary of total estimated school enrollment, classroom
needs, and site acreage required for the school d is tric t, in the next 25 years, it is expected
that the total school enrollment w ill more than double that of 1960.
While the transition from a predominately Negro to a predominately white community w ill,
in all probability continue, the ratio of white pupils to total white population is expected to
remain rather constant. The ratio of Negro pupils to total Negro population is expected to in
crease gradually.
TABLE X -E
PROJECTED SCHOOL ENROLLMENT AND NEEDS
Proposed Additional Area of
Name Capacity Rooms Needed Site (Acres)
WHITE SCHOOLS
Eliza Clark 300 3 10
Heidelberg 600 4 11
Kirkpatrick 600 7 11
Oakhurst 660 9 12
Proposed #1 510 17 10
Proposed #2 510 17 10
Proposed #3 510 17 10
Proposed #4 510 17 10
Proposed Jr. High 1200 50 32
New High School 1400 16 44
NEGRO SCHOOLS
Myrtle Hall 735 3 12
George T. Oliver 595 5 11
Booker T, Washington 735 5 12
Higgins Jr. - Sr. 1620 36 40
121
792
D efen dan ts’ E x h ib it 26
PROPOSED SCHOOL PLAN
The expected growth and changing composition of the community and its population
must be considered in preparation of a plan and program for the future development of public
school fa c ilitie s . These plans must be coordinated with other features such as zoning, major
thoroughfares and recreational fac ilities .
Future School Sites:
Suggested locations for future schools are shown on Figure X - 2. In choosing these
sites, the following locational and spatial standards were used as criteria:
1. As a general rule, elementary students should not be required to travel more
than one-half mi le to school.
2. The suggested locations for future schools are in areas that w ill be zoned
as residential.
• 3. Since secondary schools must serve larger areas than elementary schools,
the suggested sites for these schools are near major tra ffic arteries. However,
where possible, locations fronting such arteries have been avoided.
4. The suggested school sites are located in areas which w ill be re latively
free of smoke, polluted air and noise.
5. Locations near railroads and non-fire resistant buildings have been avoided.
6. Sites for elementary schools contain at least 10 acres of suitable terrain.
7. Junior High School sites contain at least 20 acres with one additional
acre for each 100 students in enrollment.
8. High School sites contain at least 30 acres with one additional acre for
for each 100 students in enrollment.
9. Where possible, proposed school sites were correlated with and are in
proximity to existing or planned recreational areas.
Probable Building Needs:
The following summary of future building needs is based on estimated future enrollment
and ciassroorn needs, and the following criteria as to size:
TABLE X -F
STANDARDS FOR SCHOOL CONSTRUCTION
Possible Standard Desi red Standard
School Students Total No. of Total No. of
Type Per Room Rooms Students Rooms Students
Elementary 30 12-30 360 - 900 12-22 360-660
Junior High 25 24-60 600-1500 24-40 600-1000
Senior High 25 40-80 1000-2000 40-60 1000-1500
White Elementary Schools:
With classroom additions to Heidelberg and Kirkpatrick, it is possible that classroom
space w ill be adequate through 1968. By 1970, about 9 additional classrooms w ill be needed
at Oakhurst School. These classrooms could be provided when Dorr Junior High is relocated.
During the period 1968- 1985, it is estimated that 4 new elementary schools of 17-20 classrooms
each wi II be needed.
122
I i
I!II
L Y O N
'r~ •• -
------LEG END
BDED
C O M P R E H E N S IV E C IT Y PLA N
C L A R K S D A L E , M IS S IS S IP P I
COMMUNITY FACUTES
M IC H A E L B A K E R . JR.. INC.
CONSULTING ENGINEERS ------ P L AN N ER S
ROCHESTER. PA. JACKSON. MISS.
M arch, 1962
PL
A
N
N
IN
G
i
/M
/rS
79 3
794
Clarksdale School District Composite Map
(Filed by the Board on August 10, 1964)
(See Opposite) US?"
I
794
II \
795
ME1LEN PRESS INC. — N. Y. C.